CHYRON CORP
10-K, 1997-03-20
PHOTOGRAPHIC EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Previous: CHRYSLER FINANCIAL CORP, 424B3, 1997-03-20
Next: RANGER INDUSTRIES INC, SC 13D, 1997-03-20



                  SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                         WASHINGTON, DC 20549
                                   
                              FORM 10-K
                                   
           ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
                 THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                                    
             For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996
                    Commission File Number 1-9014
                                   
                                          CHYRON CORPORATION
        (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charger)
                                    
            New York                           11-2117385
   (State or other jurisdiction  (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)     
                                 of incorporation or organization)
   
   
       5 Hub Drive, Melville, New York                 11747
   (Address of principal executive offices)         (Zip Code)
   
   Registrant's telephone number, including area code (516) 845-2000      
   
   
   Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
   
   Common Stock, par value $.01              New York Stock Exchange      
       
          (Title of Class)           (Name of exchange on which
   registered)
   
   Common Stock Purchase Warrants expiring January 31, 1996               
           
                                    Chicago Stock Exchange
                               (Name of exchange on which registered)
   
   Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
   
                                 None
                                    
   Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports
   required  to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
   Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter periods
   that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
   subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
   
                   YES   X          NO            
                                         
   Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to
   Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be
   contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or
   information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form
   10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ( )
   
   The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the
   Company on March 14, 1997 was $68,754,901.
   
   The number of shares outstanding of the issuer's common stock, par value
   $.01 per share, on March 14, 1997 was 32,384,635.
   
            APPLICABLE ONLY TO REGISTRANTS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY
             PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PRECEDING FIVE YEARS
                                               
   Indicate by a check mark whether the Registrant has filed all documents
   and reports required to be filed by Section 12, 13 or 15(d) of the
   Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of
   securities under a plan confirmed by a court.
   
                   YES   X          NO            
                                         
                 DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
                                    
   Item 10 (Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant), Item 11
   (Executive Compensation), Item 12 (Security Ownership of Certain
   Beneficial Owners and Management) and Item 13 (Certain Relationships and
   Related Transactions) will be incorporated into the Company's Proxy
   Statement to be filed within 120 days of December 31, 1996 and are
   incorporated herein by reference.
   
   
   
                 Exhibit index is located on page 55
                 This document consists of 228 pages
                                    
   
                                PART I
                                    
   ITEM 1. BUSINESS
   
   General Information Regarding the Company
   
   Chyron Corporation ("Chyron") was incorporated under the laws of the
   State of New York on April 8, 1966 under the name The Computer Exchange,
   Inc., which was changed to the present name on November 28, 1975.  On
   April 12, 1996, Chyron acquired Pro-Bel Limited ("Pro-Bel"; collectively
   with Chyron, the "Company").  The Company's principal executive offices
   are located at 5 Hub Drive, Melville, New York 11747 and its telephone
   number is (516) 845-2000.  Its executive offices in the United Kingdom
   are located at Danehill, Lower Early, Reading, Berks RG6 4PB and its
   telephone number is 44-1734-86-61-21.
   
   On September 17, 1990, Chyron and its subsidiaries sought relief under
   Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code.  On December 27, 1991,
   Chyron emerged from bankruptcy.  Pursuant to its plan of reorganization,
   Chyron issued to its banks shares of Common Stock which represented 81%
   of the voting power and beneficial ownership of all the issued and
   outstanding Common Stock on a fully diluted basis.  Such shares of Common
   Stock were then purchased from the banks by Pesa, Inc. ("Pesa").  An
   aggregate of 4,666,666 shares of Common Stock owned by Pesa were
   eventually acquired by Sepa Technologies Ltd., Co. ("Sepa"), an affiliate
   of Pesa.
   
   In May 1995, CC Acquisition Company A, L.L.C., a Delaware limited
   liability company ("CCA"), acquired 3,333,333 shares of Common Stock from
   Pesa.  In July 1995, control of Chyron was transferred through the sale
   of an additional 18,138,238 shares of Common Stock by Pesa and Sepa to
   (i) CC Acquisition Company B, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability
   company ("CCB"); (ii) various funds managed by Weiss, Peck & Greer,
   L.L.C. ("Weiss, Peck & Greer"); and (iii) Westpool Investment Trust plc
   ("Westpool") (Weiss, Peck & Greer and Westpool are collectively referred
   to as the "WPG/Westpool Investment Group").  In addition, Sepa and other
   parties transferred the voting control over an aggregate of 3,000,000
   shares of Common Stock to these entities.  As of March 10, 1997, CCA and
   CCB together beneficially own 8,455,297 shares of Common Stock and the
   WPB/Westpool Investor Group beneficially own in the aggregate 15,774,432
   shares.  
   
   The Company develops, manufactures, markets and supports a broad range
   of equipment, software and systems that facilitate the production and
   enhance the presentation of live and pre-recorded video, audio and other
   data.  The Company's products enable users to (i) create and manipulate
   text, logos and other graphic images using special effects such as 3D
   transforming, compositing and painting; (ii) manage, monitor and
   distribute video, audio and other data signals; and (iii) control edit
   processes and automate broadcast equipment.  The worldwide market for
   equipment, software and systems used in the production and presentation
   of video and audio content encompasses major television networks, cable
   television broadcasters, direct to home satellite program distributors,
   production companies and post-production houses, as well as organizations
   and individuals creating materials such as corporate and specialized
   video and audio presentations.  
   
   Products
   
   The Company offers a broad range of products that address the needs of
   the video and audio production, post-production and distribution markets. 
   The Company's line of high performance graphics systems are used by many
   of the world's leading broadcast stations to display new flashes,
   election results, sports scores, stock market quotations, programming
   notes and weather information.  The Company's signal management systems
   interconnect video, audio and data signals to and from equipment within
   a studio's control room or edit suite, as well as to and from signal
   transmission sites.  The Company's line of control and automation systems
   are used to automate the steps used in the management, editing and
   distribution of video and audio content.
   
   Graphic Systems
   
   Graphics and character generators.  Chyron's family of iNFiNiT! products
   use a digital computer and electronic storage to permit operators to
   create images capable of being broadcast either independently or
   superimposed on other images.  Images broadcast directly from the system
   have included election results, stock market quotations, sports scores,
   commercial advertising and promotional material.  Superimposed images are
   similarly used for a variety of purposes such as identifying speakers
   during interviews or displaying statistics during sports telecasts.  
   
   The flagship iNFiNiT! is a dual-user graphics workstation with one to
   three output channels, each with a dedicated key signal.  MAX!> is a
   signal-user graphics system with one or two separate video and key
   channels.  MAXINE! is a single channel/single-user  character generator. 
   MAX!> and MAXINE! have similar feature sets and effective resolution to
   the iNFiNiT!.  In September 1996, the Company introduced WiNFiNiT!, an
   optional PC-based graphical user interface which utilizes the Microsoft
   Windows NT operating system.
   
   Still store management systems.  IMAGESTOR!  offers real-time playback
   of uncompressed video frames and instant access to thousands of one-line
   or archived images.  Live newscasters and broadcast trucks use IMAGESTOR!
   for live video capture as well as for image storage retrieval for on-air
   display.  The IMAGESTOR! system allows on-line storage of 2,000 still
   images with optional additional storage available.  The library of stills
   can be searched and sorted by criteria, keywords and other attributes. 
   Users can create a playlist of images for automatic playback during live
   on-air operations and embed the selected still images with effects such
   as cut, dissolve, wipe, push, reveal and hide.  IMAGESTOR! is available
   as a stand-alone workstation or a database file management software
   program for use with Chyron's iNFiNiT! family of graphics systems.
   
   Compact graphics and character generators.  The Company's compact
   character generators, sold under the CODI and PC-CODI names, provide
   real-time text, titling and logo generation which are used for
   broadcasting time, temperature, weather warnings, sports statistics,
   scoreboards, news updates and financial information.  CODI products may
   operate through touch screens for real-time on-screen drawing.  They can
   work with standard computer platforms regardless of operating system or
   system performance.  
   
   Electronic paint and animation systems and software.  Chyron's Liberty
   family of paint and animation tools are resolution-independent, non-
   linear, digital image processing systems and software.  Liberty products
   are used to create, edit and composite special visual effects in an on-
   line, real-time environment.  Liberty products have been used for high-
   end film applications and have created special effects for major feature
   films, including Casino and Broken Arrow.  Liberty products operate on
   various Silicon Graphics workstations and support all popular file
   formats.  Liberty offers a menu of video graphic creation tools, such as
   painting, compositing, morphing, titling, 3D transforming, layering,
   coloring, cycle animation, rotoscoping and cell animation.  
   
   Signal Management Systems
   
   Switching and routing systems.  Under the Pro-Bel name, the Company
   provides a complete range of control solutions for matrix systems which
   process and distribute multimedia signals.  The PROCION product offers
   a range of IBM PC/Windows touch screen control systems which are easy to
   use and configure.  System 3 provides a push button control panel which
   can utilize simple signal matrix solutions and multi-matrix installations
   with integrated tie-line management.  System 3 and PROCION can co-exist
   for maximum flexibility.
   
   The new XD series of digital router switchers are large-scale routing
   systems that can produce high-performance signal distribution across a
   wide spectrum of applications.  The TM Series are compact digital routing
   switchers that provide a cost-effective solution for users moving from
   analog to digital distribution and for smaller scale routing solutions
   such as remote broadcast vehicles.  The HD series of routing switchers
   includes matrix products for digital and analog video, digital and analog
   audio and RS422 machine control.
   
   Intercom/talkback.  The Trilogy Commander 400 Series combines Digital
   Signal Processing ("DSP") audio techniques with control technology to
   produce a digital intercom/talkback system.  The system is supplied with
   IBM compatible PC-based editing and control panels to manage audio
   crosspoints.  Intercom systems are implemented in a wide range of
   applications including television and radio broadcast facilities,
   airports, hospitals, outside and remote broadcast trucks, post-production
   suites and leisure complexes.
   
   Control and Automation Systems
   
   Master control, storage and station automation.  Pro-Bel has developed
   a suite of products which are designed to process video, audio and
   related data signals, automate playout of the signals and manage media
   signal storage devices in the master control and transmission suites.
   
   MAPP is a Windows-based, video server management and control system. 
   MAPP provides facilities to record, track, cache and replay broadcast
   material according to a user defined schedule.  MAPP easily interfaces
   with disk based video servers manufactured by many different vendors.
   
   The COMPASS station automation system provides comprehensive station
   automation capability to major broadcasters that have complex playlists. 
   Video tape cartridge machines, video servers and other devices are
   typically interfaced by high speed data links which allow the system to
   control the devices according to a playlist schedule.  The automation
   system monitors all functions to check for discrepancies such as time
   errors, machines not available for control or manual intervention.
   
   The Company's digital master control switcher TX-220 employs component
   digital and AES/EBU digital audio signal processing.  Features include
   10 bit component digital video/audio processing with an analog option,
   up to 4 AES/EBU levels, stand-alone operation with an upstream keyer,
   multifunction plasma display, simple user friendly manual control and
   full integration with the compass Automation System.  The master control
   switcher switches and combines video and audio content signals from
   various devices, such as video tape machines, disk based video servers,
   character generators and still storage systems, to produce seamless
   program flow for distribution to the final program delivery channel.
   
   Electronic editing control systems.  The CMX OMNI family of edit
   controllers are designed to control and operate edit suite equipment. 
   CMX OMNI systems are flexible, configurable and easy to operate.  They
   are capable of controlling over 200 types of edit suite devices developed
   by other manufacturers, including video tape recorders, video disks,
   production control switchers, digital video effects equipment, time base
   correctors and audio equipment.
   
   Marketing and Sales
   
   The Company markets its products and systems to traditional broadcast,
   production and post-production facilities, government agencies,
   educational institutions and telecommunications and corporate customers.
   
   In order to maintain and increase awareness of its products, the Company
   displays at the major domestic and international trade shows of the
   broadcast and computer graphics industries.  In the United States, the
   Company exhibits at the National Association of Broadcasters (NAB) and
   ACM SIGGRAPH conventions.  It also exhibits at the International
   Broadcasters Conventions (IBC) in Europe, INTERBEE in Japan and
   Broadcast-Asia in China.  The Company uses direct-mail campaigns and
   places advertisements in broadcast, post-production and computer industry
   publications.
   
   Sales of the Company's products in the United States and the United
   Kingdom are made through Company direct sales personnel, dealers,
   independent representatives, systems integrators and OEMs.  Direct sales,
   marketing and product specialists serving the domestic markets act as
   links between the customer and the Company's development teams.  
   
   Sales of the Company's products outside of the United States and United
   Kingdom are made through dealers and several representatives covering
   specific territories.  Some of the dealers have been granted exclusive
   rights to sell certain products in specified territories.  During 1996,
   the Company opened a sales and support office in Hong Kong in order to
   better service the growing market of Asia.  In some territories, dealers
   sell products from all of the Company's product categories; in other
   territories, dealers handle only specific products.
   
   Service, Support and Training
   
   The Company offers comprehensive technical service, support and training
   to its customers through 24 hour per day, seven days per week access to
   trained service and support professionals.
   
   Training courses are available through the Company and range in length
   from a few days to a few weeks and consist of a mix of classroom
   discussions and hands-on training.  The Company offers training courses
   for many of its products at its Melville (New York) headquarters and its
   Reading (United Kingdom), Atlanta (Georgia) and Burbank (California)
   centers.  The Company also conducts on-site training.  Installation
   assistance, hardware and software, maintenance contracts and spare parts
   are made available by Company.  Support contracts and a responsive spare
   parts supply service facilitate customer satisfaction.  Service is
   provided both domestically and internationally by the Company or its
   appointed dealers and representatives.  The Company also provides sales
   and service support to its dealers from time to time.  The Company
   provides warranties on all of its products ranging from 90 days to five
   years.
   
   Research and Development
   
   The Company's research and product development, conducted in Melville,
   New York, Reading, United Kingdom and Santa Clara, California is focused
   on the continued enhancement of its existing products and the development
   of new ones.
   
   Historically, the Company has oriented its efforts toward the development
   of complete systems rather than of either hardware or software standing
   alone.  A strategic engineering group evaluates hardware and software
   technologies.
   
   During 1996, 1995 and 1994, the Company expensed approximately $5.3
   million, $4.1 million and $4.2 million, respectively, for research and
   development and amortization of capitalized software development costs
   incurred in connection with the development of new products and the
   modification and enhancement of existing products.
   
   Manufacturing
   
   The Company has final assembly and system integration operations located
   in Melville and Reading.  The Company primarily uses third-party vendors
   to manufacture and supply all of the hardware components and sub-
   assemblies utilized in the Company's graphics systems and relies upon a
   combination of third-party vendors and internal manufacturing for
   components and sub-assemblies utilized in the Company's signal management
   systems.  The Company designs many of its system components to its own
   specifications, including metal and electronic parts and components,
   circuit boards and certain subassemblies.  It assembles such items and
   standard parts, together with internally-developed  software, to create
   final products.  The Company then performs testing and quality
   inspections of each product.
   
   Competition
   
   The market for graphics imaging, editing and animation systems, signal
   routing systems and media storage systems is highly competitive and is
   characterized by rapid technological change and evolving industry
   standards.  Rapid obsolescence of products, frequent development of new
   products and significant price erosion are all features of the industry
   in which the Company operates.  The Company anticipates increased
   competition from both existing companies and new market entrants.  The
   Company is currently aware of several major and a number of smaller
   competitors.  In the graphics area, the Company believes its primary
   competitors are Aston Electronic Designs Limited, Digital Graphix Inc.,
   Dynatech Corporation, Quantel Inc. and Scitex Corporation Ltd.  In the
   signal management area, the Company believes its primary competitors are
   Dynatech Corporation, Leitch Incorporated, Philips Electronics N.V., Sony
   Corporation and Tektronix Inc.  In the control and automation area, the
   Company believes its primary competitors are Accom, Inc., Louth
   Automation, Philips Electronics N.V., Sony Corporation and Tektronix,
   Inc.  Many of these companies have significantly greater financial,
   technical, manufacturing and marketing resources than the Company.  In
   addition, certain product categories and market segments, on a region-by-
   region basis, in which the Company does or may compete, are dominated by
   certain vendors.  
   
   Backlog
   
   The Company's backlog of orders at December 31, 1996 approximated $4
   million.  The Company believes these orders to be firm and expects to
   fulfill the entire amount of this backlog in 1996.
   
   Employees
   
   As of December 31, 1996, the Company employed 405 persons on a full-time
   basis, including 63 in sales and marketing, 159 in manufacturing and
   testing, 39 in customer support, service and training, 50 in finance and
   administration and 94 in research and development.  None of these
   employees is represented by a labor union.  
   
   Patents and Proprietary Rights
   
   The Company's success depends upon its ability to protect its proprietary
   software technology and operate without infringing the rights of others. 
   It relies on a combination of patent, trademark and trade secret laws to
   establish and protect its proprietary rights in its technology.
   
   The Company currently has seven patents.  The names Chyron, Scribe,
   Chyron Scribe, Chyron Scribe Junior, Chyron SuperScribe, iNFiNiT!, MAX!>,
   MAXINE!, CODI, I2, Chyron Care, Intelligent Interface, Intelligent
   Interface (I2), CMX, CMX AEGIS, CMX OMNI, Aurora, Liberty, PROCION and
   PROCION INNOVATIVE CONTROL SOLUTIONS are registered trademarks of the
   Company.  The Company also has rights in trademarks and service marks
   which are not federally registered.  The Company does not have registered
   copyrights on any of its intellectual property.  The duration of patents
   in the United States is 20 years from priority or 17 years from issuance. 
   As a result, the Company's existing patents will begin to expire
   commencing in the year 1998.  
   
   Government Regulations
   
   The United States Federal Communications Commission has issued
   regulations relating to shielding requirements for electromagnetic
   interface in electronic equipment.  The Company's products are in
   compliance with these regulations.
   
   ITEM 2. FACILITIES
   
   The executive offices and principal office of the Company and its
   graphics business are located in Melville, New York pursuant to a lease
   that expires on June 30, 2004.  This facility consists of approximately
   47,000 square feet and is used for manufacturing, research and
   development, marketing and the executive offices.  The Company also
   leases approximately 15,000 square feet in Santa Clara, California for
   research and development.  This lease expires on October 31, 1997.  In
   the United Kingdom, the Company's executive office is located in Reading,
   United Kingdom where it owns an approximately 19,000 square foot
   facility.  This facility is used for manufacturing, research and
   development and marketing.  The Company occupies additional facilities
   in the United Kingdom in Reading and Andover, used primarily for research
   and development and manufacturing, which total approximately 28,000
   square feet pursuant to leases which expire from October 31, 1997 through
   September 24, 2020.  Currently, the Company is considering expanding its
   Andover facility but has not made any lease commitments.  The Company
   currently utilizes 90% to 100% of the space of all of its facilities.
   Management currently believes that, other than the Andover facility, each
   facility is suitable for its existing operations and does not foresee the
   need for any significant expansion of its current facilities.
   
   ITEM 3. LITIGATION
   
   The Company is a party to Percival Hudgins & Company, Inc. v. Chyron
   Corporation v. John Percival, pending in the United States District
   Court, North District of Georgia (Atlanta), Civil Action No. 1 95-CV-CAM. 
   This is a breach of contract action for an alleged success fee in
   connection with the sale of Common Stock by Pesa and Sepa to the new
   investment group.  Plaintiff alleges that such transaction was subject
   to the terms of its engagement letter with the Company.  Plaintiff seeks
   damages of approximately $600,000 together with counsel fees.  The
   Company has answered, denying all material allegations, and has asserted
   a third party claim against plaintiff's principal, alleging that he, as
   a director of the Company while his investment banking firm was engaged
   by the Company, breached his fiduciary duties to the Company and is
   liable for any amounts that might be awarded to plaintiff, together with
   counsel fees.  Plaintiff has recently amended the complaint to add a
   claim for quantum meruit.  Discovery is continuing.
   
   The Company from time to time is involved in routine legal matters
   incidental to its business.  In the opinion of management, the ultimate
   resolution of such matters will not have a material adverse effect on the
   Company's financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
   
   ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
   
   On January 24, 1997, at a Special Meeting of Shareholders, the Company's
   shareholders' ratified a one-for-three reverse stock split of its common
   stock which was effective February 10, 1997.  77,162,761 shares were
   voted for the proposal, 2,876,490 shares were voted against the proposal
   and 169,212 shares abstained.
   
                               PART II
                                    
   ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED           
           SECURITY HOLDERS MATTERS
   
   Principal Market
   
   Chyron's common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE")
   under the ticker symbol "CHY".  The approximate number of holders of
   record of the Company's common stock at December 31, 1996 was 8,100.  
   
   The following table sets forth the high and low reported sales price for
   the common stock adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split.
   
                
                             Price Range of Common Stock                  
                                      High     Low          
   Year Ended December 31, 1996
     Fourth Quarter.............    $15.375  $ 8.25
     Third Quarter..............     19.875   12.00
     Second Quarter.............     18.750   9.375
     First Quarter..............     10.125   6.375
   
   Year Ended December 31, 1995
     Fourth Quarter.............    $8.625   $5.250
     Third Quarter..............     9.000    2.438
     Second Quarter.............     3.000    1.500
     First Quarter..............     2.250    1.125
   
   On March 14, 1997, the closing price of the Company's common stock as
   reported on the NYSE was $6.50.
   
   The Company has not declared or paid any cash dividend since November 27,
   1989.  The Company currently plans to retain its future earnings, if any,
   for use in the operation and expansion of its business and does not
   anticipate paying cash dividends on the common stock in the foreseeable
   future.  During the term of its loan agreement with Fleet Bank (formerly
   NatWest Bank), the Company is prohibited from paying dividends in excess
   of 25% of its net income for the then current fiscal year.
   
   ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
           (In thousands, except per share amounts)
           
   
                                       Year Ended December 31,
                              1996(1)    1995    1994     1993    1992
   Statement of Operations Data:
   Net sales................. $82,608 $53,971 $42,762  $37,391 $29,715
   Cost of products sold.....  39,941  22,746  18,912   16,816  12,512
   Gross profit..............  42,667  31,225  23,850   20,575  17,203
   
   Operating expenses:
   Selling, general and
   administrative............  22,349  17,066  14,301   13,452  11,300
   Research and development..   5,253   4,105   4,163    3,573   2,964
   Management fee............           2,911   1,139      800     891
   West Coast restructuring
   charge (recapture)........          (1,339) 12,716
   Total operating expenses..  27,602  22,743  32,319   17,825  15,155
   
   Operating income (loss)...  15,065   8,482  (8,469)   2,750   2,048
   Interest and other 
   expense, net..............   1,666     536     525      714     445
   Income (loss) before 
   provision for income 
   taxes.....................  13,399   7,946  (8,994)   2,036   1,063
   Income tax/equivalent
   provision.................   4,745     470              760     598
   
   Net income (loss)......... $ 8,654 $ 7,476 $(8,994) $ 1,276 $ 1,005
   Net income (loss) per 
   common share(2)........... $  0.27 $  0.25 $ (0.31) $  0.05 $  0.04
   Weighted average number
   of common and common 
   equivalent shares 
   outstanding(2)............  32,327  30,382  28,962   25,295  23,514
   
   
                                             December 31,
                                 1996    1995    1994     1993    1992
   Balance Sheet Data:
   Cash and cash equivalents. $ 4,555 $ 5,012 $ 1,555  $   213 $   403
   Working capital...........  41,867  28,221  12,103   13,256  11,692
   Total assets..............  91,403  44,332  28,644   38,516  35,623
   Long-term obligations.....  16,324   4,911   4,829      200   3,000
   Shareholders' equity......  53,946  29,983  13,776   22,627  17,882
   
   (1) Includes the operations of Pro-Bel since its acquisition by the
   Company on April 12, 1996.  The acquisition was accounted for as a
   purchase.  See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
   (2) Adjusted to reflect the Reverse Stock Split which was ratified by the
   Company's shareholders on January 24, 1997.
   
   ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
           AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
   
   From time to time, the Company may publish forward looking statements
   relating to such matters as anticipated financial performance, business
   prospects, technological developments, new products, research and
   development activities and similar matters.   The Private Securities
   Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a safe harbor for forward-looking
   statements.  In order to comply with the terms of the safe harbor, the
   Company notes that a variety of factors could cause the Company's actual
   results to differ materially from the anticipated results or other
   expectations expressed in the Company's forward-looking statements.  The
   risks and uncertainties that may affect the operations, performance,
   development and results of the Company's business include the following:
   product concentration in a mature market, dependence on the emerging
   digital market, rapid technological changes, highly competitive
   environment, new product introductions, seasonality, fluctuations in
   quarterly operations results, expansion into new markets and the
   Company's ability to implement successfully its acquisition and alliance
   strategy.
   
   Overview
   
   The Company develops, manufactures, markets and supports a broad range
   of equipment, software and systems that facilitate the production and
   enhance the presentation of live and pre-recorded video, audio and other
   data.  The Company introduced the iNFiNiT!, its flagship product, in late
   1990.  Subsequently, the Company has introduced a broad range of graphics
   products such as the MAX!> and MAXINE!, CODI, LIBERTY, WiNFiNiT! and
   IMAGESTOR!.  These products superimpose text, logos and other graphics
   onto a primary video image or create an independent image to be televised
   by itself.  The Company expects that revenue from its current graphics
   and character generator systems will continue to constitute a substantial
   percentage of its net sales in the near future.  The Company's Pro-Bel
   signal management systems interconnect video, audio and data signals to
   and from equipment within a studio's control room or edit suite, as well
   as to and from signal transmission sites.  
   
   The Company's net sales have increased from $29.7 million in 1992 to
   $82.6 million in 1996, while gross profit has increased from $17.2
   million in 1992 to $42.7 million in 1996.  Net income was $1.0 million
   in 1992 and $8.7 million in 1996.
   
   The Company was incorporated under the laws of the State of New York on
   April 8, 1966.  The Company filed for Chapter 11 protection in September
   1990 and emerged from Chapter 11 in December 1991.   In 1994, the Company
   restructured its West Coast operations, resulting in a charge of
   approximately $12.7 million.  In 1995, a new investor group obtained
   control, a new executive management team was put in place, a new Board
   of Directors was elected and a new business strategy was adopted.
   
   The Company's current business strategy includes the following key
   elements: (i) maintain and enhance its leadership position in current
   markets; (ii) provide upgrades to existing equipment; (iii) cross sell
   products to its existing customers; (iv) address low-end and emerging
   markets; (v) expand it global presence; (vi) pursue strategic
   acquisitions and alliances; and (vii) utilize open platforms.  The
   Company intends to continue to serve its worldwide customer base by
   introducing products which address the requirements to improve the
   production and presentation of video, audio and other data.  The Company
   also intends to continue to upgrade its current high performance systems,
   invest in the development of new options and enhancements for its
   products and provide complete system solutions to its customers.
   
   Acquisition of Pro-Bel
   
   On April 12, 1996, the Company acquired Pro-Bel, located in Reading,
   United Kingdom.  Pro-Bel develops, manufactures and markets signal
   management systems and control and automation systems.  The aggregate
   consideration of $19.1 million consisted of $6.9 million in cash, $5.3
   million in two-year promissory notes and 1,048,735 restricted shares of
   Common Stock valued at $6.9 million.
   
   The acquisition of Pro-Bel was accounted for as a purchase.  Accordingly,
   the cost was allocated to the net tangible assets acquired based upon
   their estimated fair values.  The excess of cost over the estimated fair
   value of the net tangible assets acquired amounted to $6.9 million, which
   is being amortized over 12 years using the straight-line method.
   
   Investment in RT-SET
   
   On February 29, 1996, the Company purchased a 19% interest in Real Time
   Synthesized Entertainment Technology, Ltd. ("RT-SET"), which develops,
   markets and sells real time virtual studio set software and proprietary
   communications hardware and is located in Israel.  The Company purchased
   shares of RT-SET Convertible Preferred Stock in exchange for 800,000
   restricted shares of Common Stock.  In addition, the Company was granted
   certain call option rights which, if and when exercised, allows the
   Company to purchase up to a 51% interest in RT-SET in exchange for the
   issuance of additional shares of Common Stock.  In accordance with the
   purchase agreement, the 800,000 shares of Common Stock were to be held
   in escrow and released in two tranches, subject to certain conditions. 
   One-third of such shares was released from escrow in June 1996 and the
   remainder will be released upon a public offering of RT-SET's equity or
   upon RT-SET achieving two consecutive years of profitability.  Prior to
   any public offering by RT-SET or achievement of the aforementioned
   profitability, the Company has the right to recover the remaining two-
   thirds of its shares held in escrow in exchange for its interest in RT-
   SET.  The transaction has been recorded as the purchase of a right to
   acquire a 19% interest in RT-SET which was diluted to 17% as a result of
   a subsequent investment by a third party.  RT-SET shall retain the voting
   rights with respect to the escrowed shares while such shares are held by
   the escrow agent.  The acquisition was recorded at the estimated fair
   value of the restricted shares of Common Stock released from escrow.  
   
   Year Ended December 31, 1996 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1995
   
   Net Sales.  Net sales increased 53.1% to $82.6 million in 1996 from $53.9
   million in 1995.  Over 85% of the $28.7 million increase was attributable
   to the inclusion, since April 1996, of Pro-Bel's sales; Chyron's graphic
   products showed modest growth.  The Company's net sales consist of
   product sales, upgrades and enhancements and rental income as well as
   customer service revenue.
   
   Gross Profit.  Gross profit increased to $42.7 million in 1996 from $31.2
   million in 1995.  This increase was primarily attributable to the 53.1%
   increase in net sales.  Gross margin as a percentage of net sales
   decreased to 51.6% in 1996 from 57.9% in 1995.  This decrease was caused
   primarily by the inclusion since April 1996 of net sales of Pro-Bel
   products, which historically have had lower gross margins.  The gross
   margin for the Chyron product lines decreased slightly, primarily as a
   result of the product mix for the year.  Customer service costs are
   included in selling, general and administrative expenses and are not
   material.
   
   Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.  Selling, general and
   administrative expenses increased 31.0% to $22.3 million in 1996 from
   $17.1 million in 1995.  As a percentage of net sales, selling, general
   and administrative expenses decreased to 27.0% in 1996 from 31.6% in
   1995.  The increase in dollars was primarily due to the inclusion of Pro-
   Bel's operations since April 1996 and the  accounting for the acquisition
   under the purchase method resulting in amortization of excess purchase
   price over net tangible assets and increased depreciation, as well as
   increased costs as a direct result of increased sales volume.  The
   decrease as a percentage of net sales was affected by the incurrence in
   1995 of $443,000 of one-time legal and investment banking fees (incurred
   with respect to the undertaking of the Special Transaction Committee of
   the Board of Directors, which  was appointed in connection with the
   potential change in control of the Company) and $430,000 of severance
   costs for former management.
   
   Research and Development Expenses.  Research and development expenses
   increased 27.9% to $5.3 million in 1996 from $4.1 million in 1995.  This
   increase was primarily due to the inclusion of Pro-Bel's research and
   development expenditures since April 1996.  Research and development
   expenses related to Chyron's product lines decreased in 1996 in part due
   to an increase of approximately $800,000 in the amount of software
   capitalized and an increased percentage of research and development
   undertaken internally instead of by outside consultants.
   
   Interest and Other Expense, Net.  Interest and other expense, net,
   increased 210.8% to $1,666,000 in 1996 from $536,000 in 1995.  In
   conjunction with the Pro-Bel acquisition, the Company entered into
   various agreements with a bank, issued promissory notes (payable in
   pounds sterling) to the shareholders of Pro-Bel and assumed Pro-Bel's
   existing bank debt, all of which led to an increase of $866,000 in
   interest expense for the year.  Net foreign currency transaction losses
   of $264,000 have been recognized in 1996 due to the change in the
   exchange rate from date of acquisition of Pro-Bel to December 31, 1996.
   
   Income Before Provision for Income Taxes.  Income before provision for
   income taxes increased 68.6% to $13.4 million in 1996 from $7.9 million
   in 1995, primarily due to the improved operating income of Chyron coupled
   with the addition of the operating income generated by Pro-Bel.
   
   Income Taxes/Equivalent Provision.  Income taxes/equivalent provision
   increased to $4.7 million in 1996 from $470,000 in 1995, primarily
   because in 1995 an income tax benefit of approximately $2.2 million was
   realized as a result of the 1994 West Coast restructuring.  The increase
   was also due to increased income before income taxes in 1996.
   
   Year Ended December 31, 1995 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 1994
   
   Net Sales.  Net sales increased 26.2% to $54.0 million in 1995 from $42.8
   million in 1994.  This increase was primarily due to increased sales of
   the Company's character generator lines.  The iNFiNiT! product line
   showed the largest dollar growth at $6.4 million, or approximately 41%,
   with the MAX!> line showing the largest percentage growth at
   approximately 65%, or $4.7 million.  Increases in net sales also reflect
   growth in the Company's MAXINE! product line, sales of which grew $2.4
   million, or approximately 39%, over the prior year.  The growth in sales
   has been both domestically and abroad.  These increases were partially
   offset by the lack of sales from products discontinued in connection with
   the West Coast restructuring.
   
   Gross Profit.  Gross profit increased 30.9% to $31.2 million in 1995 from
   $23.9 million in 1994.  This increase was primarily due to the 26.2%
   increase in net sales.  Gross margin as a percentage of net sales
   increased to 57.9% in 1995 from 55.9% in 1994 mainly due to increased
   manufacturing efficiencies and management's cost reduction efforts.
   
   Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.  Selling, general and
   administrative expenses increased 19.3% to $17.1 million in 1995 from
   $14.3 million in 1994.  This increase was primarily due to (i) legal and
   investment banking fees of $443,000, incurred with respect to the
   undertakings of the Special Transaction Committee of the Board of
   Directors, which had been appointed in connection with the potential
   change in control of the Company, (ii) the accrual of $430,000 of
   severance payments for former management and (iii) increases due to
   increases in costs related to the 26.2% increase in net sales.  These
   increases were offset by cost cutting measures instituted by the Company
   as part of the West Coast restructuring in 1994 resulting in a decrease
   in selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net
   sales to 31.7% in 1995 from 33.4% in 1994.
   
   Research and Development Expenses.  Research and development expenses
   decreased 1.4% to $4.1 million in 1995 from $4.2 million in 1994.  This
   decrease was primarily due to benefits recognized as part of the
   Company's West Coast restructuring in the third quarter of 1994, which
   eliminated costs related to the Company's unprofitable product lines. 
   Exclusive of 1994 costs related to unprofitable product lines, research
   and development expenses increased by $359,000 in 1995.  This increase
   was primarily due to additional expenditures for new product development
   to address emerging markets targeted by the Company as well as the
   development of new features for the Company's existing products. 
   Research and development expenses include the amortization of software
   development costs, which increased by $82,000 in 1995 due to the release
   of new options in 1995 for the Company's character generator product
   lines.
   
   Management Fee.  In December 1991, the Company entered into a management
   agreement (the "Management Agreement") with an affiliate of Sepa to
   provide business and technical services to the Company.  This agreement
   was subsequently transferred to Sepa.  In December 1995, the Company
   (under its new management) agreed to terminate the Management Agreement
   upon payment to Sepa of $2.0 million.  Pursuant to the original
   Management Agreement, the Company would have paid $1.5 million in both
   1996 and 1997.
   
   West Coast Restructuring (Recapture).  As of September 30, 1994, the
   Company's West Coast operations, CMX and Aurora, reflected a continuing
   trend of poor operating performance.  Due to these disappointing results,
   the lack of certain products in the high growth sector of the market and
   the strategic decision by management to redirect its product lines to a
   broader base market and to reengineer its research and development focus,
   the Company initiated a plan to restructure the West Coast operations.
   
   Consequently, the Company decided to eliminate unprofitable product lines
   such as CMX 6000, Cinema, Gemini, LSI and the 3500 and 3600 series
   product lines, reduce the West Coast workforce by 30% (or 12 employees),
   write-down to estimated net realizable value certain assets directly
   attributable to the initiative and focus, dispose of certain assets,
   accrue losses for the restructuring period of October 1, 1994 through
   March 31, 1995 and downsize the Company's Santa Clara, California
   facility.
   
   The result of these measures was a restructuring charge of $12.7 million
   for the West Coast operations and subsequently a recapture of $1.3
   million of such charge in 1995.  The specific components of the
   restructuring charge broken-out between asset write downs and cash
   outlays were as follows (in thousands):
   
   Asset write downs:
     Write down of assets to estimated net
       realizable value......................  $ 6,952
     Write-off of software development costs.    1,991
     Total non cash charges..................    8,943
   Cash outlays:
     Accrued operating losses through date of
       disposition...........................    2,500
     Loss on lease commitment................      700
     Accrued severance for reduction in 
       workforce.............................      300
     Other...................................      273
       Total.................................  $12,716
   
   The cash outlays required by the restructuring were funded by the
   Company's profitable product lines.  Cash outlays estimated for the six
   month restructuring period were $3.8 million, of which $1.0 million was
   made by December 31, 1994.  The loss on the lease was to be funded over
   the remaining lease term of 31 months subsequent to the restructuring
   period.  In 1995, a sublease was obtained.  The Company's graphics
   division had been funding the operating losses of CMX and Aurora out of
   its working capital since CMX and Aurora began their trend of
   unprofitability.
   
   Operating results as a result of the West Coast restructuring were
   projected to benefit by a savings of over $2.0 million for 1995,
   principally due to a reduction in annual salaries and employee benefits
   of $750,000, a decrease in depreciation and amortization expense of
   $200,000 per year, a reduction of overhead costs of approximately
   $200,000 per year and a reduction in losses on unprofitable product lines
   of approximately $850,000 per year.  The Company believes such savings
   have been substantially realized.
   
   Interest and Other Expense, Net.  Interest and other expense, net,
   increased 2.1% to $536,000 in 1995 from $525,000 in 1994.  This increase
   was primarily due to an increase in the average prime rate of interest
   in 1995 and additional interest expense related to the Company's capital
   lease obligations entered into in December 1994.  This increase was
   offset by earnings on the Company's cash equivalents.
   
   Income Before Provision for Income Taxes.  Income before provision for
   income taxes was $7.9 million for 1995, an improvement of $16.9 million
   over the $9.0 million loss in the prior year.  Net income for 1995
   included a $2.0 million charge related to the termination of the
   Company's Management Agreement with Sepa, which is further described in
   Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, and a recapture of $1.3
   million of the prior year's $12.7 million restructuring charge.  For
   details of 1995 activity related to the West Coast restructuring, see
   Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  Exclusive of the
   management fee charge in 1995 and amounts related to the West Coast
   restructuring change in 1994 and 1995, income before provision for income
   taxes increased $5.0 million due primarily to increases in net sales and
   gross margins for 1995 coupled with increased efficiencies and cost
   saving measures as well as the benefit of the West Coast restructuring
   commencing in the third quarter of 1994.
   
   Income Taxes/Equivalent Provision.  A total income tax/equivalent
   provision of $470,000, or 5.9%, was recorded in 1995 and included a tax
   benefit of approximately $1.0 million which was recognized as a result
   of the reduction in the valuation allowance provided on deferred tax
   assets.  The valuation allowance was reduced because management believed
   that the Company would generate sufficient future taxable income from
   ordinary and recurring operations to realize the deferred tax assets. 
   At December 31, 1995, the Company had recorded a valuation allowance of
   approximately $5.4 million.  At December 31, 1996, the valuation
   allowance was released in its entirety.
   
   Liquidity and Capital Resources
   
   At December 31, 1996, the Company had cash on hand of $4.5 million,
   working capital of $41.9 million and an unused borrowing commitment
   available of $3.9 million.  
   
   To finance the acquisition of Pro-Bel, the Company incurred additional
   debt of $7.2 million and used cash on hand of $6.9 million.  In
   connection with the acquisition of Pro-Bel, the Company issued promissory
   notes to the shareholders of Pro-Bel for 3.5 million pounds sterling
   ($5.9 million, converted at the December 31, 1996 exchange rate) in
   conjunction with the acquisition (see Note 2  to Consolidated Financial
   Statements).  The promissory notes are secured by an irrevocable letter
   of credit from a bank.  The amount of this irrevocable letter of credit
   is included as an outstanding borrowing in the formula used to calculate
   borrowing availability for the Company's facility with Fleet Bank
   described below.  Interest through April 15, 1997 is equal to LIBOR as
   of April 15, 1996 (6.46%) and is payable quarterly.  Interest through
   April 15, 1998 is equal to LIBOR as of April 15, 1997.  The notes are due
   on or before April 15, 1998 and are subordinated to any obligations to
   a bank or financial institution currently existing or subsequently
   entered into.  The notes can be prepaid without penalty subsequent to
   November 1, 1996.  See Note 10 to Consolidated Financial Statements.
   
   Since the Pro-Bel acquisition, the Company's consolidated financial
   statements include the Pro-Bel accounts, as adjusted for purchase
   accounting.  At the date of acquisition, inventory increased by $7.8
   million, accounts receivable increased by $6.9 million and accounts
   payable increased by $9.5 million which, in sum with other current assets
   acquired and current liabilities assumed, increased working capital by
   $6.8 million.  Additionally, at the date of acquisition, property and
   equipment increased by $8.8 million, excess of cost over net tangible
   assets acquired of $6.9 million was recorded and $3.6 million of Pro-Bel
   debt was assumed.
   
   On March 28, 1996 and April 16, 1996, the Company entered into agreements
   with Fleet Bank (formerly NatWest Bank) to obtain a revolving credit
   facility of $10.0 million and a term loan of $8.0 million, respectively. 
   The entire facility is secured by certain of the Company's assets. 
   Borrowings are limited to amounts computed under a formula for eligible
   accounts receivable and inventory.  Additionally, an over-advance is
   available above the borrowing formula in an amount not to exceed $3.0
   million.  Interest on the revolving credit facility is equal to adjusted
   LIBOR plus 175 basis points or prime (8.25% at December 31, 1996) and is
   payable monthly.  The term loan is payable in quarterly installments of
   $500,000, commencing June 1, 1996.  Interest on the term loan is equal
   to adjusted LIBOR plus 200 basis points or prime and is payable monthly. 
   See Note 10 to Consolidated Financial Statements.
   
   Pro-Bel has a commercial mortgage term loan with Barclay's Bank Plc.
   ("Barclays").   The loan is secured by a building and property located
   in the United Kingdom.  Interest is equal to LIBOR (6% at December 31,
   1996) plus 2%.  The loan (including interest) is payable in quarterly
   installments of 80,600 pounds sterling ($136,000, converted at the
   December 31, 1996 exchange rate).  See Note 10 to Consolidated Financial
   Statements.
   
   On February 1, 1996, Pro-Bel entered into an agreement with Barclays to
   obtain a trade finance facility of 750,000 pounds sterling ($1,267,000,
   converted at the December 31, 1996 exchange rate).  The facility is
   secured by Pro-Bel's accounts receivable.  Interest is equal to the
   bank's base rate plus 2% (8% at December 31, 1996) on advances against
   accounts receivable in pounds sterling and equal to the Barclays currency
   call loan rate plus 2% (8% at December 1, 1996) on advances against
   foreign accounts receivable.  Interest is payable quarterly, in arrears. 
   See Note 10 to Consolidated Financial Statements.
   
   On February 1, 1996, Pro-Bel entered into an agreement with Barclays  to
   obtain an overdraft facility of 750,000 pounds sterling.  Interest is
   equal to the bank's base rate plus 2.5% (8.5% at December 31, 1996) and
   is payable quarterly commencing in March 1996.  The facility has a
   sublimit for overdraft on Pro-Bel's wholly owned subsidiary, Trilogy
   Broadcast Limited, of 160,000 pounds sterling ($270,000, converted at the
   December 31, 1996 exchange rate).  This facility is payable upon written
   demand by the bank and any undrawn portion may be cancelled by the bank
   at any time.  See Note 10 to Consolidated Financial Statements.
   
   In January 1997, Pro-Bel entered into an agreement with Barclays whereby
   Barclays agreed to provide an overdraft facility of up to 3.0 million
   pounds sterling through December 31, 1997 to Pro-Bel and its
   subsidiaries.  The overdraft facility provides for interest at 1.5% per
   annum over the bank's base rate.  Interest is payable quarterly, in
   arrears.  This facility replaces the trade finance facility of up to
   750,000 pounds sterling and the overdraft facility of up to 750,000
   pounds sterling in place at December 31, 1996.  All monies under the
   facility are repayable upon written demand and are secured by accounts
   receivable.  See Note 10 to Consolidated Financial Statements.
   
   At December 31, 1996, the Company had operating lease commitments for
   equipment and factory and office space totaling $12.7 million, of which
   $1.0 million is payable within one year.  See Note 10 to Consolidated
   Financial Statements.
   
   Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices
   
   Although the Company cannot accurately determine the precise effect of
   the inflation, the Company has experienced increased costs of materials,
   supplies, salaries and benefits and increased general and administrative
   expenses.  The Company attempts to pass on increased costs and expenses
   by developing more useful and cost effective products for its customers
   that can be sold at more favorable profit margins.
   
   
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
                                    
   
   February 3, 1997
   
   
   To the Board of Directors and
   Shareholders of Chyron Corporation
   
   In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements as of December 31,
   1996 and 1995 and for each of the two years in the period ended December
   31, 1996 listed in the index appearing under Item 14(a)(1) and (2) on
   page 56 present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position
   of Chyron Corporation and its subsidiaries at December 31, 1996 and 1995
   and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the
   two years in the period ended December 31, 1996, in conformity with
   generally accepted accounting principles.  These financial statements are
   the responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to
   express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. 
   We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with generally
   accepted auditing standards which require that we plan and perform the
   audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
   statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes
   examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
   disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting
   principles used and significant estimates made by management and
   evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that
   our audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.
   
   As discussed in Note 1, on January 24, 1997, the Company's shareholders
   ratified a one-for-three reverse stock split.  The consolidated financial
   statements for the year ended December 31, 1994 have been restated to
   reflect retroactive application of this reverse stock split.  We have
   audited the adjustments described in Note 1 that were applied to restate
   the 1994 consolidated financial statements.  In our opinion, such
   adjustments are appropriate and have been properly applied to the 1994
   consolidated financial statements.
   
   PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
   
   
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
                                    
   
   
   Shareholders and Board of Directors
   Chyron Corporation and Subsidiary
   
   
   We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of operations,
   shareholders' equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 1994
   of Chyron Corporation and subsidiary.  Our audit also included the
   consolidated financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item
   14(a) for the year ended December 31, 1994.  These financial statements
   and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management.  Our
   responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and
   schedule based on our audit prior to the restatement discussed in Note
   1.
   
   We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
   standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit
   to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
   free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test
   basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
   statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles
   used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
   the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audit
   provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
   
   In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
   present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated results of
   operations and cash flows of Chyron Corporation and subsidiary for the
   year ended December 31, 1994, in conformity with generally accepted
   accounting principles.  Also, in our opinion, the related consolidated
   financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic
   financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material
   respects the information set forth therein.
   
   
   
                                          Ernst & Young, LLP
   
   Melville, New York
   February 17, 1995
      <PAGE>
ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
   
   CHYRON CORPORATION
   CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
   (In thousands, except per share amounts)
   
   
                                              December 31,
             Assets                           1996     1995
   Current assets:
    Cash and cash equivalents............. $ 4,555  $ 5,012
    Accounts and notes receivable.........  25,237   13,967
    Inventories...........................  23,502   11,645
    Prepaid expenses......................     865      578
    Deferred tax asset....................   6,015    6,457
    Other.................................   2,826
      Total current assets................  63,000   37,659
   Property and equipment.................  12,701    3,300
   Excess of cost over net tangible
    asset acquired........................   6,439
   Investment in RT-SET...................   2,161
   Software development costs.............   2,176    1,716
   Deferred tax asset.....................   4,709    1,403
   Other..................................     217      254
   TOTAL ASSETS........................... $91,403  $44,332
   
             Liabilities and Shareholders Equity
   Current Liabilities:
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses. $15,828  $ 8,120
    Management fee payable................            1,000
    Reserve for West Coast restructuring..              158
    Current portion of long-term debt.....   5,080
    Capital lease obligations.............     225      160
      Total current liabilities...........  21,133    9,438
   Long-term debt.........................  15,163    4,741
   Capital lease obligations..............     118      170
   Other..................................   1,043
     Total liabilities....................  37,457   14,349
   
   Commitments and contingencies (See Note 15)
   Shareholders' equity:
    Preferred stock, par value without
    designation;
    Authorized - 1,000,000 shares;
    Issued - none
    Common stock, par value $.01;
    Authorized - 150,000,000 shares;
    Issued and outstanding, 32,384,635 and
    30,023,798 shares at 1996 and 1995,
    respectively..........................     324      300
   Additional paid-in capital.............  43,124   28,340
   Retained earnings......................   9,997    1,343
   Cumulative translation adjustment......     501
     Total shareholders equity............  53,946   29,983
   TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' 
   EQUITY................................. $91,403  $44,332
   
   
   See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
   
      <PAGE>
CHYRON CORPORATION
   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
   (In thousands, except per share amounts)
   
                                              Year Ended December 31,
                                             1996      1995      1994
   
   Net sales............................  $82,608   $53,971   $42,762
   Cost of products sold................   39,941    22,746    18,912
   Gross profit.........................   42,667    31,225    23,850
   
   Operating expenses:
    Selling, general and administrative.   22,349    17,066    14,301
    Research and development............    5,253     4,105     4,163
    Management fee......................              2,911     1,139
    West Coast restructuring charge 
    (recapture).........................             (1,339)   12,716
   Total operating expenses.............   27,602    22,743    32,319
   
   Operating income (loss)..............   15,065     8,482    (8,469)
   Interest and other expense, net......    1,666       536       525
   Income (loss) before provision for 
    income taxes........................   13,399     7,946    (8,994)
   Income taxes/equivalent provision....    4,745       470
   Net income (loss)....................  $ 8,654   $ 7,476   $(8,994)
   
   Net income (loss) per common share...  $   .27   $   .25   $  (.31)
   Weighted average number of common 
    and common equivalent shares
    outstanding.........................   32,327    30,382    28,962
   
   
   See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
   
   
   CHYRON CORPORATION
   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
   (In thousands)
   
                                            Year Ended December 31,
                                            1996     1995      1994
   CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
   Net income (loss)..................... $8,654   $7,476   $(8,994)
   Adjustments to reconcile net income
   (loss) to net cash provided by 
   operating activities:
   West Coast restructuring (recapture)..          (1,339)   11,766
   Depreciation and amortization.........  3,120    2,067     2,037
   Utilization of deferred tax asset.....  2,335      354
   Loss on abandonment of leasehold
   improvements..........................                       350
   Changes in operating assets and 
   liabilities:
   Accounts and trade notes receivable... (3,505)    (742)      567
   Inventories........................... (3,303)  (6,181)    2,879
   Prepaid expenses......................   (117)   1,320    (1,184)
   Other assets..........................   (464)
   Accounts payable and accrued expenses. (2,865)   1,112    (1,913)
   Management fee payable................ (1,000)   1,000
   Reserve for West Coast restructuring..          (1,327)
   Net cash provided by operating
   activities............................  2,855    3,740     5,508
   
   CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
   Acquisition of Pro-Bel and Investment
   in RT-SET............................. (7,191)
   Acquisition of property and equipment. (1,802)    (710)     (660)
   Capitalized software development...... (1,268)    (207)   (1,383)
   Other.................................     52       28       102
   Net cash (used in) investing 
   activities............................(10,209)    (889)   (1,941)
   
   CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   Payments of capital lease obligations.   (262)    (106)
   Payments of revolving credit 
   agreement............................. (5,644)  (4,500)   (1,985)
   Net proceeds from new credit facility. 11,976    4,741
   Proceeds from exercise of common
   stock purchase warrants, net..........    239      471        43
   Proceeds from exercise of stock 
   options...............................    552
   Payments of Chapter 11 claims and 
   other reorganization items............                      (283)
   Net cash (used in) provided by 
   financing activities..................  6,861      606    (2,225)
   Effect of foreign currency rate 
   fluctuations on cash and cash
   equivalents...........................     36
   Change in cash and cash equivalents...   (457)   3,457     1,342
   Cash and cash equivalents at beginning
   of year...............................  5,012    1,555       213
   Cash and cash equivalents at end of
   year.................................. $4,555   $5,012   $ 1,555
   
   SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
   Interest paid......................... $1,636   $  555   $   548
   Income taxes paid..................... $2,920   $  116   $    71
   
   See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
   
   
   CHYRON CORPORATION
   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)
   (In thousands)
   
   
   Non-cash investing and financing activities:
   
   On February 29, 1996, the Company effectively acquired an option to
   acquire a 19% interest in RT-SET Ltd. in exchange for 800,000 shares of
   Chyron common stock.  See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial
   Statements.
   
   On April 12, 1996, the Company acquired the issued and outstanding
   shares of Pro-Bel. The consideration  in addition to cash included
   1,048,735 shares of Chyron common stock valued at $6,868,000 and notes
   payable of $5,349,000 (3.5 million pounds sterling valued at the
   exchange rate at the date of acquisition).  See Note 2 to the
   Consolidated Financial Statements.
   
   
   CHYRON CORPORATION
   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
   (In thousands)
   
                                                                   Cumu-
                                                        Retained  lative
                                                 Addi-  Earnings  Trans-
                                                tional  Accumu-   lation
                                                Paid-in   lated  Adjust-
                                  Shares Amount Capital Deficit)    ment
   
   Balance at December 31, 1993.  28,871   $289  $19,477  $2,861
   Net loss.....................                          (8,994)
   Exercise of warrants.........      93      1       42
   Conversion of subordinated
   notes.........................     167     1       99
   
   Balance at December 31, 1994..  29,131   291   19,618  (6,133)
   Net income....................                          7,476
   Exercise of warrants..........     726     7      464
   Conversion of subordinated 
   notes.........................     167     2       98
   Benefit of utilization of net
   operating loss carryforward
   under Fresh Start Reporting...                  1,360
   Income tax equivalent benefit
   from reduction of deferred
   tax asset valuation allowance.                  6,800
   
   Balance at December 31, 1995..  30,024   300   28,340   1,343
   Net income....................                          8,654
   Exercise of warrants..........     398     4      235  
   Exercise of stock options.....     114     1      551
   Issuance of stock in 
   connection with acquisition of 
   Pro-Bel, Ltd..................   1,049    11    6,857
   Issuance of stock in 
   connection with investment in
   RT-SET........................     800     8    1,942
   Cumulative translation 
   adjustment....................                                 $501
   Income tax equivalent benefit
   from reduction of deferred tax
   asset valuation allowance.....                  5,199
   
   Balance at December 31, 1996..  32,385  $324  $43,124  $9,997  $501
   
   See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
   
   
   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
   
   1. NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
      POLICIES
   
   Chyron Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries("Chyron" or the
   "Company") develops, manufactures, markets and supports a broad range
   of equipment, software and systems that facilitate the production and
   enhance the presentation of live and pre-recorded video, audio and other
   data.  Chyron's wholly-owned subsidiary, Pro-Bel Limited ("Pro-Bel"),
   develops, manufactures and markets signal management systems and control
   and automation systems.  
   
   Basis of Presentation
   
   The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the
   Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries.  On April 12, 1996, the
   Company acquired Pro-Bel and its subsidiaries (see Note 2).  The
   Company's other subsidiaries are inactive.
     
   Restatement and Reclassification
   
   On January 24, 1997, the Company's shareholders ratified a one-for-three
   reverse stock split.  Net income (loss) per share, weighted average
   number of common and common equivalent shares outstanding, common stock
   issued and outstanding, additional paid-in-capital and all other common
   stock transactions presented in these consolidated financial statements
   have been restated to reflect the one-for-three reverse stock split. 
   In addition, certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to
   conform to the current year presentation.
   
   Accounting Estimates
   
   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
   accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
   assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities
   and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the
   financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues, costs and
   expenses during the periods presented.
   
   Cash and Cash Equivalents
   
   Cash includes cash on deposit and amounts invested in a highly liquid
   money market fund.  Cash equivalents consist of short term investments
   convertible into cash within three months or less.  The carrying amount
   of cash and cash equivalents approximates their fair value.
   
   Inventories
   
   Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out basis)
   or market.  The need for inventory obsolescence provisions is evaluated
   quarterly by the Company and, when appropriate, provisions for
   technological obsolescence, non-profitability of related product lines
   and excess quantities on hand are made.
   Property, Equipment and Depreciation
   
   Property and equipment are stated at cost.  Depreciation and
   amortization are provided on the straight line method over the following
   estimated useful lives:
   
   Buildings.................   35 years
   Machinery and Equipment...   3-10 years
   Furniture and Fixtures....   5-10 years
   Leasehold Improvements....   Shorter of the life of improvement
                                or remaining life of the lease
   
   Revenue Recognition
   
   Net sales, which include revenue derived from product sales and upgrades
   as well as service revenue, are recorded upon shipment of product or
   performance of service.  Customer service costs are included in selling,
   general and administrative expenses and are not material.
   
   Income Taxes
   
   In connection with the Company's  emergence in 1991 from its
   reorganization proceeding under Chapter 11 of the United States
   Bankruptcy Code, the Company adopted "Fresh Start Reporting" in
   accordance with AICPA Statement of Position No. 90-7, "Financial
   Reporting by Entities in Reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code."  
   Fresh Start Reporting requires that the Company report an income tax
   equivalent provision when there is book taxable income and a
   pre-reorganization  net operating loss carryforward.  This requirement
   applies despite the fact that the Company's pre-reorganization  net
   operating loss carryforward would eliminate (or reduce) the related
   income tax payable.  The current and future year benefit related to the
   carryforward is not reflected in net income, but instead is recorded as
   a direct increase to additional paid-in capital.  The income tax
   equivalent provision does not affect the Company's tax liability.  
   
   The Company's net deferred tax assets represent the tax benefit to be
   derived from the pre- and post- reorganization net deductible temporary
   differences.
   
   Translation of Foreign Currencies
   
   The functional currency for the Company's foreign operations is the
   applicable local currency.  The translation from the applicable foreign
   currency to U.S. dollars is performed for asset and liability accounts
   using period-end exchange rates and for revenue and expense accounts
   using a weighted average exchange rate during the period.  The gains or
   losses resulting from such translation are  recorded in the cumulative
   translation adjustment account which is included in shareholders'
   equity.  Transaction gains or losses are included in interest and other
   expenses.
   
   Net Income (Loss) Per Share
   
   Net income (loss) per share is based on the weighted average number of
   common shares outstanding during the period plus, when dilutive,
   additional shares issuable upon the assumed exercise of outstanding
   common stock equivalents.  Fully diluted net income (loss) per share is
   not presented since such presentation would not be materially different
   from primary net income (loss) per share. 
   
   Common Stock Equivalents
   
   In December 1991, the Company issued to Pesa, Inc. ("Pesa"), a Delaware
   corporation, and its then majority shareholder, $5 million of
   Convertible Subordinated Notes ("Notes").  The Notes were convertible
   into shares of common stock at a conversion price of $.60 per share. 
   As of December 31, 1995, all of the Notes have been so converted. See
   Note 11.
   
   In January 1992, shareholders of the Company, other than Pesa, received
   one warrant for every two shares of common stock held when the Company
   issued 1,931,851 Common Stock Purchase Warrants.   Each warrant entitled
   its holder to purchase one share of common stock at $.60 per share.  As
   of December 31, 1996, a total of 1,736,182 Common Stock Purchase
   Warrants had been exercised.  The remaining warrants expired on January
   31, 1996.
   
   During 1995 and 1996, respectively, the Company's Board of Directors
   granted  to certain employees 1,041,666 and 425,000 Incentive Stock
   Options for the purchase of Chyron common stock and to non-employee
   members of the Board of Directors 30,000 and 29,999 Non-Incentive Stock
   Options for the purchase of Chyron common stock.  The exercise price of
   each stock option granted is the quoted closing market price at the date
   of such grant.  The options vest over three years and expire five years
   from the date of grant.  See Note 12.
   
   Stock-Based Compensation Plans
   
   The Company elected to continue following Accounting Principles Board
   Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" (APB 25) in
   accounting for its employee stock options, rather than adopt the
   alternate method of accounting provided under Statement of Financial
   Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation"
   (SFAS 123).  Under APB 25, the Company does not recognize compensation
   expense on stock options granted to employees because the exercise price
   of each option is equal to the market price of the underlying stock on
   the respective date of grant.  See Note 12.
   
   2. ACQUISITION OF PRO-BEL LIMITED
   
   On April 12, 1996, the Company acquired all of the issued and
   outstanding capital stock of Pro-Bel Limited,  located in Reading,
   United Kingdom in exchange for $6.9 million in cash, 3.5 million British
   pounds sterling ($5.3 million) in notes and 1,048,735 shares of
   restricted Chyron common stock valued at $6.9 million.  
   
   The acquisition of Pro-Bel was accounted for as a purchase. 
   Accordingly, the cost of the acquisition was allocated to the net assets
   acquired based upon their estimated fair values.  The excess of cost
   over the estimated fair value of net tangible assets acquired amounted
   to $6,928,000, which is being amortized over 12 years using the straight
   line method.  Amortization in 1996 amounted to $489,000.  The Company
   evaluates whether changes have occurred that would require revision of
   the remaining estimated useful life of the assigned excess of cost over
   the value of net tangible assets acquired or its carrying amount.  In
   making such determinations, the Company evaluates undiscounted cash
   flows of the underlying business which gave rise to such amount.  
   
   The following unaudited pro forma statements of operations include the
   operating results of the Company and Pro-Bel for the years ended
   December 31, 1996 and 1995, assuming the acquisition of Pro-Bel had been
   made as of January 1, 1996 and 1995, respectively (in thousands except
   per share amounts).
   
   Pro Forma Statement of Operations
   for the Year Ended December 31, 1996
   (Unaudited)             
   
                                             Pro Forma
                                             Adjustment
                                (a)           Increase/
                             Pro-Bel  Chyron (Decrease) Consolidated
   
   Net sales................ $10,366  $82,608             $92,974
   Cost of products sold....   5,596   39,941    $784 (b)  46,321
   Gross profit.............   4,770   42,667    (784)     46,653
   
   Operating expenses:
   Selling, general and 
     administrative.........   2,580   22,349     285 (c)  25,214
   Research and development.     591    5,253     (50)(d)   5,794
   Total operating expenses.   3,171   27,602     235      31,008
   
   Operating income.........   1,599   15,065  (1,019)     15,645
   Interest and other 
     expense, net...........      80    1,666     280 (e)   2,026
   Income before provision
     for income tax.........   1,519   13,399  (1,299)     13,619
   Income/taxes equivalent
     provision..............     340    4,745     (99)(f)   4,986
   Net income...............  $1,179   $8,654 ($1,200)     $8,633
   
   
   Net income per common 
     share..................           $  .27              $  .27
   Weighted average number
     of common and common
     equivalent shares
     outstanding............           32,327              32,623
      <PAGE>
Pro Forma Statement of Operations
   for the Year Ended December 31, 1995
   (Unaudited)             
   
                                             Pro Forma
                                             Adjustment
                                (g)           Increase/
                             Pro-Bel  Chyron (Decrease) Consolidated
   
   Net sales................ $28,763  $53,971              $82,734
   Cost of products sold....  15,902   22,746     $698 (b)  39,346
   Gross profit.............  12,861   31,225     (698)     43,388
   
   Operating expenses:
   Selling, general and 
     administrative.........   9,064   17,066      741 (c)  26,871
   Research and development.   1,548    4,105     (167)(d)   5,486
   Management fee...........            2,911                2,911
   West Coast restructuring 
     (recapture)............           (1,339)              (1,339)
   Total operating expenses.  10,612   22,743      574      33,929
   
   Operating income.........   2,249    8,482   (1,272)      9,459
   Interest and other 
     expense, net...........     461      536    1,052 (e)   2,049
   Income before provision
     for income tax.........   1,788    7,946   (2,324)      7,410
   Income taxes/equivalent  
     provision..............     782      470     (373)(f)     879
   Net income...............  $1,006   $7,476  ($1,951)     $6,531
   
   Net income per common 
     share..................           $  .25               $  .21
   Weighted average number
     of common and common
     equivalent shares
     outstanding............           30,382               31,431
   
   Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations:
   (a) Results of operations from January 1, 1996 through the date of
   acquisition at the average exchange rate for the period.
   (b) Reflects the increase in depreciation expense for the step up in
   basis of property, plant and equipment acquired and the increase in cost
   of products sold for the step up in basis of inventory acquired.
   (c) Reflects the increase in depreciation expense for the step up in
   basis of property, plant and equipment acquired and the amortization of
   excess of cost over net tangible assets acquired.
   (d) Reflects the decrease in research and development expense due to the
   capitalization of certain of Pro-Bel's software development costs, net
   of the amortization of such costs for the year.
   (e) Reflect additional interest expense on indebtedness incurred in
   connection with the acquisition of Pro-Bel.
   (f) Reflects the estimated income tax effect on the acquisition
   financing.
   (g) Results of operations for the twelve months ended October 31, 1995,
   as this was Pro-Bel's operating period prior to the acquisition by
   Chyron, at the average exchange rate for the period.
   
   These pro forma results have been prepared for comparative purposes only
   and include adjustments as a result of applying purchase accounting and
   conversion to generally accepted accounting principles in the United
   States.  The pro forma financial information is not necessarily
   indicative of the operating results that would have occurred if the
   acquisition had taken place on the aforementioned dates or of future
   results of operations of the consolidated entities.
   
   3. INVESTMENT IN RT-SET
   
   On February 29, 1996, the Company effectively purchased an option to
   acquire a 19% interest in Real Time Synthesized Entertainment
   Technology,  Ltd. ("RT-SET"), located in Tel Aviv, Israel.  RT-SET
   develops, markets and sells real time virtual studio set software and
   proprietary communications hardware that operate on Silicon Graphics
   systems.  In form, Chyron purchased shares of RT-SET Convertible
   Preferred Stock, which are convertible into RT-SET common stock, in
   exchange for 800,000 shares of Chyron restricted common stock.  In
   accordance with the purchase agreement, the 800,000 of Chyron common
   stock were to be held in escrow and released in tranches of one-third
   and two-thirds, subject to certain conditions.  During 1996, the first
   of these conditions was met, which resulted in the release of 266,666
   shares of Chyron restricted common stock to RT-SET.  Upon the
   satisfaction of the remaining conditions, the remaining 533,334 escrowed
   shares will be released.  If the conditions are not met or at Chyron's
   option, the remaining shares of Chyron restricted common stock held in
   escrow will be returned to the Company in exchange for the RT-SET
   Convertible Preferred Stock held by the Company.  Accordingly, the
   transaction has been recorded as the purchase of a right to acquire a
   19% interest in RT-SET.  RT-SET retains the voting rights with respect
   to the escrowed Chyron shares while such shares are held by the escrow
   agent.  The acquisition was recorded at the estimated fair value of the
   Chyron restricted common stock released from escrow.   In addition, 
   Chyron was granted certain call option rights which, if and when
   exercised, will result in the Company owning up to a 51% interest in RT-
   SET.
   
   4. CONTROL OF REGISTRANT
   
   On  May 26, 1995, Pesa, Inc. ("Pesa") the former parent of the Company,
   sold 3,333,333 shares of common stock of Chyron  to CC Acquisition
   Company A, a Delaware limited liability company ("CCACA").  On July 25,
   1995, Pesa sold 16,471,571 shares to the entities listed below. 
   Additionally, on July 25, 1995, Sepa Technologies, Ltd., a Georgia
   limited liability company ("Sepa"), and an affiliate of Pesa, sold
   1,666,667 shares to the entities listed below.
   
   The sales were made pursuant to two agreements entered into on May 26,
   1995:  (1) CCACA and CC Acquisition Company B, a Delaware limited
   liability company ("CCACB"), and an affiliate of CCACA, entered into a
   stock purchase agreement with Pesa (the "Pesa Agreement") pursuant to
   which (i) CCACA acquired 3,333,333 shares and (ii) CCACA and CCACB
   agreed to acquire an additional 16,471,571 shares and (2) CCACA entered
   into a stock purchase agreement with Sepa (the "Sepa Agreement")
   pursuant to which CCACA agreed to acquire 1,666,667 shares and the
   voting rights and right of first refusal with respect to an additional
   3,000,000 shares. CCACA and CCACB are collectively referred to herein
   as CCAC.
   
   On July 25, 1995, CCACA entered into an agreement (the "Leubert
   Agreement") with Alfred O.P. Leubert Ltd., a New York corporation
   ("Leubert"), pursuant to which CCACA was granted a right of first
   refusal to acquire 100,000 shares, which shares were acquired by Leubert
   from Sepa and which reduced from 3,000,000 to 2,900,000 the number of
   shares covered by the Company's right of first refusal as set forth in
   the Sepa Agreement.
   
   On July 25, 1995, CCACA and CCACB entered into an assignment and
   assumption agreement (the "Assignment Agreement") by and among CCACA,
   CCACB, WPG Corporate Development Associates IV, L.P., a Delaware limited
   partnership ("CDA"), WPG Corporate Development Associates IV (Overseas),
   L.P., a Cayman Islands exempt limited partnership ("CDAO"), WPG
   Enterprise Fund II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("WPGII"),
   Weiss, Peck & Greer Venture Associates III, L.P., a Delaware limited
   partnership ("WPGIII"), Westpool Investment Trust plc., a public limited
   company organized under the laws of England ("WIT"), Lion Investments
   Limited, a limited company organized under the laws of England ("Lion"),
   and Charles M. Diker (such individual together with CDA, CDAO, WPGII,
   WPGIII, WIT and Lion, the "WPG/Westpool Investor Group") and certain
   other persons (such persons together with the WPG/Westpool Investor
   Group, the "Assignees") pursuant to which (i) CCACA assigned to the
   Assignees its rights under the Pesa Agreement to acquire 6,666,666
   shares, (ii) CCACA assigned its rights under the Sepa Agreement to
   acquire 1,666,667 shares, (iii) CCACA assigned its right of first
   refusal to acquire 1,800,000 of the 3,000,000 shares as set forth in the
   Sepa Agreement and the Leubert Agreement described above and (iv) CCACB
   assigned its rights under the Pesa Agreement to acquire 5,882,946
   shares.
   
   The closing, as contemplated by the Pesa Agreement and the Sepa
   Agreement, occurred on July 25, 1995.  Consequently, at closing CCAC
   beneficially owned in the aggregate 7,255,297 shares and the
   WPG/Westpool Investor Group beneficially owned in the aggregate
   13,968,629 shares.  Beneficial  ownership does not include 3,000,000
   shares for which the voting rights have been assigned to CCAC and the
   WPG/Westpool Investor Group.
   
   As a consequence of the above transactions, the principal shareholders
   as of July 25, 1995 were as follows:
   
   Name of Owner     Number of Shares   Date of Acquisition
   
   CCACA             3,333,333          May 26, 1995
   CCACB             3,921,964          July 25, 1995
   CDA               5,923,538          July 25, 1995
   CDAO              1,428,373          July 25, 1995
   WPGII             1,471,852          July 25, 1995
   WPGIII            1,223,848          July 25, 1995
   WIT               2,328,103          July 25, 1995
   Lion              1,102,788          July 25, 1995
   C.M. Diker          490,127          July 25, 1995
   Others              247,645          July 25, 1995
   
   Pesa was a 100% owned subsidiary of a Spanish Company, Pesa Electronica,
   S.A. ("Electronica"), which in turn was 99% owned by a Spanish Company,
   Amper, S.A. ("Amper").  On June 24, 1994, Amper sold all of its shares
   of stock of Electronica to Sepa.  On August 2, 1994, Sepa acquired
   4,666,666 shares of Chyron common stock from certain foreign
   shareholders. Consequently, Sepa directly and indirectly through Pesa
   became the beneficial owner of 24,471,570 shares of Chyron common stock. 
   On October 5, 1994, Electronica filed for receivership in Spain
   ("Suspension de Pagos").  The proceedings are comparable to a Chapter
   11 reorganization under the U.S. Bankruptcy laws. 
   
   5. ACCOUNTS AND NOTES RECEIVABLE
   
   Trade accounts and notes receivable are stated net of an allowance for
   doubtful accounts of $2,850,000 and $3,134,000 at December 31, 1996 and
   1995, respectively.  The provision for doubtful accounts amounted to
   $nil, $466,000 and $729,000 for 1996, 1995, and 1994, respectively.  The
   carrying amounts of accounts and notes receivable approximate their fair
   values.
   
   The Company periodically evaluates the credit worthiness of its
   customers and determines whether collateral (in the form of letters of
   credit or liens on equipment sold) should be taken or whether reduced
   credit limits are necessary.  Credit losses have consistently been
   within management's expectations.
   
   Accounts and notes receivable are principally due from customers in, and
   dealers serving, the broadcast video industry and non-broadcast display
   markets.  At December 31, 1996 and 1995, receivables included
   approximately $12.5 million and $2.7 million, respectively, due from
   foreign customers.
   
   6. INVENTORIES
   
   Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):
   
                                December 31,
                              1996      1995
   
   Finished goods........  $12,879   $ 3,345
   Work-in-process.......    5,271     5,250
   Raw materials.........    5,352     3,050
                           $23,502   $11,645
   
   7. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
   
   Property and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):
   
                                December 31,
                                           1996    1995

   Land..................... $   878  $   53
   Building.................   1,794  
   Machinery and equipment..  11,593   4,441
   Furniture and fixtures...   2,386   1,501
   Leasehold improvements...     715     299
                              17,366   6,294
   Less: Accumulated 
    depreciation and 
    amortization............   4,665   2,994
                             $12,701  $3,300
   
   Machinery and equipment at December 31, 1996 and 1995 includes $818,000
   and $473,000, respectively, of assets held under capital lease
   obligations.  Accumulated depreciation and amortization at December 31,
   1996 and 1995 includes $381,000 and $278,000, respectively, attributable
   to assets held under capital lease obligations.  See Note 15.
   
   Depreciation expense, which includes amortization of  capital lease
   assets, was $1,671,000, $1,054,000 and $1,106,000 in 1996, 1995 and
   1994, respectively.
   
   8. SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT COSTS
   
   Certain software development costs are capitalized and amortized over
   their estimated economic life, ranging from 3 to 5 years, commencing
   when each product is available for general release.  The following
   amounts were capitalized, amortized and written off (in thousands):
   
                                  1996     1995      1994
   
   Amounts capitalized........  $1,420     $207    $1,383
   Less: Amortization 
   (included in Research and
   Development expense).......    (960)  (1,013)     (931)
   West Coast restructuring
   write-down to net  
   realizable value...........                     (1,991)
   Net (decrease) increase in
   software development costs.    $460    ($806)  ($1,539)
   
   9. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES
   
   Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following (in
   thousands):
   
                               December 31,
                              1996     1995
   
   Accounts payable....... $ 7,500   $2,818
   Compensation (including
   pension liability).....   3,644    3,136
   Other accrued items....   3,459    2,003
   Income taxes payable...   1,225      163
                           $15,828   $8,120
                     
   The carrying amounts of accounts payable and accrued expenses
   approximate their fair values.
   
   
   10. LONG-TERM DEBT
   
   Long term debt consists of the following (in thousands):
   
                                                December 31,
                                               1996      1995
   
   Term loan, maturing April 16, 2000(a)     $6,500
   Revolving credit facility, maturing
     March 28, 1999(a)                        2,730
   Revolving credit facility, maturing
     April 27, 1997(b)                                 $4,741
   Commercial mortgage term loan, 
     maturing March 28, 2010(c)               2,097
   Promissory notes, payable
     on or before April 15, 1998(d)           5,917
   Trade finance facility, maturing
     December 31, 1996
     replaced with debt maturing
     December 31, 1997(e)                     1,209
   Overdraft facility, maturing
     December 31, 1996
     replaced with debt maturing
     December 31, 1997(f)                     1,790
                                             20,243     4,741
   Less amounts due in one year               5,080
                                            $15,163    $4,741
   
   (a) On March 28, 1996 and April 16, 1996, the Company entered into
   agreements with a bank to obtain a revolving credit facility of $10
   million and a term loan of $8 million, respectively.  The entire
   facility is secured by Chyron's accounts receivable and inventory and
   the common stock of Pro-Bel.  Borrowings are limited to amounts computed
   under a formula for eligible accounts receivable and inventory. 
   Additionally, an over-advance is available above the borrowing formula
   in an amount not to exceed $3 million.  Interest on the revolving credit
   facility is equal to adjusted LIBOR plus 175 basis points or prime
   (8.25% at December 31, 1996) and is payable monthly. The term loan is
   payable in quarterly installments of $500,000, commencing June 1, 1996. 
   Interest on the term loan is equal to adjusted LIBOR plus 200 basis
   points or prime  and is payable monthly.  The Company must pay a
   commitment fee equal to 1/4 of 1% per annum on the average daily unused
   portion of the credit facility.  The commitment fee is payable on the
   last day of each quarter commencing June 30, 1996.  This agreement
   contains, among other provisions, requirements for maintaining defined
   levels of net worth, leverage, capital expenditures, lease payments and
   various financial ratios.  The Company is prohibited by the agreement
   from paying cash dividends in excess of 25% of its net income for the
   then current fiscal year.
   
   (b) At December 31, 1995, the Company had $4.7 million outstanding with
   a financial institution under a secured revolving credit facility. 
   Interest was payable monthly at the prime rate (8.5% at December 31,
   1995) plus 2% per annum.  The facility was due to expire on April 27,
   1997, but was replaced by the banking facility described in (a) above
   in conjunction with the financing of the acquisition of Pro-Bel.
   (c) Pro-Bel has a commercial mortgage term loan with a bank.  The loan
   is secured by a building and property located in the United Kingdom. 
   Interest is equal to LIBOR (6% at December 31, 1996) plus 2%.  The loan
   (including interest) is payable in quarterly installments of 80,600
   pounds sterling ($136,000, converted at the December 31, 1996 exchange
   rate).
   
   (d) On April 12, 1996, the Company issued promissory notes to the
   shareholders of Pro-Bel for 3.5 million pounds sterling ($5,919,000,
   converted at the December 31, 1996 exchange rate) in conjunction with
   the acquisition (See Note 2).  The promissory notes are secured by an
   irrevocable letter of credit from a bank.   The amount of this
   irrevocable letter of credit is included as an outstanding borrowing in
   the formula used to calculate borrowing availability for the facilities
   described in (a) above.  Interest through April 15, 1997 is equal to
   LIBOR as of April 15, 1996 (6.46%) and is payable quarterly.  Interest
   through April 15, 1998 is equal to LIBOR as of April 15, 1997.  The
   notes are due on or before April 15, 1998 and are subordinated to any
   obligations to a bank or financial institution currently existing or
   subsequently entered into.  The notes can be prepaid without penalty
   subsequent to November 1, 1996.  
   
   (e) On February 1, 1996, Pro-Bel entered into an agreement with a bank
   to obtain a trade finance facility of 750,000 pounds sterling
   ($1,267,000, converted at the December 31, 1996 exchange rate).  The
   facility is secured by Pro-Bel's accounts receivable.  Interest is equal
   to the bank's base rate plus 2% (8% at December 31, 1996) on advances
   against accounts receivable in pounds sterling and equal to the Barclays
   Bank PLC currency call loan rate plus 2% (8% at December 31, 1996) on
   advances against foreign accounts receivable.  Interest is payable
   quarterly, in arrears.  
   
   (f) On February 1, 1996, Pro-Bel entered into an agreement with a bank
   to obtain an overdraft facility of 750,000 pounds sterling ($1,276,000
   converted at the December 31, 1996 exchange rate).  Interest is equal
   to the bank's base rate plus 2.5% (8.5% at December 31, 1996) and is
   payable quarterly commencing in March 1996.  The facility has a sublimit
   for  overdraft on Pro-Bel's wholly owned subsidiary, Trilogy Broadcast
   Limited, of 160,000 pounds sterling ($270,000, converted at the December
   31, 1996 exchange rate).  This facility is payable upon written demand
   by the bank and any undrawn portion may be cancelled by the bank at any
   time.  
   
   In January 1997, Pro-Bel entered into an agreement with Barclays Bank
   PLC whereby Barclays agreed to provide an overdraft facility of up to
   3.0 million pounds sterling through December 31, 1997 to Pro-Bel and its
   subsidiaries.  The overdraft facility provides for interest at 1.5% per
   annum over the bank's base rate.  Interest is payable quarterly, in
   arrears.  This facility replaces the trade finance facility of up to
   750,000 pounds sterling and the overdraft facility of up to 750,000
   pounds sterling in place at December 31, 1996.  The maturity dates of
   such facilities were extended by the lenders to coincide with the new
   Barclays agreement.  All monies under the facility are repayable upon
   written demand and are secured by accounts receivable.
   
   Aggregate maturities of long term debt in the next five years are as
   follows (in thousands):
   
   The carrying amounts of long-term debt instruments approximate their
   fair values.
   
   
   1997........ $5,080
   1998........  7,437
   1999........  4,826
   2000........    607
   2001........    115
   
   Net interest expense was $1,402,000, $536,000 and $525,000 in 1996, 1995
   and 1994.
   
   11. CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTES PAYABLE
   
   In 1991, the Company issued to Pesa 4-year Convertible Subordinated
   Notes in the principal amount of $5.0 million maturing on January 31,
   1996 and bearing interest (payable annually in arrears) at the prime
   rate, adjusted annually each December.  The Notes were convertible into
   8,333,333 shares of common stock of the Company at a conversion rate of
   $.60 cents per share.  As of December 31, 1996, all of the Notes had
   been converted into shares of common stock of the Company.
   
   12. LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
   
   In May 1995, the Company's shareholders approved the Chyron Corporation
   Long-Term Incentive Plan ("the Plan").  The Plan allows for a maximum
   of 1,666,666 shares of common stock to be available with respect to the
   grant of awards under the Plan; any or all of such common stock may be
   granted for awards of Incentive Stock Options.  
   
   On July 25, 1995, November 21, 1995 and September 18, 1996 the Board of
   Directors granted Incentive Stock Options for the purchase of 991,666,
   50,000, and 425,000 shares, respectively, to certain employees; the
   exercise price per option share is $4.875, $5.625, and $12.75,
   respectively, the  quoted closing market prices at the dates of grant. 
   The Incentive Stock Options granted on September 18, 1996 have been
   cancelled and reissued as of March 7, 1997.  Additionally, on July 31,
   1995, November 21, 1995, February 22, 1996, July 31, 1996 and September
   18, 1996, the non-employee members of the Board of Directors received
   Non-Incentive Stock Options for the purchase of  26,666,  3,333,  6,666, 
   20,000  and  3,333 shares, respectively, at exercise prices of $5.625,
   $5.625, $9.375, $16.125 and $12.75, respectively, the quoted closing
   market prices at the dates of grant.  Subsequent to the grant dates,
   86,000 Incentive Stock Options were forfeited.  The options to employees
   vest over three years at 33 1/3% per annum and expire five years after
   the grant date.  Options granted to directors vest immediately.
   
   If the Company had elected to recognize compensation expense based upon
   the fair value at the grant date for awards under these plans consistent
   with the methodology prescribed by SFAS 123, the Company's net income
   and net income per share would be reduced to the pro forma amounts
   indicated below:
   
                                 1996     1995
   Net Income (in thousands):
     As reported               $8,654   $7,476
     Pro forma                 $7,560   $7,125
   
   Earnings per common share:
     As reported                 $.27     $.25
     Pro forma                   $.23     $.24
   
   These pro forma amounts may not be representative of future disclosures
   since the estimated fair value of stock options is amortized to expense
   over the vesting period for purposes of future pro forma disclosures,
   and additional options may be granted in future years.  The fair value
   of these options was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-
   Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average
   assumptions for both 1996 and 1995:  dividend yield of  0; expected
   volatility of 50% and expected life of 4 years.  The weighted average
   risk free interest rates for 1996 and 1995 were 6.54% and 6.11%,
   respectively.  The weighted average fair values of options granted
   during 1996 and 1995, for which the exercise price equaled the market
   price on the grant dates, were $12.849 and $4.936 per option,
   respectively.  
       
   The Black-Scholes option valuation model was developed for use in
   estimating the fair value of traded options which have no vesting
   restrictions and are fully transferable.  In addition, option valuation
   models require the input of highly subjective assumptions including the
   expected price volatility.  Because the Company's employees' stock
   options have characteristics significantly different from those of
   traded options, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions
   can materially affect the fair value estimate, in managements' opinion,
   the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single measure
   of the fair value of employee stock options.
   
   Transactions involving stock options are summarized as follows:
   
                                                 Weighted Average
                              Stock Options     Exercise Price of
                                Outstanding   Options Outstanding
   
   Balance, January 1, 1995
     Granted                        984,999            $4.936
     Exercised 
   
   Balance, December 31, 1995       984,999             4.936
     Granted                        454,999             7.436
     Exercised                     (113,018)            7.652
   
   Balance, December 31, 1996    $1,326,980            $7.652
   
   The following table summarizes information concerning currently
   outstanding and exercisable stock options:
   
                              Weighted  
              Outstanding      Average  Exercisable 
   Exercise   at December  Contractual  at December
      Price      31, 1996         Life     31, 1996
   
    $ 4.875      795,314     3.6 years      265,104
      5.625       76,667     3.8 years       43,334
      9.375        6,666     4.2 years        6,666
     16.125       20,000     4.6 years       20,000
     12.750      428,334     4.8 years        3,333
   
   13. INCOME TAXES
   
   The provision for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):
   
                                   1996   1995    1994
   Current:
     Federal..................   $1,308   $       $
     State....................      629     50
     Foreign..................      473
     Tax equivalent provision.             420
                                  2,410    470
   Deferred:
     Federal..................    2,664
     State....................     (150)
     Foreign..................      (39)
     Tax equivalent provision
     Release of valuation 
     reserve..................     (140)
                                  2,335
   Total......................   $4,745   $470    $
   
   The effective income tax rate differed from the Federal statutory rate
   as follows (in thousands):
   
                              1996          1995            1994
                          Amount   %    Amount    %    Amount     %
   
   Federal income tax
   provision (benefit)
   at statutory rate..... $4,689  35.0  $2,702   34.0 ($3,058) (34.0)
   State income taxes,
   net of federal tax
   benefit...............    409   3.0      33     .4
   Permanent differences.     36    .3    
   Benefit from post
   reorganization 
   temporary differences
   on tax equivalent
   provision.............   (140) (1.1) (1,351) (17.0)
   Foreign income tax
   benefit...............      8    .1
   Benefit of lower tax
   rates on U.S. Federal
   Provision.............   (121)  (.9)
   Effect of valuation
   allowance of deferred
   tax assets............   (150) (1.1)   (940) (11.8)  3,058   34.0
   Other, net............     14    .1      26     .3
                          $4,745  35.4  $  470    5.9  $       
   
   
   The Company has deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as
   presented in the table below.  The net deferred tax assets were subject
   to a valuation allowance, which was $nil and $5.4 million at December
   31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.  This valuation allowance is primarily
   attributable to pre-Chapter 11 reorganization net operating loss
   carryforwards and pre-Chapter 11 reorganization deductible temporary
   differences.  As a result of current and projected future profitability,
   the allowance was partially reduced in 1995 and eliminated in 1996.
   
   Deferred tax assets (deductible temporary differences) prior to the
   allocation of the valuation allowance consisted of the following (in
   thousands):
                                             December 31,
                                            1996      1995
   Post-reorganization net operating 
     loss carryforward..............     $   276   $   280
   Pre-reorganization net operating 
     loss carryforward..............       4,631     7,250
   Pre-reorganization deductible 
     temporary differences..........       4,555     4,555
   Restructuring reserve............                    55
   Other............................       2,030     2,000
     Total deferred tax assets......     $11,492   $14,140
   
   Deferred tax liabilities (taxable temporary differences) consisted of
   the following (in thousands):
   
                                             December 31,
                                            1996      1995
   Pre-reorganization taxable 
     temporary differences..........        $ 85      $ 85
   Software development costs.......         683       585
   Other............................                   210
     Total deferred tax liabilities.        $768      $880
                
   At December 31, 1996, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards
   ("NOL") of approximately $15.0 million for tax purposes.  Under U.S.
   income tax rules, the utilization of the NOL is subject to annual
   limitations as a result of the changes in control of the Company at
   December 27, 1991 and July 25, 1995.  However, despite these
   restrictions, the Company expects to fully utilize all of its remaining
   NOL prior to expiration.     
   
   14. BENEFIT PLANS
   
   Chyron Corporation has a domestic defined benefit pension plan (the
   "U.S. Pension Plan") covering substantially all U.S. employees meeting
   minimum eligibility requirements.  Benefits paid to retirees are based
   upon age at retirement, years of credited service and average
   compensation.  Pension expense is actuarially determined using the
   projected unit credit method.  The Company's policy is to fund the
   minimum contributions required under the Employees Retirement Income
   Security Act.  The assets held by the U.S. Pension Plan at December 31,
   1996  include government securities, corporate bonds and mutual funds.
   
   The net periodic pension cost and its components are as follows (in
   thousands):
   
   
                                        1996   1995   1994
   
   Service cost......................   $414   $383   $437
   Interest cost on projected benefit
     obligation......................    267    292    312
   Actual return on plan assets......   (206)  (227)  (269)
   Net amortization..................    (43)   (15)
   Net periodic pension cost.........   $432   $433   $480
   
   A reconciliation of the funded status of the U.S. Pension Plan to the
   amounts included in the Company's balance sheet is as follows (in
   thousands):
   
                                                    December 31,
                                                1996     1995     1994
   Accumulated pension benefit obligation:
   Vested.................................    $2,234   $2,265   $2,431
   Non-vested.............................        29       79       63
   Total..................................    $2,263   $2,344   $2,494
   
   Projected benefit obligation...........    $3,803   $4,138   $4,532
   Plan assets at fair value..............     2,709    2,609    3,352
   projected benefit obligation in excess
     of assets............................     1,094    1,529    1,180
   
   Less items not yet recognized in net
     periodic pension cost:
   Unrecognized net gain (loss) from past
     experience and changes in 
     assumptions..........................       841       49      (35)
   Pension liability......................    $1,935   $1,578   $1,145
   
   In each year presented, the expected long-term rate of return on U.S.
   Pension Plan assets was 9%.  The weighted average discount rates used
   to determine the accumulated benefit obligation was  8.0% in 1996, 7.5%
   in 1995 and  8.0% in 1994.  The rate of compensation increase used was
   5% for all years presented.
   
   The Company's  U.K. subsidiary, Pro-Bel, has a non-contributory defined
   benefit pension plan (the "U.K. Pension Plan") covering all its
   permanent employees.  Contributions are determined on the basis of 
   valuations using the projected unit method.  Pro-Bel's policy is to fund
   minimum contributions required pursuant to the U.K. Rules and
   Regulations.  The assets held by the U.K. Pension Plan at December 31,
   1996 include cash equivalents and free hold properties.
   
   The net periodic pension cost of the U.K. Pension Plan for the period
   since the acquisition of Pro-Bel (April 12, 1996) through December 31,
   1996 and its components under the provisions of SFAS No. 87 are as
   follows (in thousands):
   
   Service cost-benefit earned during the period    $303
   Interest cost on projected benefit obligation     285
   Actual return on plan assets                     (457)
   Net amortization                                    0
     Net periodic pension cost                      $131
   
   A reconciliation of the funded status of the U.K. Pension Plan to the
   amounts included in the Company's balance sheet as of December 31, 1996
   is as follows (in thousands):
   
                                            December 31,
                                               1996
   Accumulated pension benefit obligation:     
   Vested                                     $4,867
   Non-vested
   Total                                      $4,867
   
   Projected benefit obligation               $5,739
   Plan assets at  fair value                  7,005
   Plan assets at fair value in excess of
   projected benefit obligation                1,266
   
   Items not yet recognized in net
   periodic pension cost:
   
   Unrecognized net gain from past
   experience and changes in assumptions         141
   Pension asset                              $1,407
                                                                         
   The expected long-term rate of return on the U.K. Pension Plan assets
   was 9%.  The weighted average discount rate used to determine the
   accumulated benefit obligation was 8% and the rate of compensation
   increase used was 5.50% for the period presented.
    
   In 1994, Chyron Corporation adopted a 401(k) Plan exclusively for the
   benefit of participants and their beneficiaries.  All employees of the
   Company are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan except non-
   resident aliens and employees who are members of a union who bargain
   separately for retirement benefits during negotiations.  An employee may
   elect to contribute a percentage of his or her current compensation to
   the 401(k) Plan, subject to a maximum of 20% of compensation or the
   Internal Revenue Service annual contribution limit ($9,500 in 1996 and
   $9,240 in 1995), whichever is less.  Total compensation that can be
   considered for contribution purposes is limited to $150,000.
   
   The Company can elect to make a contribution to the 401(k) Plan on
   behalf of those participants who have made salary deferral
   contributions.   During 1996 and 1995, the Company contributed $51,000
   and $29,000, respectively to the 401(k) Plan.  
   
   15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
   
   At December 31, 1996, the Company was obligated under operating and
   capital leases covering facility space and equipment as follows (in
   thousands):
   
                        Operating   Capital
   1997................   $ 1,030      $247
   1998................       890        85
   1999................       885        44
   2000................       880
   2001................       864
   2002 and thereafter.     8,173     
                          $12,722      $376
   
   The operating leases contain provisions for maintenance and escalations
   for real estate taxes.  Total rent expense was $826,000, $496,000, and
   $530,000 for 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.  The cumulative imputed
   interest in the capital lease obligation was $33,000 at December 31,
   1996.
   
   The Company is a party to Percival Hudgins & Company, Inc. v. Chyron
   Corporation v. John Percival, pending in the United States District
   Court, North District of Georgia (Atlanta).  This is a breach of
   contract action for an alleged success fee in connection with the sale
   of common stock by Pesa and Sepa (See Note 4).  Plaintiff alleges that
   such transaction was subject to the terms of its engagement letter with
   the Company.  Plaintiff seeks damages of approximately $600,000 together
   with counsel fees.  The Company has answered, denying all material
   allegations, and has asserted a third party claim against plaintiff's
   principal, alleging that he, as a director of the Company while his
   investment banking firm was engaged by the Company, breached his
   fiduciary duties to the Company and is liable for any amounts that might
   be awarded to plaintiff, together with counsel fees.  Plaintiff  has
   recently amended the complaint to add a claim for quantum meruit. 
   Discovery is continuing.
   
   The Company from time to time is involved in routine legal matters
   incidental to its business.  In the opinion of management, the ultimate
   resolution of such matters will not have a material adverse effect on
   the Company's financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
   
   16. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
   
   Sepa, prior to the change in control discussed in Note 4, was the
   beneficial owner of 24,471,570 shares of Chyron common stock. 
   Consequent to such ownership, Sepa had an amended and restated 
   management  agreement with Chyron whereby Chyron agreed to pay
   management fees to Sepa at 2.5% of consolidated revenues through
   December 31, 1997.  The management fees under this agreement were
   subject to an annual limitation of $1.5 million.   In July 1994, Chyron
   took advantage of an option to prepay the management fee at a  25%
   discount from the aggregate estimated yearly fees for the period July
   1, 1994 through December 31, 1995, resulting in estimated aggregate
   total savings of $486,000 in fees for the eighteen month period ending
   December 31, 1995.  
   
   In December 1995, Chyron and Sepa agreed to terminate the Management
   Agreement upon payment to Sepa of $2 million, which resulted in
   aggregate savings for the Company of $1 million for the two year period
   ending December 31, 1997.  The $2 million was paid in equal installments
   in December 1995 and January 1996.
   
   The Company shared certain trade show and facility costs with Pesa and
   Electronica.  Such services amounted to $30,000 and $303,000 for 1995
   and 1994, respectively, and were billed to these related parties under
   a usage based allocation.  
   
   A member of the Board of Directors of the Company is a partner of a law
   firm that rendered various legal services to the Company for which the
   Company incurred costs of $861,000 and $273,000 during 1996 and 1995,
   respectively.
   
   17. WEST COAST RESTRUCTURING
   
   During the third quarter of 1994, as the result of continuing
   significant operating losses by the Company's West Coast Operations and
   their inability to meet revenue and operating targets, management
   implemented a restructuring plan to eliminate a substantial number of
   the CMX and Aurora product lines and consolidate certain remaining
   products into the Company's Graphics Operations, with only certain
   product engineering capabilities remaining on the West Coast.  As a
   result, the Company recorded a $12.7 million charge to operations during
   the third quarter of 1994, resulting from headcount reductions,
   consolidation costs, write-downs of assets related to discontinued
   product lines and accrual of estimated operating losses anticipated
   during the disposition period.  For 1995, operating losses of $1,707,000
   related to the discontinued product lines were charged against the
   reserve for West Coast restructuring.
   
   During August 1995, the Company entered into an agreement to sublease
   a portion of the office space for the West Coast Operations.  The
   subleasing served to decrease future rent commitments and, as a result,
   the Company reversed $356,000 of the original $12.7 million charge to
   account for the decrease in projected rent expense.
   
   Additionally, during 1995, the Company sold certain inventory that had
   been fully reserved for in the original $12.7 million charge.  The
   Company realized a gain of $380,000 related to this inventory. 
   
   During December 1995, the Company recaptured $603,000 of the original
   restructuring charge as a result of lower than anticipated costs related
   to the disposition period.  As of December 31, 1995, the amount of the
   Reserve for West Coast Restructuring of $158,000 represented future rent
   commitments through 1997.
   
   A summary of activity for 1995 related to the West Coast Restructuring
   is presented below (in thousands):
   
                                     Reserve for     West Coast 
                                     West Coast      Restructuring
                                     Restructuring   Recapture
   Balance at January 1, 1995         
   Current year operating loss       $2,824          $    0
   Sublease agreement                 1,707 
   Realization on asset write-down      356             356
   Recapture                                            380
   Balance at December 31, 1995         603             603
                                     $  158          $1,339
   18. SEGMENT INFORMATION
   
   Chyron's business is organized under a group concept that coordinates
   product development, marketing, advertising, distribution and
   procurement.  The Company has a multi-product approach for filling
   customer requirements for equipment and systems used in video or film
   productions.  These products include graphics and character generation
   systems video and audio, signal management systems and electronic paint
   and animation systems and software.   Customers for the Company's
   products include broadcasters, video production and post-production
   companies, cable television distributors and operators, industrial
   users, governments and governmental agencies and domestic and
   international dealers serving the video production and display
   industries for non-broadcast and broadcast markets.  As a result, the
   Company operates as one business segment.
   
   The Company's operations are located primarily in the United States and
   Europe.  Foreign operations prior to 1996 and interarea sales were not
   significant.  Net sales, operating profit and identifiable assets by
   geographic areas consist of the following (in thousands):
   
                                            December 31,
                            1996            1996
                     Net        Operating   Identifiable
                     Sales      Profit      Assets
   
   United States     $55,446    $12,764     $52,988
   Europe             24,281      1,611      38,375
   Other               2,881        690          40
    Total            $82,608    $15,065     $91,403
   
   During 1996, 1995 and 1994, net export sales from the United States were
   approximately $9,580,000, $7,511,000 and $6,623,000, respectively.
   
   During 1996, foreign exchange losses of $264,000 are included in other
   expenses.
   
   ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
           ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
   
   During 1995, the Company dismissed Ernst & Young, LLP as its principal
   accountants and retained Price Waterhouse LLP.  On October 25, 1995, the
   Company filed a Form 8-K related to the Change in the Registrant's
   Certifying Public Accountants which is incorporated herein by reference.
   
   
                     PART III
                                    
   Item 10 (Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant), Item 11
   (Executive Compensation), Item 12 (Security Ownership of Certain
   Beneficial Owners and Management) and Item 13 (Certain Relationships and
   Related Transactions) will be incorporated in the Company's Proxy
   Statement to be filed within 90 days of December 31, 1996 and are
   incorporated herein by reference.
   
   
                     PART IV
                                     
   ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON
            FORM 8-K
   
   (a)(1) Financial Statements
   
   The following Consolidated Financial Statements of Chyron Corporation
   and subsidiaries are included in Part II, Item 8:
   
   Report of Independent Auditors - Price Waterhouse, LLP - page 21
   
   Report of Independent Auditors - Ernst & Young, LLP - page 22
   
   Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 1996 and 1995 - page 24
   
   Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended 
   December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 - page 25
   
   Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended 
   December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 - page 26
   
   Consolidated Statements of Shareholder's Equity for the 
   Year Ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 - page 28
   
   Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements - page 29-53
   
   (2) Financial Statement Schedules
   
   The following Consolidated Financial Statement schedules of Chyron
   Corporation and subsidiaries is included in Item 14(d):
   
   Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the Years 
   Ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 - page 64
   
   All other schedules called for under Regulation S-X are not submitted
   because they are not applicable or not required or because the required
   information is not material or is not included in the Consolidated
   Financial Statements or notes hereto.
   
   (3) Financial Statement Exhibits
                                                                       
   See list of exhibits to the Financial Statements in Section (c) below:
   
   (b) Reports on Form 8-K
   
   1. Form 8-K was filed on October 25, 1995 for the Change in the 
   Registrant's Certifying Public Accountant **********
   
   2. Form 8-K was filed on April 26, 1996 for the acquisition of Pro-Bel,
   Limited ***********
   
   3. Form 8-K was filed on March 14, 1996 for the acquisition of RT-SET,
   Limited ************
   
   4. Form 8-K/A was filed on June 21, 1996 which amended the Form 8-K
   filed on April 26, 1996 to include the financial exhibits related to the
   acquisition of Pro-Bel Limited - *************
   
   (c) Exhibits
   
   2. Plan of acquisition, reorganization, arrangement, liquidation or
   succession.
   
   (a) First Amended Disclosure Statement pursuant to Section 1125
   of the Bankruptcy Code, dated October 28, 1991 (with First Amended
   Plan of Reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code
   attached as Exhibit A thereto) - ***
   
   3. Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws.
   
   (a) Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Chyron Corporation - **
   
   (b) Amended and Restated By-Laws of Chyron Corporation, 
   adopted February 17, 1995 - *********
   
   (c) Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of Chyron Corporation,
   adopted January 24, 1997 - page 225
   
   4.Instruments defining rights of security holders, including
   debentures.
   
   (a) Warrant Agreement, dated January 3, 1992, between Chyron
   Corporation and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as
   warrant agent, incorporating the form of warrant certificate as 
   Exhibit A thereto - **
   
   (b) Convertible Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 27,
   1991, between Chyron Corporation and Pesa, Inc., incorporating the
   form of convertible note as Exhibit 1 thereto - ***
   
   (c) Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 27, 1991, 
   between Chyron Corporation and Pesa, Inc. - ***
   
   (d) Registration Rights Agreement dated July 25, 1995 by and between
   Chyron Corporation and CC Acquisition Company A,  L.L.C., CC Acquisition
   Company B, L.L.C., WPG Corporate Development Associates, IV, L.P., WPG
   Corporate Development Associates IV (Overseas), L.P., WPG Enterprise
   Fund II, L.P. Weiss, Peck & Greer Venture Associates, III, L.P.,
   Westpool Investment Trust PLC, Lion Investment Limited, Charles Diker,
   Mint House Nominees Limited, Pine Street Ventures, L.L.C., Isaac Hersly,
   Alan I. Annex, Ilan Kaufthal, Z Four Partners L.L.C. and A.J.L. Beare.
   **************
   
   10. Material Contracts.
   
   (a) Assignment and Assumption, dated July 1, 1994, effective 
   July 1, 1994, of Management Agreement dated December 27,
   1991 and Amended March 10, 1992, between Chyron Corporation
   and Pesa, Inc. to Sepa Technologies Ltd., Co. - *********
   
   (b) Amended and Restated Management Agreement, dated August 8,
   1994, by and between Chyron Corporation and Sepa Technologies
   Ltd., Co. - *********
   
   (c) Distribution and License Agreement, dated September 22, 1994,
   between Chyron Corporation and Comunicacion Integral Consultores,
   S.L. - *********
   
   (d) Termination Agreement, dated November 6, 1995, between 
   Chyron Corporation and Comunicacion Integral Consultores,
   S.L. - **************
   
   (e) Termination Agreement, dated December 12, 1995, between 
   Chyron Corporation and Sepa Technologies Ltd., Co. - **************
   
   (f) Amendment, dated March 10, 1992, to Management Agreement
   dated December 27, 1991, between Chyron Corporation and Pesa
   Electronica, S.A. - *
   
   (g) Assignment, dated March 10, 1992, of Management Agreement,
   dated December 27, 1991, and Amendment March 10, 1992, 
   between Chyron Corporation and Pesa Electronica, S.A., to Pesa,
   Inc. - *
   
   (h) Amendment, dated January 31, 1994, effective December 28,
   1993, to Management Agreement dated December 27, 1991 and 
   Amendment March 10, 1992 between Chyron Corporation and Pesa,
   Inc. - ********
   
   (i) Revolving Credit Agreement, dated December 27, 1991, between
   Chyron Corporation and Extebank - **
   
   (j) Management Agreement, dated as of December 27, 1991, between
   Chyron Corporation and Pesa Electronica, S.A. - **
   
   (k) Amendment, dated September 19, 1988, to Employment 
   Agreement, dated September 1, 1987, between Chyron Corporation
   and Isaac Hersly (previously filed as Exhibit 8 to current report on
   Form 10-Q dated November 6, 1987 and incorporated herein in its
   entirety by reference thereto) - **
   
   (l) Amendment, dated October 25, 1987, to Employment Agreement,
   dated September 1, 1987, between Chyron Corporation and Isaac
   Hersly, as amended - **
   
   (m) Amendment, dated October 21, 1991, to Employment Agreement,
   dated September 1, 1987, between Chyron Corporation and Isaac 
   Hersly, as amended - **
   
   (n) Amendment, dated February 23, 1994, to Employment Agreement,
   dated September 1, 1987, between Chyron Corporation and Isaac 
   Hersly, as amended - ********
   
   (o) Resignation Agreement, dated July 12, 1994, between Chyron
   Corporation and John A. Poserina - *******
   
   
   (p) Amendment, dated September 19, 1988, to Employment 
   Agreement dated September 1, 1987, between Chyron Corporation
   and John A. Poserina (previously filed as Exhibit 7 to current
   report on Form 10-K dated November 6, 1987 and incorporated 
   herein in its entirety by reference hereto) - **
   
   (q) Amendment, dated October 25, 1989, to Employment Agreement,
   dated September 1, 1987, between Chyron Corporation and John A.
   Poserina, as amended - **
   
   (r) Amendment, dated October 21, 1991, to Employment Agreement,
   dated September 1, 1987, between Chyron Corporation and John A.
   Poserina, as amended - **
   
   (s) Amendment, dated September 19, 1988, to Employment
   Agreement, dated September 1, 1987, between Chyron Corporation
   and Paul J. Rozzini (previously filed as Exhibit 10 to current
   report on Form 10-K dated November 6, 1987 and incorporated 
   herein in its entirety by reference thereto) - **
   
   (t) Amendment, dated October 25, 1989, to Employment Agreement,
   dated September 1, 1987, between Chyron Corporation and Paul J.
   Rozzini, as amended - **
                                                                        
   (u) Amendment, dated October 21, 1991, to Employment Agreement,
   dated September 1, 1987, between Chyron Corporation and Paul J.
   Rozzini, as amended - **
   
   (v) Employment Agreement, dated March 10, 1993, between Chyron
   Corporation and Paul M. Yarmolich - *****
   
   (w) Employment Agreement, dated December 24, 1993, between
   Chyron Corporation and Mark C. Gray - ******
   
   (x) Employment Agreement, dated March 31, 1994, between Chyron
   Corporation and Patrick A. Burns - *********
   
   (y) Employment Agreement, dated October 19, 1994, effective 
   November 1, 1994, between Chyron Corporation and Peter J.
   Lance - *********
   
   (z) Employment Agreement, dated February 8, 1995, between 
   Chyron Corporation and James F. Duca - *********
   
   (aa) Employment Agreement, dated February 7, 1995, between
   Chyron Corporation and Patricia Arundell Lampe - *********
   
   (bb) Employment Agreement, dated July 26, 1995, between 
   Chyron Corporation and Michael Wellesley-Wesley - **************
   
   (cc) Severance Agreement, dated October 25, 1995, between
   Chyron Corporation and Peter J. Lance - **************
   
   (dd) License Agreement between Softimage, Inc. and Chyron
   Corporation and Aurora Systems dated February 23, 1993 - ********
   
   (ee) Distribution Agreement between Softimage, Inc. and Chyron
   Corporation and Aurora Systems dated February 23, 1993 - ********
   
   (ff) Research and Development, Updated and Support Agreement
   between Softimage, Inc. and Chyron Corporation and Aurora 
   Systems dated February 23, 1993 - ********
   
   (gg) Loan Agreement between Chyron Corporation and NatWest Bank
   N.A. (currently known as Fleet Bank), dated March 28, 1996 - page 67
   
   (hh) Loan Agreement between Pro-Bel Limited and Barclays Bank, PLC
   dated December 19, 1996 effective January 1997 - page 102
   
   (ii) Indemnification Agreement between Chyron Corporation and Roi
   Agneta dated November 19, 1996 - page 128
   
   (jj) Indemnification Agreement between Chyron Corporation and 
   Sheldon Camhy dated November 19, 1996 - page 135
   
   (kk) Indemnification Agreement between Chyron Corporation and James
   Coppersmith dated November 19, 1996 - page 142
   
   (ll) Indemnification Agreement between Chyron Corporation and
   Daniel DeWolf dated November 19, 1996 - page 149
   
   (oo) Indemnification Agreement between Chyron Corporation and
   Charles M. Diker dated November 19, 1996 - page 156
   
   (pp) Indemnification Agreement between Chyron Corporation and
   Donald P. Greenberg dated November 19, 1996 - page 163
   
   (qq) Indemnification Agreement between Chyron Corporation and
   Ray Hartman dated November 19, 1996 - page 170
   
   (rr) Indemnification Agreement between Chyron Corporation and
   Roger Henderson dated November 19, 1996 - page 177
   
   (ss) Indemnification Agreement between Chyron Corporation and
   Isaac Hersly dated November 19, 1996 - page 184
   
   (tt) Indemnification Agreement between Chyron Corporation and
   Alan J. Hirschfield dated November 19, 1996 - page 191
   
   (uu) Indemnification Agreement between Chyron Corporation and
   Patricia Lampe dated November 19, 1996 - page 198
   
   (vv) Indemnification Agreement between Chyron Corporation and
   Wesley W. Lang, Jr. dated November 19, 1996 - page 205
   
   (ww) Indemnification Agreement between Chyron Corporation and
   Eugene M. Weber dated November 19, 1996 - page 212
   
   (xx) Indemnification Agreement between Chyron Corporation and
   Michael Wellesley-Wesley dated November 19, 1996 - page 219
                                                      
   *
   Incorporated herein in its entirety by reference to the Transition
   Report for the Period July 1, 1991 to December 31, 1991 on Form 10-K
   dated March 30, 1992.
   
   **
   Incorporated herein in its entirety by reference to the Annual Report
   for the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 1991 on Form 10-K dated January 31,
   1992.
   
   ***
   Incorporated herein in its entirety by reference to the report on Form
   8-K dated December 27, 1991.
   
   ****
   Incorporated herein in its entirety by reference to the report on Form
   8-K dated March 12, 1993. 
   
   *****
   Incorporated herein in its entirety by reference to the report on Form
   8-K dated May 10, 1993.
   
   ******
   Incorporated herein in its entirety by reference to the report on Form
   8-K dated January 19, 1994.
   
   *******
   Incorporated herein in its entirety by reference to the report on Form
   8-K dated July 22, 1994.
   
   ********
   Incorporated herein in its entirety by reference to the Annual Report
   for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993 on Form 10-K dated March 30,
   1994.
   
   *********
   Incorporated herein in its entirety by reference to the Annual Report
   for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994 on Form 10-K dated March 24,
   1995.
   
   **********
   Incorporated herein in its entirety by reference to the report on Form
   8-K dated October 25, 1995.
   
   ***********
   Incorporated herein in its entirety by reference to the report on Form
   8-K dated April 26, 1996.
   
   ************
   Incorporated herein in its entirety by reference to the report on Form
   8-K dated March 14, 1996.
   
   *************
   Incorporated herein in its entirety by reference to the report on Form
   8-K/A dated June 21, 1996.
   
   **************
   Incorporated herein in its entirety by reference to the Annual Report
   for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 on Form 10-K dated March 14,
   1996.
   
   d) Financial Statement Schedule
   
   Schedule II
   
   CHYRON CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
   VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
   (In thousands) 
   
   
          Column A               Col B        Col C     Col D   Col E
   
                               Balance                        
                                    at      Additions         Balance     
                                Begin-      Changes to             at
                                  ning    Costs                   End
                                    of      and    Other Deduc-    of
          Description           Period Expenses Accounts tions Period
    
   
   Reserves and allowances
   deducted from asset accounts:
   
   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
   Uncollectible amounts....... $ 3,134 $      $      $   284 $ 2,850
   Inventory reserves..........  12,233                   192  12,041
   Deferred tax assets.........   5,400                 5,400       0
                                $20,767 $      $      $ 5,876 $14,891
   
   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
   Uncollectible amounts....... $ 2,204 $  745 $  185 $       $ 3,134
   Inventory reserves..........  12,515  1,153          1,435  12,233
   Deferred tax assets.........  14,500                 9,100   5,400
                                $29,219 $1,898 $  185 $10,535 $20,767
   
   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994
   Uncollectible amounts....... $ 2,624 $2,333 $      $ 2,753 $ 2,204
   Inventory reserves..........  10,293  5,300    430   3,508  12,515
   Deferred tax assets.........  11,500         3,100     100  14,500
                                $24,417 $7,633 $3,530 $ 6,361 $29,219
   
   
   UNDERTAKING
             
   
   The Company undertakes to provide without charge to each shareholder
   entitled to notice of and to vote at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders,
   to be held May 14, 1997, at which directors are to be elected, upon the
   written request of any such shareholder, a copy of the Company's Annual
   Report on Form 10-K, for the year ended December 31, 1996, required to
   be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including the
   financial statements and the schedules thereto.  The Company does not
   undertake to furnish without charge copies of all exhibits to its Form
   10-K, but will furnish any exhibit upon the payment of twenty ($.20)
   cents per page or a minimum charge of $5.00.  Such written requests
   should be directed to Ms. Judy Mauro, Director of Corporate
   Communications, Chyron Corporation, 5 Hub Drive, Melville, New York
   11747.  Each such request must set forth a good faith representation
   that as of March 26, 1997 the person making the request was a beneficial
   owner of securities entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting of
   Shareholders.
   
   
   SIGNATURES
             
   Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
   and Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to
   be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
   
   CHYRON CORPORATION
   
   
   /s/ Michael Wellesley-Wesley                                   
                Michael Wellesley-Wesley
   Chairman of the Board of Directors
     and Chief Executive officer
   
   
   Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934,
   this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of
   the registrant and in the capacities on the date indicated.
   
   
   /s/  Sheldon Camhy          Director       March 19, 1997
       (Sheldon Camhy)
   
   /s/  S. James Coppersmith   Director       March 19, 1997
       (S. James Coppersmith)
   
   /s/   Charles Diker              Director       March 20, 1997
        (Charles Diker)
   
   /s/  Douglas Greenberg           Director       March 20, 1997
        (Douglas Greenberg)
   
   /s/ Raymond Hartman              Director       March 20, 1997
       (Raymond Hartman)
   
   /s/  Isaac Hersly                Director       March 20, 1997
        (Isaac Hersly)
   
   /s/ Alan Hirschfield             Director       March 20, 1997
       (Alan Hirschfield)
   
   /s/ Wesley Lang                  Director       March 20, 1997
       (Wesley Lang)
   
   /s/ Eugene Weber                 Director       March 20, 1997
       (Eugene Weber)
   
   /s/  Patricia Lampe              Chief Financial 
       (Patricia Lampe)        Officer        March 20, 1997
       
   
   
WARNING: THE EDGAR SYSTEM ENCOUNTERED ERROR(S) WHILE PROCESSING THIS SCHEDULE.

<TABLE> <S> <C>

    Loan Agreement dated as of March 28, 1996 between CHYRON
    CORPORATION, a New York corporation with its chief place of business
    at 5 Hub Drive, Melville, New York 11747 (the "Borrower") and
    NATWEST BANK N.A., a national banking association with an office at
    100 Jericho Quadrangle, Jericho, New York 11753 (the "Bank").
    
    The parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
    
    SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS
    
    1.1 Defined Terms.  As used herein the following terms shall have
    the following meanings:
    
    "Accounts" shall mean those accounts arising out of the sales or
    lease of goods or the rendition of services by the Borrower.
    
    "Account Debtor" shall mean the person who is obligated on or under
    an Account.
    
    "Acquisition Documents" shall mean the agreement with the Borrower
    for the sale and purchase of the entire issued share capital of Pro-
    Bel and all exhibits annexed thereto.
    
    "Adjusted Libor Rate" means with respect to an Eurodollar Loan
    Interest Period, the rate per annum at which the U.S. dollar
    deposits are offered by a Reference Bank (as selected by the Bank)
    in the London interbank market for Eurodollars at approximately
    11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days before the first day of
    such Interest Period in an amount approximately equal to the
    principal amount of the Eurodollar Loan to which such Interest
    Period is to apply and for a period of time comparable to such
    Interest Period divided by one minus the Eurodollar Reserve
    Percentage.
    
    "Affiliate" as applied to any Person, means any other Person
    directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries
    controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, that
    Person.  For the purposes of this definition, "control" (including
    with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling", "controlled by"
    and "under common control with"), as applied to any Persons, means 
    the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or
    cause the direction of the management and policies of that Person,
    whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or
    otherwise.
    
    "Agreement" shall mean this Loan Agreement, as the same from time to
    time may be amended, supplemented or modified.
    
    "Borrowing Base" shall mean the sum of: (a) 80% of the Borrower's
    Eligible Domestic Accounts Receivable from time to time outstanding
    less reserves with respect to such Accounts which the Bank may deem
    necessary in its sole discretion; (b) 80% of the Borrower's Eligible
    Foreign Accounts Receivable from time to time outstanding less
    reserves with respect to such Accounts which the Bank may deem
    necessary in its sole discretion; and (c) the lesser of (i)
    $3,750,000 or (ii) the sum of (v) 50% of the value of the Borrower's
    Eligible Inventory (excluding Demo Inventory) from time to time on
    hand and (z) 30% of the Borrower's Demo Inventory, minus the
    principal amount outstanding under the Term Loan.
    
    "Borrowing Base Certificate" shall mean a certificate substantially
    in the form of Exhibit C hereto.
    
    "Business Day" shall mean a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or
    other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are
    required or permitted by law to remain closed.
    
    "Capital Expenditures" shall mean for any period, the aggregate
    amount of all payments made by any Person directly or indirectly for
    the purpose of acquiring, constructing or maintaining fixed assets,
    real property or equipment which, in accordance with GAAP, would be
    added as a debit to the fixed asset account of such Person,
    including, without limitation, all amounts paid or payable with
    respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations and interest which are
    required to be capitalized in accordance with GAAP.
    
    "Capitalized Lease" shall mean any lease the obligations to pay rent
    or other amounts under which constitute Capitalized Lease
    Obligations.
    
    "Capitalized Lease Obligations" shall mean as to any Person, the
    obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a
    lease of (or other agreement conveying the right to use) real and/or
    personal property which obligations are required to be classified
    and accounted for as a capital lease on a balance sheet of such
    Person under GAAP and, for purposes of this Agreement, the amount of
    such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof, determined
    in accordance GAAP.
    
    "Collateral" shall mean the collateral described in Section 9 of
    this Agreement.
    
    "Commitment" shall mean the obligation of the Bank to make Revolving
    Credit Loans to the Borrower during the Commitment Period pursuant
    to the terms hereof as such Commitment is described in Section 2.1
    hereof and as subject to reduction in accordance with the terms
    hereof.
    
    "Commitment Letter" shall mean the letter agreement between the
    Borrower and the Bank dated February 1, 1996.
    
    "Commitment Period" shall mean the period from and including the
    date hereof to and including the Termination Date or such earlier
    date as the Commitment shall terminate as provided herein.
    
    "Contractual Obligations" shall mean as to any Person, any provision
    of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement,
    instrument or undertaking to which such Person is a party or by
    which it or any of its property is bound.
    
    "Controlled" and "Control" shall mean any partnership, corporation
    or other entity of which the Borrower, alone, or the Borrower and/or
    one or more of its Subsidiaries, either has the power to direct the
    management thereof or the power to direct at least a majority of the
    voting interests.
    
    "Default" shall mean any of the events specified in this Agreement
    under "Events of Default", whether or not any requirement for the
    giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.
    
    "Demo Inventory" shall mean Eligible Inventory of the Borrower for
    trial use by a customer of the located at a place other than the
    Borrower's lease or owned Real Property.
    
    "Dollars" and "$" shall mean dollars in lawful currency of the
    United States of America.
    
    "Domestic Tangible Net Worth" shall have the meaning ascribed in
    Section 6.1(d).
    
    "Eligible Domestic Accounts Receivable" shall mean those Accounts
    arising in the ordinary course of business to Persons other than
    Subsidiaries or Affiliates domiciled in the United States of America
    which have been outstanding for not more than 120 days from invoice
    date in which the Bank has a first priority security interest and
    which are otherwise satisfactory to the Bank in its reasonable
    discretion, provided, that, if fifty percent (50%) or more of the
    Accounts due from an Account Debtor are deemed by the Bank to be
    ineligible then all Accounts from such Account Debtor shall be
    deemed ineligible.
    
    "Eligible Foreign Accounts Receivable" shall mean those Accounts
    arising in the ordinary course of business to Persons other than
    Subsidiaries or Affiliates domiciled outside of the United States of
    America which have been outstanding for not more than 120 days from
    invoice date in which the Bank has a first priority security
    interest, which are covered by insurance protecting the Bank against
    political and commercial risks on terms reasonably acceptable to the
    Bank and which are otherwise satisfactory to the Bank in its
    reasonable discretion, provided, that, if fifty (50%) percent or
    more of the Accounts due from an Account Debtor are deemed by the
    Bank to be ineligible then all Accounts from such Account Debtor
    shall be deemed ineligible.
    
    "Eligible Inventory" shall mean all unencumbered inventory of work
    in process and finished goods from time to time on hand satisfactory
    to the Bank in its sole discretion in which the Bank has a first
    priority security interest, valued at the lower of (a) cost, (b)
    market value, or (c) the valuation consistent with that employed in
    the preparation of the financial statements of the Borrower referred
    to in this Agreement.
    
    "Environmental Laws" shall mean any federal, state or local statute
    or regulation relating to hazardous or toxic wastes or substances or
    the removal thereof.
    
    "Eurodollar Loans" shall mean Loans hereunder that bear interest for
    the Interest Period applicable thereto at a rate of interest based
    upon the Adjusted Libor Rate.
    
    "Eurodollar Reserve Percentage" means for any day that percentage
    (expressed as a decimal) which is in effect on such day, as
    prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
    (or any successor) for determining the maximum reserve for
    requirement for a member bank of the Federal Reserve System in New
    York City with deposits exceeding one billion dollars in respect of
    "Eurocurrency liabilities" (or in respect of any other category of
    liabilities which includes deposits by reference to which the
    interest rate on Eurodollar Loans is determined or any category of
    extensions of credit or other assets which includes loans by a non-
    United States office of the Bank to United States residents).  With
    respect to increases in the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage, the
    Adjusted Libor Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the
    effective date of any such increase.
    
    "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
    1974, as amended from time to time.
    
    "Event of Default" shall mean any of the events specified in this
    Agreement under "Events of Default", provided that any requirement
    for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, or any other
    condition, has been satisfied.
    
    "Fluctuating Rate Loans" shall mean Loans hereunder that bear
    interest at a rate of interest based upon the Prime Rate.
    
    "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles applied
    in a manner consistent with that employed in the preparation of the
    financial statements described in Section 3.1.
    
    "General Security Agreement" shall have the meaning assigned thereto
    in Section 4.1(b) and any UCC-1 financing statements executed in
    connection therewith.
    
    "Governmental Authority" shall mean any nation or government, any
    state or other political subdivision thereof, any entity exercising
    executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative
    functions of or pertaining to government, and any corporation or
    other entity owned or controlled (through stock or capital ownership
    or otherwise) by any of the foregoing.
    
    "Guarantees" shall mean the guarantees to be executed by the
    Guarantors on the Bank's standard form.
    
    "Guarantors" shall mean, collectively, the entities required to
    guarantee pursuant to Section 5.9 hereof.
    
    "Indebtedness" shall mean, with respect to any Person, (a) all
    obligations of such Person for borrowed money or with respect to
    deposits or advances of any kind, (b) all obligations of such Person
    evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments,
    (c) all obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price
    of property or services, except current accounts payable arising in
    the ordinary course of business and not overdue beyond such period
    as is commercially reasonable for such Person's business, (d) all
    obligations of such Person conditional sale or other title 
    retention agreements relating to property purchased by such Person,
    (e) all payment obligations of  such Person with respect to interest
    rate of currency protection agreements, (f) all obligations of such
    Persons as an account party under any letter of credit or in respect
    of bankers' acceptances (g) all obligations of any third party
    secured by property or assets of such Person (regardless of whether
    or not such Person is liable for repayment of such obligations) and
    (h) the redemption price of all redeemable preferred stock of such
    Person, but only to the extent that such stock is redeemable at the
    option of the holder or requires sinking fund or similar payments at
    any time prior to the Termination Date.
    
    "Installment Payment Date" shall mean any date on which all or any
    portion of the principal amount of the Term Loan is due and payable.
    
    "Interest Period" shall mean any period during which a Loan bears
    interest at an Adjusted Libor Rate as elected by the Borrower in
    accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
    
    (a) If any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not
    a Business Day, that Interest Period shall be extended to the next
    succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be
    to extend such Interest Period into another calendar month, in which
    event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding
    Business Day.
    
    (b) No Interest Period shall extend beyond a stated Maturity Date.
    
    (c) No portion of the term Loan shall be continued as or converted
    into a Eurodollar Loan with an Interest Period which extends beyond
    an Installment Payment Date if, after giving effect to the
    continuation or conversion of such Eurodollar Loan, the amount
    payable on any Installment Payment Date would exceed the sum of (i)
    the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding portion of the
    Term Loan constituting Eurodollar Loans with Interest Periods ending
    prior to such Installment Payment Date and (ii) the aggregate
    outstanding portion of the Term Loan constituting Fluctuating Rate
    Loans.
    
    "Letters of Credit" shall mean, collectively, all standby letters of
    credit issued for the account of the Borrower pursuant to Section
    2.2 hereof.
    
    "Lien" shall mean any mortgage, pledge, security interest,
    hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, or
    preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential
    arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without
    limitation, any financing lease having substantially the same
    economic effect as any of the foregoing, and the filing of any
    financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code or comparable
    law of any jurisdiction).
    
    "Loan" or "Loans" shall mean any loan made by the Bank to the
    Borrower hereunder whether a Revolving Credit Loan or the Term Loan.
    
    "Loan Documents" shall mean this Agreement, the Notes, the Security
    Agreements, the Pledge Agreement and each document, agreement and
    instrument executed in connection herewith or pursuant hereto
    together with each document, agreement and instrument made by the
    Borrower or any Guarantor with or in favor of or owing to the Bank
    further evidencing or securing the Loans.
    
    "Material Adverse Effect" shall mean (a) a materially adverse effect
    on the business, asset, operations, prospects or condition,
    financial or otherwise, of the Borrower and it s Subsidiaries taken
    as a whole, (b) material impairment of the ability of the Borrower
    or any Subsidiary to perform any of its obligations under any Loan
    Document to which it is or will be a party or (c) material
    impairment of the rights of or benefits available to the Bank under
    any Loan Document.
    
    "Maturity Date" shall mean the date that all or a portion of the
    outstanding principal balance of a Loan is due and payable pursuant
    to the terms hereof which shall include without limitation (i) with
    respect to Revolving Credit Loans, the Termination Date, and (ii)
    with respect to the Term Loan, each Installment Payment Date and the
    final Maturity Date of the Term Loan.
    
    "Non-Restricted Subsidiary" shall mean any Subsidiary other than a
    Restricted Subsidiary.
    
    "Notes" shall mean collectively the Revolving Credit Note referred
    to in Section 2.3 hereof and the Term Note referred to in Section
    2.9 hereof.
    
    "Obligations" shall mean any and all sums owing under the Loan
    Document and all other obligations, direct or contingent, joint,
    several or independent, or the Borrower now or hereafter existing
    due or to become due to, or held or to be held by the Bank, whether
    created directly or acquired by assignment or otherwise.
    
    "Over-Advance Amount" shall mean the additional amount of Revolving
    Credit Loans made available to the Borrower above the Borrowing Base
    provided such amount does not exceed $3,000,000 and shall not be
    outstanding for more than 18 months.
    
    "Patent Security Agreement" shall have the meaning assigned thereto
    in Section 4.1(d) hereof.
    
    "Person" shall mean any individual corporation, partnership, joint
    venture, trust, unincorporated organization or any other juridical
    entity, or a government or state or any agency or political
    subdivision thereof.
    
    "Plan" shall mean any plan of a type described in Section 4021(a) of
    ERISA in respect of which the Borrower is an "employer" as defined
    in Section 3(5) of ERISA.
    
    "Pledge Agreement" shall have the meaning assigned thereto in
    Section 4.2(c) hereof.
    
    "Post Default Rate" shall mean any time a rate of interest equal to
    4% per annum in excess of the rate that would then be applicable to
    Fluctuating Rate Loans.
    
    "Prime Rate" shall mean the rate of interest established from time
    to time by the Bank as its "prime rate".
    
    "Pro-Bel" shall mean Pro-Bel Limited, a corporation formed under the
    laws of the United Kingdom.
    
    "Real Property" shall mean any real property owned or leased by the
    Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any Guarantor or any of its
    Subsidiaries.
    
    "Reference Bank" shall mean a bank appearing on the display
    designated as page "LIBOR" on the Reuter Monitor Money Rates Service
    (or such other page as may replace the LIBOR page on that service
    for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates of
    major banks); provided that if no such offered rate shall appear on
    such display, "Reference Bank" shall mean a bank in the London
    interbank market as reasonably selected by the Bank.
    
    "Reportable Event" shall mean any of the events set forth in Section
    4043(b) of ERISA or the regulations thereunder.
    
    "Requirements of Law" shall mean as to any Person, the certificate
    of incorporation and by-laws or other organizational or governing
    documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation,
    or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental
    Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or
    any of f its property or to which such Person or any of its property
    is subject.
    
    "Restricted Subsidiary" shall mean any subsidiary of the Borrower
    incorporated under the laws of any state of the United States.
    
    "Revolving Credit Loan" shall mean a Loan made pursuant to Section
    2.3 hereof.
    
    "Revolving Credit Note" shall mean the Note referred to in Section
    2.2 hereof.
    
    "Security Agreement" or "Security Agreements" shall mean,
    collectively, the General Security Agreement, the Trademark Security
    Agreement and the Patent Security Agreement and, the case of any
    Guarantor, shall mean any agreement substantially in the same form
    as the General Security Agreement.
    
    "Subsidiary" or "Subsidiaries" of any Person shall mean any
    corporation or corporations of which the Person alone, or the Person
    and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries, owns, directly or
    indirectly, at least a majority of the Securities having ordinary
    voting power for the election of directors.
    
    "Tangible Net Worth" shall mean the sum of capital surplus, earned
    surplus and capital stock minus deferred charges, intangibles and
    treasury stock, all determined in accordance with GAAP.
    
    "Termination Date" shall mean March 28, 1999 or, if such date is not
    a Business Day, the Business Day, next succeeding such date.
    
    "Term Loan" shall mean the Loan made pursuant to Section 2.8 hereof.
    
    "Term Note" shall mean the Note referred to in Section 2.9 hereof.
    
    "Trademark Security Agreement" shall have the meaning assigned
    thereto in Section 4.1(c) hereof.
    
    1.2  Accounting Terms.  As used herein and in any certificate or
    other document made or delivered pursuant hereto, accounting terms
    not specifically defined herein shall have the respective meanings
    given to them under generally accepted accounting principles.
    
    SECTION 2. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF REVOLVING CREDIT COMMITMENT AND 
    TERM NOTE.
    
    2.1 Revolving Credit Commitment.  Subject to the terms and
    conditions hereof, the Bank agrees to extend credit to or on behalf
    of the Borrower (a) by making revolving credit loans (the "Revolving
    Credit Loans") from time to time during the Commitment Period and
    (b) by issuing Letters of Credit for the account of the Company up
    to an aggregate stated amount at any one time outstanding of (y)
    Five Million and 00/100 ($5,000,000.00) Dollars in connection with
    the acquisition of Pro-Bel and (z) Five Hundred Thousand 00/100
    ($500,000.00) Dollars for all other purposes, pursuant to Section
    2.2 hereof during the Commitment Period, provided that at any time
    the sum of the aggregate of the principal amount of the Revolving
    Credit Loan and the Aggregate stated amount of the Letters of Credit
    shall not exceed the lesser of (i) $10,000,000 or (ii) the sum of
    (y) the Borrowing Base and (zz) the Over-Advanced Amount, as such
    amounts may be reduced as provided in this Agreement (the
    "Commitment").  During the Commitment Period the Borrower may use
    the Commitment of (i) obtaining Revolving Credit Loans by borrowing,
    paying, prepaying in whole or in part and reborrowing on a revolving
    basis, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof and
    (ii) for the issuance of Letters of Credit in accordance with the
    provisions of Section 2.2 hereof.
    
    2.2 Letters of Credit.
    
    (a) Subject to the limitations of Section 2.1 hereof, the Borrower
    may from time to time during the Commitment Period request the
    issuance by the Bank of Letters of Credit.  Each Letter of Credit
    shall be issued by the Bank upon receipt and processing of the
    Bank's normal letter of credit application provided that the Bank
    need not issue any Letter of Credit that would extend beyond the
    Termination Date.  The Borrower shall pay the Bank, upon issuance of
    the Letter of Credit, the Bank's standard letter of credit and
    processing fees.
    
    (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if any
    restriction is imposed on the Bank (including without limitation any
    change in or limitation upon letters of credit) which would prevent
    the Bank from issuing Letters of Credit or maintaining its
    obligation to issue Letters of Credit then the Bank may, by notice
    to the Borrower in writing, terminate such obligations hereunder.
    
    2.3 Revolving Credit Note.  The Revolving Credit Loans made by the
    Bank to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof shall be
    evidenced by a promissory note of the Borrower substantially in the
    form of Exhibit A hereto with appropriate insertions (the "Revolving
    Credit Note"), payable to the order of the Bank and representing the
    obligation of the Borrower to pay the lesser of (a) the amount of
    the Commitment or, (b) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all
    Revolving Credit Loans made by the Bank to the Borrower, with
    interest thereof as hereinafter prescribed.  The Revolving Credit
    Note shall (i) be dated the date of the first Revolving Credit Loan
    evidenced thereby, (ii) be stated to mature on the Termination Date
    and (iii) bear interest with respect to the unpaid principal balance
    thereof from time to time outstanding at a rate per annum to be
    elected by the Borrower in accordance with the notice provisions set
    forth in Section 2.4 hereof, and in the case of Eurodollar Loans for
    the Interest Period therein specified, equal to either (1) 1.75% in
    excess of the Adjusted Libor Rate or (2) the Prime Rate (which
    interest rate will change when and as the Prime Rate changes).  In
    all cases interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year
    for actual days elapsed and shall be payable as provided in this
    Agreement.  After any stated or accelerated maturity, the Revolving
    Credit Note shall bear interest at the rate set forth in this
    Agreement.
    
    2.4 Procedure for Borrowings.  The Borrower may borrow under the
    Commitment during the Commitment Period on any Business Day by
    giving the Bank irrevocable notice of a request for a Loan hereunder
    (a) in the case of Eurodollar Loans three Business Days before a
    proposed borrowing or continuation or conversation and (b) i n the
    case of Fluctuating Rate Loans not less than one nor more than five
    Business Days before a proposed borrowing or continuation or
    conversation, setting forth (i) the amount of the Loan requested,
    which shall not be less than $100,000, (ii) the requested borrowing
    date or Interest Period commencement date, as the case may be, (iii)
    whether the borrowing or interest Period is to be for a Eurodollar
    Loan, Fluctuating Rate Loan or a combination thereof, and (iv) if
    entirely or partially a Eurodollar Loan, the length of the Interest
    Period therefore, which shall be one, two, three or six months.  As
    used in this Section 2.4, "conversion" shall mean the conversion
    from one interest rate to another interest rate as more fully
    described in this Agreement.  Such notice hall be written
    (including, without limitation, via facsimile transmission) and
    shall be sufficient if received by 1 p.m. on the date on which such
    notice is to be given.  If any such request is sent by facsimile it
    shall be confirmed in writing sent by the Borrower to the Bank
    within two Business Days thereafter.  Unless notification is
    otherwise furnished by the Borrower to the Bank (in a manner
    consistent with the requirements of this Section), Loans will be
    made by credits to the Borrower's demand deposit account maintained
    with the Bank.  If the Borrower furnishes such notice but no
    election is made as to the type of Loan or the Interest Period to be
    applicable thereto, the Loan will automatically then be made as a
    Fluctuating Rate Loan until such required information is furnished
    pursuant to the terms hereof.
    
    2.5 Commitment Fee.  As additional compensation for the Commitment
    on the Revolving basis provided for herein, the Borrower agrees to
    pay the Bank a commitment fee for the Commitment Period at the rate
    of 1/4 of 1% per annum on the average daily unused portion of the
    Commitment hereunder.  Such commitment fee shall be payable
    quarterly, on the last day of each march, June, September and
    December during the Commitment Period, commencing June 30, 1996, and
    on the Termination Date.  If the Borrower so fails to pay any such
    amount to the Bank the obligations to make such payment shall bear
    interest from such date not paid when due at the Post Default Rate. 
    The obligation to so pay interest shall not be construed so as to
    waive the requirement to pay the commitment fees as hereinabove set
    forth.
    
    2.6 Regulatory Changes in Capital Requirements.  If any existing or
    future law, regulation or guideline or the interpretation thereof by
    any court or administrative or governmental authority charge with
    the administration thereof or compliance by the Bank with any
    request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any
    such authority, imposes, modifies, deems applicable or results in
    the application of, any capital maintenance, capital ratio or
    similar requirement against loan commitments made by the Bank (or
    participation therein) or the Bank in anticipation of the
    effectiveness of any capital maintenance, capital ratio or similar
    requirement takes reasonable action to enable itself to comply
    therewith, an the result thereof is to impose upon the Bank or
    increase any capital requirement applicable as a result of the
    making or maintenance of the Commitment or participation therein
    (which imposition of or increase in capital requirements may be
    determined by the Bank's reasonable allocation of the aggregate of
    such capital impositions or increases) then, upon demand by the
    Bank, the Borrower shall immediately pay to the Bank from time to
    time as specified by the Bank additional commitment fees which shall
    be sufficient to compensate the Bank for such impositions of or
    increases in capital requirements, together with interest on each
    such amount from the date demanded until payment in full thereof at
    the Post Default Rate.  A certificate setting forth in reasonable
    detail the amounts necessary to compensate the Bank as a result of
    an imposition of or increase in capital requirements submitted by
    the Bank to the Borrower shall be conclusive, absent manifest error
    or bad faith, as to the amount thereof.  For purposes of this
    Section, (a) in calculating the amount necessary to compensate the
    Bank for any imposition of or increase in capital requirements, the
    Bank shall be deemed to be entitled to a rate of return on capital
    (after federal, state and local taxes) of fifteen per cent per
    annum, and (b) all references to the "Bank" shall be deemed to
    include any participant in the Commitment.
    
    2.7 Termination or Reduction of Commitment.  The Borrower shall have
    the right, upon not less than three Business Days' irrevocable
    written notice, to terminate the Commitment or, from time to time,
    to reduce the amount of the Commitment, provided that (a) any such
    reduction (i) shall be in the minimum amount of $100,000 or a
    multiple thereof, (ii) shall reduce permanently the amount of the
    Commitment then in effect, and (iii) shall be accompanied by
    prepayment of the Revolving Credit Loans outstanding to the extent,
    if any, that the Loans then outstanding exceed the amount of the
    Commitment as then reduced, together with accrued interest on the
    amount so prepaid to and including the dates of each such prepayment
    and any amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.15 in connection
    therewith and the payment of any unpaid commitment fee then accrued
    hereunder, and (b) any such termination of the Commitment shall be
    accompanied by prepayment in full of the Revolving Credit Loans
    outstanding and together with accrued interest thereon to and
    including the date of prepayment and any amounts payable pursuant to
    Section 2.15 in connection therewith and the payment of any unpaid
    commitment fee then accrued hereunder.
    
    2.8 Term Loan.  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Bank
    agrees to make a term loan to the Borrower (the "Term Loan") in the
    principal amount of $8,000,000.
    
    2.9 Term Note.  The Term Loan made by the Bank to the Borrower
    pursuant to Section 2.8 hereof shall be evidenced by a promissory
    note of the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto
    with appropriate insertions (the "Term Note") and dated the date of
    the Term Loan.  The principal amount of the Term Note shall be
    payable in sixteen (16) consecutive quarterly installments of
    $500,000 each payable on the first day of each calendar quarter
    following the date of the making of the Term Loan and the final
    installment equal to the then unpaid principal balance of the Term
    Note together with all interest accrued and unpaid shall be paid in
    full four years from the date of the making of the Term Loan.  The
    Term note shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof
    from time to time outstanding at a rate per annum, to be elected
    pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement equal to either (i)
    2.0% in excess of the Adjusted Libor Rate or (ii) the prime Rate
    (which interest rate shall change when and as the Prime Rate
    changes).  In all cases interest shall be computed on the basis of a
    360 day year for actual days elapsed and shall be payable as
    provided in this Agreement.  After any stated or accelerated
    maturity thereof, the Term Note shall bear interest at the rate set
    forth in this Agreement.
    
    2.10 Continuation and Conversion of Loans.  The Borrower shall have
    the right at any time on prior irrevocable written or telex notice
    to the Bank as specified in this Agreement (i) to continue any Loan
    into a subsequent Interest Period, (ii) to convert any Eurodollar
    Loan into a Fluctuating Rate Loan and (iii) to convert any
    Fluctuating Rate Loan into a Eurodollar Loan (specifying the
    Interest Period to be applicable thereto), subject to the following:
    
    (a) in the case of a conversion of less than all of the outstanding
    Loans, the aggregate principal amount of Loans converted shall not
    be less than $100,000 and shall be an integral multiple thereof;
    
    (b) no Loan (other than a Fluctuating Rate Loan) shall be converted
    at any time other than at the end of an Interest Period applicable
    thereto; and 
    
    (c) any portion of a Loan maturing or required to be prepaid in less
    than one month may not be converted into or continued as a
    Eurodollar Loan.
    
    In the event that the Borrower shall not give notice to continue any
    Eurodollar Loan into a subsequent Interest Period or convert any
    such Loan into a Loan of another type, on the last day of the
    Interest Period thereof, such Loan (unless prepaid) shall
    automatically be converted into a Fluctuating Rate Loan.  The
    Interest Period applicable to any Eurodollar Loan resulting from a
    conversation or continuation shall be specified by the Borrower in
    the irrevocable notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this
    Agreement; provided, however, that, if such notice does not specify
    either the type of Loan or the Interest Period to be applicable
    thereto, the Loan shall automatically be converted into, or
    continued as, as the case may be, a Fluctuating Rate Loan until such
    required information is furnished pursuant to the terms hereof. 
    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above, if an
    Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing, no
    Eurodollar Loan may be construed into a subsequent Interest Period
    and no Fluctuating Rate Loan may be converted into a Eurodollar
    Loan.
    
    2.11  Prepayment.
    
    (a) Voluntary.  The Borrower may prepay any Fluctuating Rate Loan in
    whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided, however, that
    each partial prepayment on account of any Fluctuating Rate Loan
    shall be in an amount not less than $100,000.  Except as provided
    otherwise in Section 2.15 hereof, the Borrower may not prepay any
    Eurodollar Loan prior to the last day of the Interest Period
    therefor.  Any amount prepaid on account of a Revolving Credit Loan
    may be borrowed in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.1
    hereof.  Any partial prepayment of the Term Loan shall be applied to
    the last maturing installments in inverse order or their respective
    maturities.
    
    (b) Mandatory.  If, at any time, the aggregate outstanding principal
    balance of Loans exceeds the Borrowing Base, within ten Business
    Days of the first day there exists such excess the Borrower shall
    make payment to the bank in an amount equal to such excess together
    with any amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.15 in connection
    therewith.  Such payment shall be applied to reduce the aggregate
    unpaid principal balance of Loans then outstanding.  Any partial
    prepayment of the Term Loan shall b e applied to the last maturing
    installments in inverse order of their respective maturities.     
    
    Each prepayment shall be made together with payment of accrued
    interest on the amount prepaid to an including the date of
    prepayment.
    
    2.12  Interest Payments; Manner of Payments; Rate After Default;
    Schedule to Note.
    
    (a) Interest accrued on each Loan shall be payable, without
    application, on:
    
    (i) the Maturing Date of such Loan (excluding any Installment
    Payment Date unless interest would otherwise be payable on such
    Installment Payment Date pursuant to subsections (ii) - (vi) below);
    
    (ii) with respect to any portion of any Loan repaid or prepaid
    pursuant to this Agreement, the date of such repayment or
    prepayment, as the case may be;
    
    (iii) with respect to that portion of the outstanding principal
    amount of all Loans maintained as Fluctuating Rate Loans, the first
    day of each month, commencing with the first such date following the
    date of the making of such Loans;
    
    (iv) with respect tot that portion of the outstanding principal
    amount maintained as Eurodollar Loans, the last day of each
    applicable Interest Period (and, if such Interest Period shall
    exceed three months, o on the last day of each three-month period
    occurring during such Interest Period), but in no event more
    frequently than monthly;
    
    (v) with respect to tht portion of the outstanding principal amount
    converted into Fluctuating Rate Loans or Eurodollar Loans on a day
    when interest would not otherwise have been payable pursuant to
    Subsections (a) (iii) or (a) (iv), the date of such conversion.
    
    (b) All payments (including prepayments) to be made by the Borrower
    on account of principal or interest with respect to any Loan or on
    account of fees or any other obligations of the Borrower to the Bank
    hereunder shall be made to the Bank at the office of the Bank set
    forth in Section 10.1 hereof or at such other place as the Bank may
    from time to time designate in writing in lawful money of the United
    States of America in immediately available funds.  The Borrower
    hereby authorizes and directs the Bank to charge any account of the
    Borrower maintained at any office of the Bank for any such payments. 
    Subject to the provisions of subparagraph (a) in the definition of
    Interest Period set forth in Section 1.1 hereof, if any payment to
    be so made hereunder, or under either Note, becomes due and payable
    on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be extended
    to the next succeeding Business Day and, to the extent permitted by
    applicable law, interest thereon shall be payable at the then
    applicable rate during such extension.
    
    (c) Upon the following an Event of Default, all Loans, and any and
    all accrued and unpaid interest, fee or amount due hereunder, to the
    extent permitted by applicable law, shall bear interest (payable on
    demand, and in any event on the last day of each month, and computed
    daily on the basis of a 360-day year for actual days elapsed) (i) in
    the case of Fluctuating Rate Loans at the Post Default Rate until
    paid and (ii) in the case of Eurodollar loans at a rate which shall
    be the greater of the Post Default Rate or 4% per annum in excess of
    the rate applicable to such Eurodollar Loan until the expiration of
    the Interest Period applicable to such Loan, at which time the Loan
    will automatically be converted into a Fluctuating Rate Loan and
    until paid shall bear interest at the Post Default Rate.  In no
    event, however, shall interest payable hereunder be in excess of the
    maximum rate of interest permitted under applicable law.  The
    obligation to so pay interest upon any obligation of the Borrower to
    the Bank shall not be construed so as to waive the requirement for
    payment on the same date that payment is to be made to the Bank as
    set forth in this Agreement.
    
    (d) The Borrower hereby expressly authorizes the Bank to record on
    the schedule attached to the Revolving Credit Note the amount and
    date of each Revolving Credit Loan, the rate of interest thereon,
    the date and amount of each payment of principal and the unpaid
    principal balance; provided, however, that the failure of the Bank
    to make any such notation shall not in any manner affect the
    obligation of the Borrower to repay any Loan in accordance with the
    terms hereof.  All such notations shall be presumed to be correct
    absent manifest error.
    
    2.13 Use of Proceeds.  Proceeds of the Revolving Credit Loans shall
    be used for working capital purposes and for acquisitions approved
    by the Bank including the acquisition of Pro-Bel.  Al or a portion
    of the proceeds of the initial Revolving Credit loan shall be used
    to repay in full all indebtedness owing to the CIT Group.  Proceeds
    of the Term Loan shall be used as partial payment of the acquisition
    price of Pro-Bel and for working capital purposes.
    
    2.14 Increased Costs.  If the Bank reasonably determines that the
    effect of any applicable law or government regulation, guideline or
    order or the interpretation thereof by any Governmental Authority
    charged with the administration thereof (such as, for example, a
    change in official reserve requirements which the Bank is required
    to maintain in respect of loans or deposits or other funds procured
    for funding such loans) is to increase the cost to the Bank of
    making or continuing Eurodollar Loans hereunder or to reduce the
    amount of any payment of principal or interest receivable by the
    Bank thereon, then the Borrower will pay to the Bank on demand such
    additional amounts as the Bank may reasonable determined to be
    required to compensate the Bank for such additional costs or
    reduction.  Any additional payment under this section will be
    computed from the effective date at which such additional costs have
    to be borne by the Bank.  A certificate as to any additional amounts
    payable pursuant to this Section setting forth the basis and method
    of determining such amounts shall be conclusive, absent manifest
    error, as to the determination by the Bank set forth therein if made
    reasonable and in good faith.  The Borrower shall pay any amounts so
    certified to it by the Bank within 10 days of receipt of any such
    certificate.  For purposes of this Section, all references to the
    "Bank" shall be deemed to include any participant in the Commitment
    and/or Loans.
    
    2.15 Indemnities.  The Borrower hereby indemnifies the Bank against
    an and all loss and reasonable expenses which the Bank may sustain
    or incur as a consequence of any of the following:
    
    (a) default in payment of the principal amount of any Eurodollar
    Loan or any part thereof or interest accrued thereon, or any other
    amount due in connection with the Loan Documents;
    
    (b) the occurrence of any other Default under this Agreement;
    
    (c) the failure of the Borrower to borrow a Eurodollar Loan after
    sending notice of the amount and requested interest rate with
    respect to the making of any such Loans;
    
    (d) the receipt or recovery by the Bank of all or any part of a
    Eurodollar Loan on any Installment Payment Date or prior to the
    maturity or the last day of the Interest Period thereof (whether by
    prepayment, acceleration or otherwise); or
    
    (e) the conversation prior to the last day of an applicable Interest
    Period, or a Eurodollar Loan into a Fluctuating Rate Loan.
    
    Without limiting the effect of the foregoing, the amount to be paid
    by the Borrower to the Bank in order to so indemnify the Bank for
    any loss occasioned by any of the events described in the preceding
    paragraph, and as liquidated damages therefor, shall be equal to the
    excess, discounted to its present value as of the date paid to the
    Bank, of (i) the amount of interest which otherwise would have
    accrued on the principal amount so received, recovered, converted or
    not borrowed during the period (the "Indemnity Period') commencing
    with the date of such receipt, recovery, conversion, or failure to
    borrow to the last day of the applicable Interest Period for such
    Eurodollar Loan at the rate of interest applicable to such Loan (or
    the rate of interest agreed to in the case of a failure to borrow)
    provided for herein (prior to a Default) over (ii) the amount of
    interest which would be earned by the Bank during the Indemnity
    Period if it invested the principal amount so received, recovered,
    converted or not borrowed at the rate per annum determined by the
    Bank as the rate it would bid in the London interbank market for a
    deposit of Eurodollar in an amount approximately equal to such
    principal amount for a period of time comparable to the Indemnity
    Period.
    
    A certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this
    Section setting forth the basis and method of determining such
    amounts shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, as to the
    determination by the Bank set forth therein if made reasonably and
    in good faith.  The Borrower shall pay any amounts so certified to
    it by the Bank within 10 days of receipt of any such certificate. 
    For purposes of this Section, all references to the "Bank" shall be
    deemed to include any participant in the Commitment and/or Loans.
    
    2.16 Alternate Rate of Interest.  In the event, and on each
    occasion, that on the day two Business Days prior to the
    commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Loan, the  Bank
    shall have determined (i) that dollar deposits in the amount of the
    requested principal amount of such Eurodollar Loan are not generally
    available in the London Interbank Market, (ii) that the rate at
    which such dollar deposits are being offered will not adequately and
    fairly reflect the cost to the Bank of making or maintaining such
    Eurodollar Loan during such Interest Period, or (iii) that
    reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted Libor
    Rate, the Bank shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, give
    written or telex notice of such determination to the Borrower.  In
    the event of any such determination, until the circumstances giving
    rise to such notice no longer exist, no Eurodollar Loans will be
    made hereunder.  Each determination by the Bank hereunder shall be
    conclusive absent manifest error.
    
    2.17 Change in Legality.
    
    (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, if
    any change in any law or regulation or in the interpretation thereof
    by any governmental authority charge with the administration or
    interpretation thereof shall make it unlawful for the Bank to make
    or maintain any Eurodollar Loan, then, by written notice to the
    Borrower, the Bank may:
    
    (i) declare that Eurodollar Loans will not thereafter be made by the
    Bank hereunder, whereupon the Borrower shall prohibited from the
    requesting Eurodollar Loans from the Bank hereunder unless such
    declaration is subsequently withdrawn; and 
    
    (ii) require that all outstanding Eurodollar Loans made by it be
    converted to Fluctuating Rate Loans, in which event (x) all such
    Eurodollar Loans shall be automatically converted to Fluctuating
    Rate Loans a of the effective date of such notice a provided in
    paragraph (b) below and 9y) all payments and prepayments of
    principal which would  otherwise have been applied to repay the
    converted Eurodollar Loans shall instead be applied to repay the
    Fluctuating Rate Loans resulting from the conversion of such
    Eurodollar Loans.
    
    (b) For purposes of this Section, (i) a notice to the Borrower by
    the Bank pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall be effective, if
    lawful, on the last day of the then current Interest Period; in all
    other cases, such notice shall be effective on the day of receipt of
    the  Borrower and (ii) all references to the "Bank" shall be deemed
    to include any participants in the Commitment and/or the loans.
    
    SECTION 2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.
    
    In order to induce the Bank to enter into this Agreement and to make
    the financial accommodations herein provided for, the Borrower
    hereby covenants, represents and warrants to the Bank that:
    
    3.1 Financial Condition.  The consolidated balance sheet of the
    Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiary as at December 31, 1994 and
    the related consolidated statement of operations, shareholders'
    equity and cash flows for the fiscal year ended on such date,
    certified by Ernst & Young, LLP, copies of which certified
    statements have heretofore been furnished to the Bank, are complete
    and correct and present fairly the financial condition of the
    Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiary as at such date, and the
    results of its operations for the fiscal year then ended and the
    interim financial statements of the Borrower and its consolidated
    Subsidiary s at September 30, 1995 and the related consolidated
    statements of operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows for
    the fiscal quarter then ended on such date prepared by management of
    the Borrower and certified as true and correct by the chief
    financial officer of the Borrower, copies of which statements have
    heretofore been furnished to the Bank, are complete and correct and
    present fairly the financial condition of the Borrower and its
    consolidated Subsidiary as at such date, and the results of its
    operations for the fiscal quarter then ended.  Such financial
    statements, including schedules and notes thereto, have been
    prepared in accordance with GAAP.  neither the Borrower nor its
    consolidated Subsidiary has any material contingent obligations,
    contingent liabilities or liabilities for taxes, long-term leases or
    unusual forward or long-term commitments, which are not reflected in
    the foregoing certified statements or in the notes thereto.  Since
    the date of the aforementioned financial statements, there has been
    no material adverse change in the business, operations, assets or
    financial or other condition of the Borrower or its consolidated
    Subsidiary.
    
    3.2 Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law.  Each of the active
    Subsidiaries of the Borrower is indicated on Schedule A attached
    hereto.  The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries (a) is duly
    organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of
    the jurisdiction of its incorporation, (b) has the corporate power
    and authority and the legal right to own and operate its property,
    and to conduct the business in which it is currently engaged, (c) is
    duly qualified as a foreign corporation and in good standing under
    the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership or operation of
    property or the conduct of its business require such qualification,
    and (d) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law; except to the
    extent that the failure to so qualify as a foreign corporation as
    required by clause (c) of this Section or to comply with all
    Requirements of Law as required by clause (d) of  this Section could
    not, in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the
    business, operations, property or financial or other condition of
    any such Person, and could not materially adversely affect the
    ability of the Borrower or any Guarantor to perform its obligations
    under any Loan Document to which it is a party.
    
    3.3 Corporate Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations.  The
    Borrower has the corporate power and authority and the legal right
    to make, execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan
    Documents to which it is a party and to borrow hereunder and has
    taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the borrowings on
    the terms and conditions of the Loan Documents and to authorize the
    execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents.  No
    consent or authorization of, filing with, or other act by or in
    respect of any other Person (including stockholders and creditors of
    the Borrower) or any Governmental Authority, is required in
    connection with the borrowings hereunder or with the execution,
    connection with the borrowings hereunder or with the execution,
    delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of the Loan
    Documents.  The Loan Documents will be duly executed the delivery on
    behalf of the Borrower and, the executed and delivered, will each
    constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower
    enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms,
    except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy,
    insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the
    enforcement of creditors' rights generally.
    
    3.4 Power, Authorization, Enforceable Obligations of Guarantors. 
    Each Guarantor, if any, has the power and authority and the legal
    right to make, deliver and perform its Guarantee and Security
    Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby and has taken
    all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery
    and performance of its Guarantee and Security Agreement.  No consent
    or authorization of, filing with, or other act by or in respect of
    any other Person (including stockholders and creditors of the
    Guarantors) or any Governmental Authority is required in connection
    with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or
    enforceability of such Guarantee or Security Agreement.  Each
    Guarantee and each Security Agreement have been duly executed and
    delivered by the respective parties thereto, and each such document
    constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the respective
    Guarantor enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with its
    terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable
    bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws
    affecting the enforcement of creditor's rights generally.
    
    3.5 No Legal Bar.  The execution, delivery and performance of the
    Loan Documents and the Borrowings hereunder and the use of the
    proceeds thereof by the Borrower and the execution, delivery and
    performance of the Guarantees and Security Agreements by the
    Guarantors, if any, will not violate any Requirements of Law or any
    Contractual Obligation of the Borrower or the Guarantors, and will
    not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien on
    any of its properties or revenues pursuant to any Requirements of
    Law or Contractual Obligation except those in favor of the Bank
    provided herein.
    
    3.6 No Material Litigation.  No litigation, investigation or
    proceedings of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is
    pending by or against the Borrower or any Subsidiary or against any
    of their properties or revenues with respect to the Loan Documents
    or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, which
    would have a Material Adverse Effect.
    
    
    3.7 No Default. Neither the Borrower no any Subsidiary is in default
    under or with respect to any Contractual Obligation in any respect
    which could have a Material Adverse Effect.  No Default or Event of
    Default has occurred and is continuing.
    
    3.8 No Burdensome Restrictions. No Contractual Obligation of the
    Borrower or any Subsidiary and no Requirement of Law would have a
    Material Adverse Effect.
    
    3.9  Taxes.  The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have filed or caused
    to be filed all tax returns which to the knowledge of the Borrower
    are required to filed, and have paid all taxes shown to be due and
    payable on said returns or on any assessments made against them or
    any of their property except such taxes, if any, as are being
    contested in good faith and by property proceedings and as to which
    adequate reserves have been maintained.
    
    3.10 Federal Regulations.  The Borrower is not engaged nor will it
    engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the
    business of extending credit for the purpose of "purchasing" or
    "carrying" any "margin stock" within the respective meanings of each
    of the quoted terms under Regulation U of the Board of Governors of
    the Federal Reserve System as now and from time to time hereafter in
    effect.  No part of the proceeds of any Loans hereunder will be used
    for "purchasing" or "carrying" "margin stock" as so defined or for
    any purpose which violates, or which would be inconsistent with the
    provisions of the Regulations of such Board of Governors.
    
    3.11 Environmental Matters.  
    
    (a) To the knowledge of the Borrower, none of the Real Property
    contains, or has previously contained, any hazardous or toxic waste
    or substances or undergrounds storage tanks except in compliance
    with all applicable Environmental Laws.
    
    (b) The Borrower's and each Subsidiary's use of the Real Property is
    in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws affecting such
    Real Property, and, to the knowledge of the Borrower and each
    Subsidiary, there are no environmental conditions which could
    interfere with the continued use of the Real Property.
    
    (c) Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has received
    any notice of violations or advisory action by regulatory agencies
    regarding environmental control matters or permit compliance which
    would have a Material Adverse Effect.
    
    (d) To the knowledge of the Borrower and each Subsidiary, hazardous
    waste has not been transferred from any of the Real Property to any
    other locations which is not in compliance with all applicable
    Environmental Laws or permit requirements.
    
    (e) With respect to the Real Property, to the knowledge of the
    Borrower, there are no proceedings, governmental administrative
    actions or judicial proceedings pending or, to the best knowledge of
    the Borrower, contemplated under any federal, state or local law
    regulating the discharge of hazardous or toxic materials or
    substances into the environment, to which the Borrower or any of its
    Subsidiaries is named as a party.
    
    3.12 Representations and Warranties Related to the Acquisition
    Documents.  
    
    Upon the making of the Term Loan, the Borrower represents and
    warrants to the Bank that:
    
    (a) The Borrower has delivered to the Bank a complete and correct
    copy of the Acquisition Documents.
    
    (b) Each of the representations and warranties given by the 
    Borrower in the Acquisition documents is true and correct in all
    material respects as of the date of the making of the Term Loan.
    
    SECTION 4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.
    
    4.1 Conditions to Initial Revolving Credit Loan.  The obligation of
    the Bank to make the initial Revolving Credit Loan to the Borrower
    hereunder is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions
    precedent:
    
    (a) Revolving Credit Note.  The Bank shall have received the
    Revolving Credit Note conforming to the requirements hereof and duly
    executed by the Borrower.
    
    (b) General Security Agreement.  The Bank shall have received a
    general security agreement (the "General Security Agreement") duly
    executed by the Borrower together with 
    
    -  UCC-1 financing statements
    -  security agreement questionnaire
    -  UCC-11 searches
    -  UCC-3 termination statements from the CIT Group
    -  insurance certificate naming the Bank as loss payee
    -  an assignment to the Bank of the Ex-Im Bank insurance policy
    
    (c) Trademark Security Agreement.  The Bank shall have received a
    trademark collateral security agreement (the "Trademark Security
    Agreement") duly executed by the Borrower together with a trademark
    registration form and same shall have been submitted for filing with
    the U.S. Commissioner of Patents and Trademarks together with 
    
    -  trademark searches
    -  evidence of termination of any security interests in the
    trademarks
    
    (d) Patent Security Agreement.  The Bank shall have received a
    patent collateral security agreement (the "patent Security
    Agreement") duly executed by the Borrower together with a patent
    registration form and same shall have been submitted for filing with
    the U.S. Commissioner of Patents and Trademarks together with 
    
    - patents searches
    - evidence of termination of any security interests in the patents
    
    (e) Landlord Waivers.  The Bank shall have received executed
    landlord waivers from all landlords of premises leased by the
    Borrower where equipment or inventory of the  Borrower is located.
    
    (f) Borrowing Base Certificate.  The Bank shall have received and
    satisfactorily reviewed a Borrowing Base Certificate as set forth in
    Section 5.2 (c) hereof.
    
    (g) Legal Opinion.  The Bank shall have received a favorable opinion
    of counsel to the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit D
    hereto.  Such opinion shall also cover such other matter incident to
    the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as the Bank shall
    reasonable require.
    
    (h) Certified Copies and Other Documents:  The Bank shall have
    received such certificates and other documents relating to the
    Borrower with respect to the matters herein contemplated as the Bank
    may request, including but not limited to:
    
    (1) Certificate of good standing from the New York Secretary of
    State and certificates of authority to do business from each other
    jurisdiction in which the Borrower conducts business;
    
    (2) Certificate of incorporation certified by the New York Secretary
    of State;
    
    (3) An Officers' Certificate dated the date of this Agreement
    certifying, (x) true and correct copies of the by-laws of the
    Borrower as in effect on the date of adoption of the resolutions
    referred to in (y) of this subsection (3), (y) true and correct
    copies of the resolutions adopted by the board of directors of the
    Borrower (i) authorizing the borrowings from the Bank hereunder, the
    execution and delivery by the Borrower of the Loan Documents to
    which it is a party and the performance by the Borrower of its
    obligations under the Loan Documents and the granting of the lien
    and security interest contemplated thereby, (ii) approving forms in
    substantially execution form of the Loan Documents, and (iii)
    authorizing officers of the Borrowers to execute and deliver the
    Loan Documents and any related documents, and (z) the incumbency and
    specimen of the officers of the Borrower executing any documents
    delivered to the Bank by the Borrower in connection with the Loans.
    
    (i) Field Audit.  The Bank shall have conducted a field audit of the
    Borrower's assets which shall be satisfactory in all respects to the
    Bank.
    
    (j) Commitment Letter.  The Borrower shall have satisfied all the
    terms and conditions of the Commitment Letter.
    
    
    (k) Fees.  There shall have been delivered to the Bank evidence of
    payment of the Bank's commitment fee in the amount of $75,000 and of
    the Bank's attorney's fees and disbursements.
    
    (l) Additional Matters.  All other documents and legal matters in
    connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
    shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Bank and its
    counsel.
    
    4.2 Conditions on the Term Loan.  The obligation of the Bank to make
    the Term Loan to the Borrower hereunder is subject to the
    satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
    
    (a) Section 4.1 Conditions. Each of the conditions set forth in
    Section 4.1 shall have b been satisfied.
    
    (b) Term Note.  The Bank shall have received the Term note
    conforming to the requirements hereof and duly executed by the
    Borrower.
    
    (c) Pledge Agreement.  The Bank shall have received a pledge
    agreement (the "Pledge Agreement") duly executed by the Borrower
    pledging all of the shares of stock of Pro-Bel together with 
    -  the original share certificates of Pro-Bel
    -  Form U-1
    -  Stock powers
    
    (d) Borrowing Base Certificate.  The Bank shall have received a
    Borrowing Base Certificate as set forth in Section 5.2(c) hereof:
    
    (e) Legal Opinion.  The Bank shall have received a favorable opinion
    of counsel to the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit D
    hereto as it pertains to the Term Loan.  Such transactions
    contemplated by this Agreement as the Bank shall reasonably require.
    
    (f) Certified Copies and Other Documents.  The Bank shall have
    received such certificates and other documents relating to Pro-Bel
    with respect to the matters herein contemplated as the Bank may
    request, including, but not limited to:
    
    (1)certificate of good standing (or equivalent) from the applicable
    United Kingdom authority; (2) certificate of incorporation (or
    equivalent) certified by the applicable United Kingdom authority;
    (3) an Officers' Certificate dated the date of Agreement certifying,
    true and correct copies of the by-laws of Pro-Bel as in effect on
    the date of this Agreement; (4) an opinion of counsel to pro-Bel as
    to its corporate existence.
    
    (g) Pro-Bel Acquisition Documents.  The Bank shall have received
    executed copies of the Acquisition Documents which shall be
    satisfactory in all respects to the Bank.
    
    
    (h) Pro-Bel Financial Statements.  The Bank shall have received
    audited financial statements of Pro-Bel for fiscal years 1993-1995.
    
    4.3 Conditions to All Loans.  The obligation of the Bank to make any
    Loan (including the initial Revolving Credit Loan and the Term Loan)
    to be made by it hereunder is subject to the satisfaction of the
    following conditions precedent.
    
    (a) Representation and Warranties.  The representations and
    warranties made by the Borrower herein or which are contained in by
    the  Borrower or any Subsidiary at any time under or 
    in connection herewith, shall be correct in all material respects on
    and as of the borrowing date for such extension of credit as if made
    on and as of such date.
    
    (b) No Default or Event of Default.  No Default or Event of Default
    shall have occurred and be continuing on the date an extension of
    credit is to be made or after giving effect to the extension of
    credit to be made on such date.
    
    (c) Compliance with Borrowing Base.  After taking into account the
    Loan or extension of credit to be made, all outstanding extensions
    of credit together with the requested extension of credit shall not
    exceed the Borrowing Base, except to the extent of the Over-Advance
    Amount.
    
    Each borrowing by the Borrower hereunder shall constitute a
    representation and warranty by the Borrower as of the date of each
    such borrowing that the conditions in clauses (a), (b), and (c) of
    this Section have been satisfied.
    
    SECTION 5. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.
    
    The Borrower hereby agrees that, so long as the Commitment remains
    in effect, any Note remains unpaid, or any other amount is owing to
    the Bank hereunder, the Borrower will and will cause each Subsidiary
    to and, with respect to Sections 5.1, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.7, 5.8, and
    5.10, each Non-Restricted Subsidiary to:
    
    5.1 Corporate Existence and Qualification.  Take the necessary steps
    to preserve its corporate existence and its right to conduct
    business in all states in which the failure to so preserve its
    corporate existence or right to conduct business could have a
    Material Adverse Effect.
    
    5.2 Financial Information and Compliance Certificates.
    
    (a) Keep its books of account in accordance with good accounting
    practices and furnish to the Bank;
    
    (1) As soon as available, but not more than one hundred twenty (120)
    days after the closing of each fiscal year, the consolidated
    financial statements of the Borrower and its consolidated
    subsidiaries, including a consolidated balance sheet with related
    consolidated statements of income, retained earnings and cash flows
    for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form
    the figures for the previous fiscal year, all prepared in accordance
    with GGAP consistently applied and certified by Price Waterhouse,
    CPAs or another firm of independent certified public accountants
    reasonably to the a Bank.
    
    (2) As soon s available, but not more than forty-five 945) days
    after the close of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal
    year, the consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its
    consolidated subsidiaries including  consolidated balance sheet with
    related consolidated statements of income, related earnings and cash
    flows as at the end of such quarter, all prepared in accordance with
    GAAP consistently applied and prepared by management and certified
    as true and correct by the chief financial officer of the Borrower.
    
    (3) As soon as available, but not more than one hundred twenty (120)
    days after the closing of each fiscal year, the consolidating
    financial statements of the Borrower and its consolidated
    subsidiaries, including a consolidating balance sheet with related
    consolidating statements of income, retained earnings and cash flows
    for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form
    the figures for the previous fiscal year, all prepared in accordance
    with GAAP consistently applied and prepared by Price Waterhouse,
    CPAs or another firm of independent certified public accountants
    reasonable acceptable to the Bank.
    
    (4) As soon as available, but not more than forty-five (45) days
    after the close of the  first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal
    year, the consolidating financial statements of the Borrower and its
    consolidated subsidiaries including a consolidating balance sheet
    with related consolidating statement of income, retained earnings
    and cash flows as at the end of such quarter, all prepared in
    accordance with GAAP consistently applied and prepared by management
    and certified as true and correct by the chief financial officer of
    the Borrower.
    
    (5) With reasonable promptness, such other data as may be reasonably
    requested by the Bank including, but not limited to copies of the
    annual reports, regular periodic and special reports, schedules or
    other material which the Borrower may not or hereafter be required
    to file with or deliver to any securities exchange or the Securities
    and Exchange Commission or any domestic or non-domestic regulatory
    body and will, during regular business hours and upon reasonable
    notice, permit the Bank by or through any of its officers, agents,
    employees, attorneys, or accountants to inspect and make extracts
    from such Borrower's books and records.
    
    (b) At the same time as it delivers the financial statements called
    for by Section 5.2(a), deliver a certificate of the chief financial
    officer of the Borrower evidencing a computation of compliance with
    the provisions of Section 6 hereof and stating that in each case
    except as disclosed in such certificate, the person making such
    certificate has no knowledge of any Default or Event or Default.
    
    (c) Deliver to the Bank an accounts receivable aging schedule
    reflecting aging of receivables from invoice date accompanied by a
    Borrowing Base Certificate indicating computation of the Borrowing
    Base promptly upon request of the Bank and monthly (not later than
    20 days after the last day of each month) covering the period ending
    the last day of the immediately preceding month.
    
    (d) Within 5 days of any officer of the Borrower obtaining knowledge
    of any Default, if such Default is then continuing, Borrower shall
    furnish to the Bank a certificate of the chief financial officer of
    the Borrower setting forth the details thereof and the action which
    the Borrower is taken or proposes to take with respect thereto.
    
    5.3 Insurance.  Maintain insurance with responsible and reputable
    insurance companies or associations in such amounts and covering
    such risks as is usually carried by companies engaged in similar
    businesses and owning similar properties in the same general areas
    in which the Borrower operates and naming the Bank as an additional
    insured and loss payee thereon as its interest may appear and
    maintain an Export Credit Insurance Policy from Em-Im Bank in
    amounts and coverage acceptable to the Bank and name the Bank as
    assignee thereunder.
    
    5.4 Preservation of Properties; Compliance with Law.  Maintain and
    preserve all of its properties which hare used or which hare useful
    in the judgment of the Borrower in the conduct of its business in
    good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted;
    comply with all Requirements of Law except where contested in good
    faith and by proper proceedings if appropriate reserves are
    maintained with respect thereto.
    
    5.5 Taxes.  Duly pay and discharge all taxes or other claims which
    might become a lien upon any of its property except to the extent
    that any thereof are being in good faith appropriately contested
    with adequate reserves provided therefore.
    
    5.6 Maintain Operating Accounts.  Maintain all of its primary
    operating accounts with the Bank.
    
    5.7  Notice of Litigation.  Promptly notify the Bank in writing of
    any litigation, legal proceeding or dispute, other than disputes in
    the ordinary course of business or, whether or not in the ordinary
    course of business, involving amounts in excess of Three Hundred
    Fifty Thousand and 00/100 ($350,000.00) Dollars, affecting the
    Borrower or any Subsidiary whether or not fully covered by
    insurance, and regardless of the subject matter thereof (excluding,
    however, any actions relating to workers' compensation claims or
    negligence claims relating to use of motor vehicles, if fully
    covered by insurance, subject to deductibles).
    
    5.8  Indemnity (Environmental Matters).  Indemnify the Bank against
    any liability, loss, cost, damage, or expense (including, without
    limitation, reasonable attorney's fees) arising from (i) the
    imposition or recording of a lien by any local, state, or federal
    government or governmental agency or authority pursuant to any
    Environmental Laws; (ii) claims of any private parties regarding
    violations of Environmental Laws; and (iii) costs and expenses
    (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fee and fees
    incidental to the securing of repayment of such costs and expenses)
    incurred by the Borrower, any Subsidiary or the Bank in connection
    with compliance by the Borrower, any Subsidiary or the Bank with any
    statute, regulation or order issued pursuant to any Environmental
    Laws by any local state or federal government or governmental agency
    or authority.
    
    
    5.9 New Subsidiaries:  Cause any Restricted Subsidiary of the
    Borrower formed after the date of this Agreement to become a
    guarantor of all debts and obligations of the Borrower under this
    Agreement and grant a security interest o the Bank in all of its
    personal property to secure such guarantee pursuant to a security
    agreement on the Bank's landlord form and cause such Restricted
    Subsidiary to execute an agreement, in form satisfactory to the
    Bank, subjecting it to the affirmative and negative covenants
    contained in this Agreement.
    
    5.10 Books and Records; Field Audit:  Keep proper books of record
    and account in accordance with GAAP and permit the Bank or its duly
    authorized agents to examine the books and records of the Borrower,
    such authorization to include, without limitation, the annual field
    audit, test or examination of any or all of the assets of the
    Borrower at the Borrower's expense (and, if more frequently than
    annually, at the Bank's expense).
    
    SECTION 6. FINANCIAL COVENANTS.
    
    6.1 The Borrower hereby agrees that, so long as the Commitment
    remains in effect, any Note remains outstanding and unpaid, or any
    other amount is owing to the Bank hereunder, the Borrower and its
    Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis will:
    
    (a) Current Ratio.  Maintain at all times during the periods set
    forth below a ratio of current assets to current liabilities in a
    portion not less than that designated opposite each such period:
    
     Period                        Minimum
    From       Through                  Current Ratio
    
    Date hereof -   12/30/97            1.4 to 1.0
    12/31/97 and at all times thereafter     2.0 to 1.0
    
    (current assets and current liabilities to be determined in
    accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that solely for purposes of
    calculating compliance with this covenant, principal amounts
    outstanding under the Revolving Credit Loans and the Term Loan shall
    be considered current liabilities).
    
    (b) Minimum Quick Ratio.  Maintain at all times during the periods
    designated below a ratio of cash, cash equivalents and accounts
    receivable to current liabilities in a proportion not less than that
    designated opposite each such period:
    
     Period                        Minimum
    From       Through                  Quick Ratio
    
    Date hereof -   12/30/97            .85 to 1.0
    12/31/97 and at all times thereafter     1.25 to 1.0
    
    
    (current liabilities to be determined in accordance with GAAP;
    provided, however, that solely for purposes of calculating
    compliance with this covenant, principal amounts outstanding under
    the Revolving Credit Loans and the Term Loan shall be considered
    current liabilities).
    
    (c) Minimum Debt Service Coverage Ratio.  Maintain as at the last
    day of each fiscal year a ratio of the sum of earnings before
    interest and taxes plus depreciation and amortization for such
    fiscal year divided by the sum of interest expense plus the current
    portion of long term debt at such time plus capital expenditures and
    additions to capitalized software development costs made in such
    fiscal year of at least 2.0 to 1.0 ("long term debt" means
    indebtedness for borrowed money which by its terms matures more than
    12 months after the date incurred or if maturing sooner, the
    maturity thereof may be extended at the option of the debtor beyond
    such 12 month period).
    
    (d) Domestic Tangible Net Worth.  Maintain at all times during
    fiscal year 1996 Domestic Tangible Net Worth of at least
    $19,400,000, to increase by at least $2,000,000 at each fiscal year
    end thereafter above the level attained as at the close of the
    immediately preceding fiscal year (solely for purposes of
    calculating compliance with this covenant, Domestic Tangible net
    Worth shall be net of (i) any increases in common stock and
    additional paid in capital resulting from or due to the acquisition
    of any Person or joint venture with any Person or any similar
    arrangement), (ii) any increase in common stock and additional paid
    in capital due to a public offering and (iii) the accounting effect 
    of the consolidation of the liabilities or assets attributable to
    the acquisition of or investment in any non-Restricted Subsidiaries.
    
    (e) Leverage Ratio.  Maintain at all times during the periods
    designated below a ratio of total liabilities to Domestic Tangible
    Net Worth in a proportion not more than that designated opposite
    each such period:
    
     Period                             Maximum
    From       Through                       Leverage Ratio
    
    Date hereof -   12/30/97                 1.5 to 1.0
    12/31/97 and at all times thereafter          1.0 to 1.0
    
    (total liabilities to be determined in accordance with GAAP).
    
    6.2 The Borrower hereby agrees that, so long as the Commitment
    remains in effect, any Note remains outstanding and unpaid, or any
    other amount is owing to the Bank hereunder, the Borrower and its
    consolidated Subsidiaries will maintain at all times during fiscal
    year 1996 Tangible Net Worth on a consolidated basis of at least
    $19,400,000, to increase by at least $2,000,000 in each fiscal year
    thereafter above the level attained as at the closed of the
    immediately preceding fiscal year (solely for purposes of
    calculating compliance with this covenant, Tangible Net Worth shall
    be net of (i) any increases in common stock and additional paid in
    capital resulting from or due to the acquisition of any Person or
    joint venture with an Person or any similar arrangement) and (ii)
    the intangible attributable to the acquisition of the stock or Pro-
    Bel.
    
    SECTION 7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS.
    
    The Borrower hereby agrees that, so long as the Commitment remains
    in effect, any Note remains outstanding and unpaid, or any other
    amount is owing to the Bank hereunder it will not, now will it
    permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to and with respect to
    Sections 7.2, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 7.10, 7.2, 7.13 and 7.14, any of
    its Non-Restricted Subsidiaries to:
    
    7.1  Indebtedness for Borrowed Money.  Incur, or permit to exist,
    any Indebtedness for borrowed money except (i) Indebtedness incurred
    pursuant to borrowings hereunder and under any other loans made by
    the Bank in its discretion to the Borrower or any Subsidiary, (ii)
    Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and reflected in the
    financial statements referred to in Section 3.1 hereof and (iii)
    purchase money Indebtedness incurred in the acquisition of fixed
    assets within the limitations of Section 7.8 hereof.
    
    7.2  Mergers, Acquisitions and Sales of Assets.  Enter into any
    merger or consolidation or liquidate, windup or dissolve itself or
    sell, transfer or lease or otherwise dispose of al or substantially
    all of its assets (other than sales of inventory and obsolescent
    equipment in the ordinary course of business) or acquire by purchase
    or otherwise the business or asset of, or stock of, another business
    entity; except that any Subsidiary may merge into or consolidate
    with any other Subsidiary which is wholly-owned by the Borrower and
    any Subsidiary which his wholly-owned by the Borrower may merge with
    or consolidate into the Borrower provided that the Borrower is the
    surviving corporation.
    
    7.3  Loans; Investments.  Lend or advance money, credit or property
    to or invest in (by capital contribution, loan, purchase or
    otherwise) any firm, corporation, or other Person except (i)
    investments in United States Government obligations, certificates of
    deposit of any banking institution with combined capital and surplus
    of at least $200,000,000, (ii) accounts receivable arising out of
    sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business, (iii)
    commercial paper of a domestic issuer rated at least "A-1" by
    Standard & Poor's Rating Group or "P-1" by Moody's Investors
    Service, Inc., (iv) investments in a Subsidiary and (v) in addition
    to all other permitted investments and loans, investments in or
    loans to any other Person, provided that the aggregate amount of
    such investments., loans and guaranties permitted by Section 7.5
    (ii) hereof, do not exceed in the aggregate Five Hundred Thousand
    and 00/100 ($500,000.00) Dollars at any one time outstanding.
    
    7.4  Liens.  Create, assume or permit to exist, any Liens on any of
    its property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired except (i)
    Liens in favor of the Bank; (ii) other Liens incidental to the 
    conduct of its business or the ownership of its property and assets
    which were not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money or
    the obtaining of advances or credit and which do not materially
    impair the use thereof in the operation of its business; (iii) Liens
    for taxes or other governmental charges which are not delinquent or
    which are being contested in good faith and for which a reserve
    shall have been established in accordance with GAAP; and (iv)
    purchase money Liens granted to secure the unpaid purchase price of
    any fixed assets purchased within the limitations of Section 7.8
    hereof.
    
    7.5 Contingent Liabilities.  Assume, endorse, be or become liable
    for or guarantee the obligations of an Person except (i) the
    endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection in
    the ordinary course of business and (ii) guaranties of obligations
    which when aggregated with the loans and investments permitted by
    Section 7.3(v) hereof do not exceed Five Hundred Thousand and 00/100
    ($500,000.00) Dollars at any one time outstanding.
    
    7.6  Dividends.  Declare or pay any dividends on its capital stock
    (other than dividends payable solely in shares of its own common
    stock), or purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire any of its
    capital stock at any time outstanding, except (i) any Subsidiary
    wholly owned by the Borrower may declare and pay dividends to the
    Borrower and (ii) provided no Event of Default has occurred and is
    continuing thereunder, the Borrower may do any of the foregoing in
    any fiscal year not exceeding, i on the aggregate, twenty five (25%)
    percent of the Borrower's net income in such fiscal year.
    
    7.7  Sales of Receivables; Sale - Leasebacks.  Sell, discount or
    otherwise dispose of notes, accounts receivable or other obligations
    owing to the Borrower, with or without recourse, except for the
    purpose of collection in the ordinary course of business; or sell
    any asset pursuant to an arrangement to thereafter lease such asset
    from the purchase thereof.
    
    7.8  Capital Expenditures; Capitalized Leases.  Expend in the
    aggregate for the Borrower and all Subsidiaries in excess of Three
    Million and 00/100 ($3,000,000.00) Dollars in any fiscal year for
    Capital Expenditures including payments made on account of
    Capitalized Leases.  For purposes of the foregoing, Capital
    Expenditures shall include payments made on accounts of any deferred
    purchase price or on account of any indebtedness incurred to finance
    any such purchase price.
    
    7.9  Lease Payments.  Expend in the aggregate for the Borrower and
    all Subsidiaries in excess of Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand and
    00/100 ($750,000.00) Dollars in any fiscal year for the lease,
    rental or hire of real or personal property pursuant to any rental
    agreement therefore, whether an operating lease, capitalized lease
    or otherwise.
    
    7.10  Nature of Business.  Materially alter the nature of its
    business.
    
    7.11  Stock of Subsidiaries.  Sell or otherwise dispose of any
    Subsidiary (except in connection with a merger or consolidation of
    subsidiary into the Borrower or another Subsidiary) or permit a
    Subsidiary to issue any additional shares of its capital stock
    except pro rata to its stockholders.
     
    7.12  ERISA.  (i) Terminate any Plan so as to result in any material
    liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established
    pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA (the "PBGC"), (ii)
    engage in or permit any person to engage in any "prohibited
    transaction" (as defined in Section 406 or ERISA or Section 4975 of
    the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended) involving any Plan
    which would subject a Borrower to any material tax, penalty or other
    liability, iii) incur or suffer to exist any material "accumulated
    funding deficiency" (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA), whether 
    or not waived, involving any Plan, or (iv) allow or suffer to exist
    any event or condition, which presents a material risk of incurring
    a material liability to the PBGC by reason of termination of any
    Plan.
    
    7.13  Accounting Changes.  Make, or permit any Subsidiary to make
    any change in their account treatment or financial reporting
    practices except as required or permitted by GAAP in effect from
    time to time.
    
    7.14  Transactions with Affiliates.  Except as otherwise
    specifically set forth in this Agreement, directly or indirectly
    purchase, acquire or lease any property from, or sell, transfer or
    lease any property to, or enter into any other transaction, with any
    Affiliate except in the ordinary course of business and at prices
    and on terms not less favorable to it than those which would have
    been obtained in an arm's-length transaction with a non-affiliated
    third party.
    
    SECTION 8.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  
    
    Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any of the
    following events (each an Event of Default):
    
    (a) Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any of the Notes
    within ten days of the due date therefore, or principal of any of
    the Notes when due, or shall fail to pay any other amount payable
    hereunder within ten days after written notice or the Borrower or
    any Guarantor shall default under any other Loan Document after the
    giving of notice or expiration of grace periods, if any, under such
    Loan Document; or
    
    (b) Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by the
    Borrower herein or which his contained in any certificate, document
    or financial or other statement furnished at any time under or in
    connection with this Agreement shall prove to have been false in any
    material respect on or as of the date made or deemed made; or
    
    (c) Borrower shall default in the observance or performance of any
    covenant or provision contained in Section 5, 6 or 7 hereof; or
    
    (d) Borrower shall default in the observance or performance of any
    other provision contained in this Agreement and such default shall
    continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after written notice
    thereof is given to the Borrower by the Bank; provided that if the
    default is of such nature that it cannot reasonably be cured within
    such 30 day period, no default shall be deemed to have occurred
    hereunder so long as the Borrower commences to cure such default
    within such 30 day period and thereafter diligently and
    expeditiously proceeds to cure same, provided that no extension
    shall be for a period beyond 60 days; or 
    
    (e) The Borrower or any Subsidiary shall (i) default in any payment
    of any indebtedness for borrowed money in excess of Two Hundred
    Thousand and 00/100 $200,000.00) Dollars (other than the Notes)
    beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or
    agreement under which such indebtedness was created; or (ii) default
    beyond the period of grace, if any, in the observance or performance
    of any other agreement or condition relating to any such
    indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing,
    securing or relating thereto or any other event shall occur or
    condition exist, in each case the effect of which default or other
    event or condition is to cause or permit the holder or holders of
    such indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or
    holders) to cause such indebtedness to become due prior to its
    stated maturity; or 
    
    (f) (i) The Borrower or any Subsidiary shall commence any case,
    proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of
    any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy,
    insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an
    order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to
    adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization,
    arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution,
    composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (B)
    seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other
    similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its
    assets, or the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall make a general
    assignment of the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be
    commenced against the Borrower or any Subsidiary any case,
    proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i)
    above which (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any
    such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed,
    undischarged or unbonded for a period of 75 days; or (iii) there
    shall be commenced against the Borrower or any Subsidiary any case,
    proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of
    attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or
    any substantial part of its assets which result in the entry of an
    order for any such relief which shall have been vacated, discharged,
    or stayed or bonded pending appear within 20 days from the entry
    thereof; or (iv) the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall take any
    action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of,
    or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii) or
    (iii) of this Section 8(f); or (v) the Borrower or any Subsidiary
    shall generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall admit in
    writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or
    
    (g) (i)  the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall engage in any
    "prohibited transaction" (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or
    Section 4975 of the Code) involving any Plan, (ii) any "accumulated
    funding deficiency" (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA), whether or
    not waived, shall exist with respect to any Plan, (iii) a Report
    Event shall occur with respect to, or proceedings shall commence to
    have a trustee appointed, or a trustee shall be appointed, to
    administer or to terminate, any Plan, which Reportable Event or
    institution of proceedings is, in the reasonable option of the Bank,
    likely to result in the termination of such Plan for purposes of
    Title iV of ERISA, and, in the case of a Reportable Event, the
    continuance of such Reportable Event unremedied for 20 days after
    notice of such Reportable Event pursuant to Section 4043(a), (c) or
    (d) of ERISA is given or the continuance of such proceedings for 20
    days after commencement  thereof, as the case may be, (iv) any Plan
    shall terminate for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, and in each case
    in clauses (i) through (iv) above, such event or condition could
    subject the Borrower to any tax, penalty or other liabilities in the
    aggregate  material in relation to the business, operations or
    property of the Borrower; or
    
    (h)  the rendition by any court of a final judgement in excess of
    Two Hundred Thousand and 00/100 ($200,000.00) Dollars  against the
    Borrower or any Subsidiary which shall not be satisfactorily stayed,
    discharged, vacated or set aside within 75 days of the making
    thereof; or the attachment of any material property of the Borrower
    or any Subsidiary which has not been released or provided for to the
    reasonable satisfaction of the Bank within 75 days after the making
    thereof; or
    (i)  any Guarantee or Security Agreement of any Guarantor shall
    cease to be in full force and effect; or
    
    (j) any of the Liens created and granted pursuant to the Security
    Agreements or the Pledge Agreement shall fail to be valid, first,
    perfected Liens subject to nor prior to equal Lien except as
    permitted by this Agreement.
    
    Then, in any such event, any or all of the following actions may be
    taken: (i) the Bank may, at its option, declare the Commitment to be
    terminated forthwith, whereupon the Commitment and all obligations
    of the Bank to make Loans to the Borrower shall immediately
    terminate; (ii) the Bank may, at its option, declare the Loans
    hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts
    owing under this Agreement and the Notes to be due and payable and
    the same, and all interest accrued thereon, shall forthwith become
    due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or notice of
    any kind, all of which are hereby waived, anything contained herein
    or in any instrument evidencing the Loans to the contrary
    notwithstanding.
    
    SECTION 9.  COLLATERAL SECURITY
    
    9.1  General Loan and Collateral Agreement.  As collateral security
    for the payment of the Obligations, the Borrower hereby grants to
    the Bank a lien on and security interest in any and all deposits or
    other sums at any time credited by or due from the Bank to the
    Borrower, whether in regular or special depository accounts or
    otherwise, and any and all monies, securities and other property of
    the Borrower, and the proceeds thereof, now or hereafter held or
    received by or in transit to the Bank from or for the Borrower,
    whether for safekeeping, custody, pledge, transmission, collection
    or otherwise, and any such deposits, sums, monies, securities and
    other property, may at any time after the occurrence of any Event of
    Default be set-off, appropriated and applied by the Bank against any
    of the Obligations whether or not such Obligations are then due or
    are secured by any collateral, or, if they are so secured, whether
    or not such collateral held by the Bank is considered to be
    adequate.
    
    9.2  Additional Collateral Security.  In addition to the collateral
    described in Section 9.1 hereof, payment of the Obligation is also
    secured by a first priority security interest in (i) all personal
    property including trademarks and patents of the Borrower whether
    now owned or hereafter acquired, and (ii) after the making of the
    Term Loan, all outstanding shares of stock of Pro-Bel, as provided,
    respectively, in the Security Agreements and Pledge Agreement
    executed and delivered by the Borrower to the Bank.
    
    SECTION 10.  MISCELLANEOUS.
    
    10.1  Notices.  All notices, requests and demands to or upon the
    respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing unless
    otherwise expressly provided herein and shall be deemed to have been
    duly given or made when delivered by hand, or by telegram or
    telecopy, or when deposited in the mail addressed as follows, or to
    such address as may be hereafter notified in writing by the
    respective parties hereto and any future holders of any Note:
    
    The Borrower:
    
    Chyron Corporation
    5 Hub Drive
    Melville, New York 11747
    
    with a courtesy copy (which copy shall not constitute notice)
    
    to:
    
    Camhy, Karlinsky & Stein LLP
    1740 Broadway
    New York, New York 10019-4315
    Attn:  Daniel DeWolf, Esq.
    
    The Bank:
    
    NatWest Bank N.A.
    100 Jericho Quadrangle
    Jericho, New York 11753
    Attn:  Alice B. Adelberg
           Vice President
    
    10.2  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.    No failure to exercise and
    no delay in exercising, on the part of the Bank, any right, remedy,
    power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor
    shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or
    privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof
    or the exercise of any other right.
    
    10.3  Survival of Representations and Warranties.  All
    representations and warranties made hereunder and in any Loan
    Document shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement
    and the Notes.
    
    10.4  Payment of Expenses; Examination.
    
    (a)  The Borrower agrees to pay or reimburse the Bank for all its
    reasonable costs and expenses (including, without limitation, the
    reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys for the Bank) incurred in
    connection with (i) the enforcement or preservation of any rights
    under any Loan Document or any other instrument or agreement entered
    into in connection herewith or therewith including, without
    limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of attorneys for
    the Bank; (ii) any claim or action threatened, made or brought
    against the Bank arising out of or relating to any extent to any
    Loan Document or any instrument or agreement entered into in
    connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby;
    (iii) the perfection of any security interest in the Collateral or
    in the maintenance of the Collateral; (iv) any amendment or
    modification of any Loan Document; (v) the payment of any tax,
    assessment, recording fee or similar charge; (vi) any waiver of any
    right of the Bank under any Loan Document and (vii) the reasonable
    fees and disbursements of any counsel to the Bank incurred from time
    to time in connection with the transactions contemplated by this
    Agreement.  The Borrower agrees to reimburse the Bank for any
    payments made to the CIT Group/Credit Finance Inc. ("CIT") pursuant
    to the indemnity letter of the Bank to CIT dated March 28, 1996.
    
    (b)  The Borrower agrees that at any time and from time to time upon
    reasonable notice and during regular business hours the Bank may
    conduct, at the Borrower's expense, an examination of the Borrower's
    books and records (provided, if more frequently than annually, at
    the Bank's expense).  The obligations set forth in this Section 10.4
    shall be in addition to any other obligations or liabilities  of the
    Borrower to the Bank hereunder or at common law or otherwise.  The
    provisions of this Section 10.4 shall survive the payment of the
    Notes and the termination of this Agreement.
    
    10.5  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL, SET-OFF AND COUNTERCLAIM.  THE BORROWER
    AND THE BANK IN ANY LITIGATION (WHETHER OR NOT ARISING OUT OF OR
    RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT) IN WHICH THEY SHALL BE ADVERSE PARTIES
    WAIVE THE RIGHT OF TRIAL BY JURY AND THE BORROWER WAIVES THE RIGHT
    TO INTERPOSE ANY SET-OFF OR COUNTERCLAIM OF ANY KIND OR DESCRIPTION
    IN ANY SUCH LITIGATION.
    
    10.6  WAIVER OF AUTOMATIC STAY.  THE BORROWER AGREES THAT, IN THE
    EVENT THAT THE BORROWER, ANY GUARANTOR OR ANY OF THE PERSONS OR
    PARTIES CONSTITUTING THE BORROWER OR ANY GUARANTOR SHALL (i) FILE
    WITH ANY BANKRUPTCY COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION OR BE THE
    SUBJECT OF ANY PETITION UNDER TITLE 11 OF THE U.S. CODE, AS AMENDED
    ("BANKRUPTCY CODE"), (ii) BE THE SUBJECT OF ANY ORDER FOR RELIEF
    ISSUED UNDER THE BANKRUPTCY CODE, (iii) FILE OR E THE SUBJECT OF ANY
    PETITION SEEKING ANY REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, COMPOSITION,
    READJUSTMENT, LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION, OR SIMILAR RELIEF UNDER ANY
    PRESENT OR FUTURE FEDERAL OR STATE ACT OR LAW RELATING TO
    BANKRUPTCY, INSOLVENCY, OR OTHER RELIEF FOR DEBTORS, (iv) HAVE
    SOUGHT OR CONSENTED TO OR ACQUIESCED IN THE APPOINTMENT OF ANY
    TRUSTEE, RECEIVER, CONSERVATOR, OR LIQUIDATOR, OR (v) BE THE SUBJECT
    OF ANY ORDER, JUDGEMENT, OR DECREE ENTERED BY ANY COURT OF COMPETENT
    JURISDICTION APPROVING A PETITION FILED AGAINST SUCH PARTY FOR ANY
    REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, COMPOSITION, READJUSTMENT, LIQUIDATION,
    DISSOLUTION, OR SIMILAR RELIEF UNDER ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE FEDERAL
    OR STATE ACT OR LAW RELATING TO BANKRUPTCY, INSOLVENCY, OR RELIEF
    FOR DEBTORS, THE BANK SHALL THEREUPON BE ENTITLED AND THE BORROWER
    IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO IMMEDIATE AND UNCONDITIONAL RELIEF FROM ANY
    AUTOMATIC STAY IMPOSED BY SECTION 362 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE, OR
    OTHERWISE, ON OR AGAINST THE EXERCISE OF THE RIGHTS AND REMEDIES
    OTHERWISE AVAILABLE TO THE BANK AS PROVIDED FOR HEREIN, IN ANY NOTE,
    OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH AND AS
    OTHERWISE PROVIDED BY LAW, AND THE BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY
    WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO OBJECT TO SUCH RELIEF AND WILL NOT CONTEST ANY
    MOTION BY THE BANK SEEKING RELIEF FROM THE AUTOMATIC STAY AND THE
    BORROWER WILL COOPERATE WITH THE BANK, IN ANY MANNER REQUESTED BY
    THE BANK, IN ITS EFFORTS TO OBTAIN RELIEF FROM ANY SUCH STAY OR
    OTHER PROHIBITION.
    
    10.7  LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.  NO CLAIM MAY BE MADE BY (i) THE
    BORROWER, ANY GUARANTOR, ANY SUBSIDIARY, OR ANY OTHER PERSON AGAINST
    THE BANK OR THE AFFILIATES, DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES,
    ATTORNEYS OR AGENTS OF THE  BANK (ii) THE BANK AGAINST THE BORROWER,
    ANY GUARANTOR, ANY SUBSIDIARY OR THE AFFILIATES, DIRECTORS,
    OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, ATTORNEYS OR AGENTS OF ANY OF THE FOREGOING,
    FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR, TO THE
    FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, FOR ANY PUNITIVE DAMAGES IN RESPECT
    OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT,
    STATUTORY LIABILITY, OR ANY OTHER GROUND) BASED ON, ARISING OUT OF
    OR RELATED TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED
    HEREBY OR THEREBY OR ANY ACT, OMISSION OR EVENT OCCURRING IN
    CONNECTION THEREWITH, AND THE BORROWER (FOR ITSELF AND ON BEHALF OF
    EACH GUARANTOR AND EACH SUBSIDIARY) AND THE BANK HEREBY WAIVE,
    RELEASE AND AGREE NEVER TO SUE UPON ANY CLAIM FOR ANY SUCH DAMAGES,
    WHETHER SUCH CLAIM NOW EXISTS OR HEREAFTER ARISING AND WHETHER OR
    NOT IT IS NOW KNOWN OR SUSPECTED TO EXIST IN ITS FAVOR.
    
    10.8  Modification and Waiver.  No modification of waiver of, or
    with respect to any provision of this Agreement or any document or
    instrument delivered in connection therewith shall be effective
    unless and until it shall be in writing and signed by the Bank, and
    then such modification or waiver shall be effective only in the
    specific instance and for the purpose for which given.  No notice to
    or demand on the Borrower in any case shall, of itself, entitle to
    it any other or further notice or demand in similar or other
    circumstances.
    
    10.9  Successor and Assigns.  This Agreement shall be binding upon
    and inure to the benefit of the Borrower, the Bank, all future
    holders of the Notes and their respective successors and assigns,
    except that the Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its
    rights under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the
    Bank.  The term "Bank" as used herein shall be deemed to include the
    Bank and its successors, endorsees, and assigns.
    
    10.10  Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction.  This Agreement and
    the other Loan Documents and any documents and instruments delivered
    in connection hereunder and thereunder shall be governed by, and
    construed and interpreted in accordance with, the law of the state
    of New York and the Borrower consents to the jurisdiction of the
    courts of the State of New York in any action brought to enforce any
    rights of the Bank under this Agreement and any document or
    instrument related hereto.
    
    10.11  Entire Agreement.  This Agreement and any other agreement,
    documents and instruments executed and delivered pursuant to or in
    connection with the Obligations contain the entire agreement between
    the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof.  The
    Borrower expressly acknowledges that the Bank  has not made and the
    Borrower is not relying on any oral representations, agreements or
    commitments of the Bank or any officer, employee, agent or
    representative thereof.
     
    10.12  Interest Adjustment.  Notwithstanding anything to the
    contrary contained in this Agreement or any Note, the rate of
    interest payable on either Note shall never exceed the maximum rate
    of interest permitted under applicable law.  If at any time the rate
    of interest otherwise prescribed herein shall exceed such maximum
    rate, and such prescribed rate is thereafter below such maximum
    rate, the prescribed rate shall be e increased to the maximum rate
    for such period of time as is required so that the total amount of
    interest received by the Bank is that which would have been received
    by the Bank except for the operation of the first sentence of this
    Section 10.12.
    
    10.13  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be signed in any number of
    counterparts with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and
    hereto were upon the same instrument.
    
    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
    be duly executed and delivered in Jericho, New York by their proper
    and duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above
    written.
    
    CHYRON CORPORATION
    
    By:  /s/ Patricia A. Lampe        
    Chief Financial Officer
    
    NATWEST BANK N.A.
    
    By: /s/ William Ewing               
    Vice President
    
    
        <PAGE>
BARC                      LAYS BANK PLC
                 Oxford Corporate Banking Centre
                  P.O. Box 858, Oxford OX1 3YP
                                 
    
    PRIVATE AND CONFIDENTIAL
    The Directors                                 Your Ref:
    H/JEF/SH
    Pro-Bel Limited                          Our Ref: 01865
    442139 
    Triology Broadcast Limited                         Fax No.: 01865
    442570
    Pro-Bel Software Limited                      
    Xebec Electronic Production Services Ltd.               19th December
    1996
    Danehill, Lower Early
    Reading RG6 4PB
    
    Dear Sirs
    
    We are please to advise you that Barclays Bank PLC ("the Bank") has
    agreed to provide an overdraft facility ("the Overdraft") of up to
    3,000,000 pounds sterling gross (Three million pounds sterling
    gross) and of up to $3,000,0000 pounds sterling (Three million
    pounds sterling net) until 31st December 1997 to Pro-Bel Limited
    ("the Parent") and its subsidiary named below (the Parent and such
    subsidiaries are referred to individually as a "borrower" and
    collectively as the "Borrowers").
    
    The Bank is also prepared to provide the Borrower with:
    
    Ancillary facilities by way of negotiation of sterling/foreign
    currency cheques and Bills of Exchange payable abroad, Company
    Barclaycard, Bankers Automatic Clearing Services (BACS), Branch
    Originated BACS Services (BOBS) and Spot and Forward Exchange
    Transactions (known collectively a the "ancillaries") Utilisation
    under the Ancillaries shall be in accordance with Schedule B.
    
    The Schedules attached hereto from part of the terms and conditions
    of this letter.
    
    Following the completion of the acceptance formalities detailed
    below the Overdraft will be available for drawing by the Borrowers,
    subject to the following terms and conditions:
    
    1. The Overdraft
     
    The Overdraft will be available by way of a Composite Accounting
    System ("CAS") in accordance with a Composite Accounting Agreement
    made between the Parent and its subsidiaries named below an the
    Bank, (subject to the sub limits detailed below - at the Oxford City
    Office branch of the Bank ("the Branch") with interest charged at a
    rate of 1.5% per annum over the Bank's Base Rate current from time
    to time.  Interest, together with other charges will be debited to
    the Borrowers' current accounts at the Branch quarterly in arrears
    in March, June, September and
    
    December each year, or at such other times as may be determined by
    the Bank, and such interest will be calculated on the basis of
    actual days elapsed over a 365 day year.
    
    Sub Limits
    
    Trilogy Broadcast Limited                300,000 pounds
    sterling
    Pro-Bel Software Limited                 200,000 pounds
    sterling
    Xebec Electronic Production Services Limited         50,000 pounds
    sterling
    
    Options Available Within and Utilization of the Facility
    
    The Facility may be utilized by way of the following options and in
    accordance with the provisions of the Schedules related thereto:
    
    Sterling Overdraft the terms and conditions of which are contained
    in the Bank's Facility
    Letter of even date, and/or
    Foreign Currency Overdraft (see Schedule A)
    
    Within the Facility the aggregate of the liabilities due, owing or
    incurred thereunder shall not at any time exceed 3,000,000 until 31
    December 1997 or its currency equivalent.
    
    2. Availability
    
    All monies owing under the Facility are repayable upon written
    demand by the Bank and/or any undrawn portion of the Facility may be
    cancelled by the Bank, at any time.  Following demand and/or
    cancellation, no further utilisation may be made under the Facility. 
    The Bank may at any time after such demand and/or cancellation call
    for payment of full cash cover for all liabilities outstanding under
    the Ancillary Facilities.
    
    The Borrower shall indemnify the Bank on demand against any loss,
    liability or expense which the Bank may reasonably sustain or incur
    as a consequence of making such demand or as a consequence of non-
    performance by the Borrower of any obligation under this letter.
    
    Any monies not paid following a demand under this clause shall
    continue to bear interest in respect of any outstanding interest
    period, and in respect of the Sterling Overdraft and the Foreign
    Currency Overdraft as calculated in the respective Schedules.
    
    The amounts of any payments made by the Bank on behalf of the
    Borrower under the Ancillary Facilities, will, except for those
    amounts where cash cover has been made by the Borrower as provided
    for above, continue to bear interest at 1.5% per annum over the
    Bank's Base Rate current from time to time until payment is made. 
    Interest shall, if unpaid, be compounded in the Bank's usual
    charging dates.  Interest will continue to be charged and compounded
    on this basis after as well as before demand or Judgement.
    
    The Bank reserves the right, at any time following a demand under
    this clause, to purchase with Sterling any currency necessary to
    convert any amounts outstanding under the Facility, together with
    interest accrued thereon, to Sterling, whereupon the Borrow shall
    then become liable to pay the 
    
    Bank forthwith the relevant Sterling amounts, together with all
    costs and expenses incurred by the Bank.  Interest will continue to
    be charged as detailed above.
    
    In the absence of demand or cancellation by the Bank, the Facility
    is available for utilisation until 31 December 1997.  However, the
    Bank will be pleased to discuss the Borrower's future requirements
    shortly before that date.
    
    3. Security and/or Guarantee(s)
    
    The Borrower's obligations hereunder will be secured by any security
    which is now held, or hereafter may be held, by the Bank to secure
    all moneys and liabilities which shall from time to time be due,
    owing or incurred to the Bank by the Borrower, whether actually or
    contingently.
    
    Specifically, in addition to the security currently held the Bank
    will be provided with:
     
    a) Cross Guarantee and Debenture from Xebec Electronic Production
    Services Limited.
    b) Assignment of current NCM Policies.
    c) Acknowledgement in a form to be agreed from Chyron Corporation of
    the agreed arrangement relating to reductions in the outstanding
    inter company loan from that organisation.
    
    The Bank reserves the right to require all subsidiary companies to
    be taken into the CAS arrangement.
    
    4. Information
    
    The Parent undertakes to provide the Bank with:
     
    a) copies of its audited consolidated Profit and Loss account and
    Balance Sheet as soon as they are available and not later than 180
    days from the end of each accounting reference period together with
    any other information which the Bank may reasonably request from
    time to time.
    b) Monthly management accounts in a form acceptable to the Bank. 
    Such reports to be received by the Bank within 30 days of the
    relevant month end.
    c) Debenture monitoring Form 862 to be received by the Bank within
    30 days of the relevant month end.
    d) Schedule, in a format to be agreed detailing an overseas debtor
    aged analysis together with appropriate buyer limits as established
    by NCM.
    
    The Bank reserves the right to arrange for an independent review of
    the sales ledger at the Companies' reasonable expense.  The Bank
    will not seek these reviews at intervals of less than six months.
    
    5. Change of Circumstances      
    
    In the event of any change in applicable law or regulation or the
    existing requirements of, or any new requirements being imposed by,
    the Bank of England or other regulatory authority the results of
    which, in the sole opinion of the Bank, is to increase the cost to
    it of funding, maintaining or making available the Overdraft (or any
    undrawn amount thereof) or to reduce the effective return to the
    Bank, then the Borrowers shall pay to the Bank such sum as may be
    certified by the Bank to the Borrowers as shall compensate the Bank
    for such increased cost or such reduction.
    
    6. Authority of Parent to agree changes to the Composition of the
    Borrowers and to the limit     and terms applicable to the Overdraft.
    
    By countersigning this letter, each Borrower (other than the parent)
    irrevocably authorises the Parent (which is hereby appointed the
    agent of the Borrowers for such purposes) from time to time (i) to
    agree with the Bank in writing to add any further subsidiary or
    subsidiaries as a Borrower or Borrowers, and/or (ii) to remove any
    subsidiary as a Borrower, and/or (iii) to make such changes to the
    limit and sub limits and other terms applicable to the Overdraft as
    the Parent may deem appropriate, and/or (iv) to sign any document
    and perform any act on behalf of the Borrowers (or any of them)
    required to effect or implement any of the foregoing.
    
    Each change so agreed by the Parent shall be binding on each
    Borrower and the terms of this letter will continue in full force
    and effect, save as expressly amended thereby.
    
    7. Fees
    
    A fee of 15,000 pounds sterling will be payable by the Borrowers to
    the Bank in respect of the facility.
    
    Legal and Valuation Costs
    
    Any legal valuation fees and expenses and other out of pocket
    expenses (including VAT) incurred by the Bank in connection with the
    negotiation and granting of the Facility will be reimbursed by the
    Borrower on demand by the Bank.
    
    All fees will e ebited to the Current Account of Pro-Bel Limited.
    
    8. Set-Off
    
    Any sum of money at any time standing to the credit of the Borrower
    with the Bank in any currency upon any account or otherwise (whether
    or not any such account is held in the Borrower's name) r provided
    to the Bank cash cover for any outstanding liabilities under the
    Ancillary Facilities, may be applied by y the Bank at any time
    (without notice to the Borrower) in or towards the discharge of any
    money or liabilities now or hereafter due, owing or incurred to the
    Bank by the Borrower hereunder (whether presently payable or not).
    
    9. Currency Indemnity
    
    If for any reason, any amount payable to the Bank is received or
    recovered in a currency other than the contractual currency in which
    it is due, then, to the extent that the amount actually received or
    recovered by the Bank (when converted by the Bank into the
    contractual currency at the applicable rate of exchange) falls short
    of the amount due in the contractual currency, the Borrower shall,
    as a separate and independent obligation, reimburse the Bank on
    demand (on a full indemnity basis) for the amount of such shortfall.
    
    10. Applicable Law
    
    This letter shall be governed by and construed and take effect in
    accordance with English Law.
    
    11. Acceptance
    
    Prior to the Overdraft being utilised, the Parent shall provide the
    Branch with the following:
    
    a) the enclosed duplicate of this letter duly signed on each
    Borrower's behalf together with a CAS Agreement and CAS Guarantees,
    and
    
    b) a certificate true copy of a Resolution of each Borrower's Board
    of Directors:
    
    i) accepting the Overdraft on the terms and conditions stated herein
    and approving the terms of the CAS Agreement and the CAS Guarantee
    to be given by it,
    
    ii) authorising a specified person, or persons, to sign and return
    to the Bank the duplicate of this letter,
    
    iii)  authorising the Bank to accept instructions and confirmations
    in connection with the operation of the Overdraft signed in
    accordance with the Bank's signing mandate current from time to
    time,
    
    iv) appointing the Parent to act as agent of he Borrowers for the
    purposes contemplated in Clause 6 above.
    
    This offer will remain available for a period of one month from the
    date of this letter after which it will lapse if not accepted.
    
    Yours faithfully
    for and on behalf of
    BARCLAYS BANK PLC
    
    /s/ J.A. Bullen                                    
    J.A. BULLEN
    SENIOR CORPORATE MANAGER
    
    Accepted on the terms and conditions stated herein pursuant to a
    resolution of the Board of Directors (a certified true copy of which
    is attached hereto).
    
    For and on behalf of PRO BEL LIMITED
    
                                                                         
    Director
    
                                                                         
    Secretary/Director
    
    Accepted on the terms and conditions stated herein pursuant to a
    Resolution of the Board of Directors (a certified true copy of which
    is attached hereto)
    
    For and on behalf of Trilogy Broadcast Limited
    
                                                                         
    Director
    
                                                                         
    Secretary/Director
    
    Accepted on the terms and conditions stated herein pursuant to a
    Resolution of the Board of Directors (a certified true copy of which
    is attached hereto)
    
    For and on behalf of Pro-Bel Software Limited
    
                                                                         
    Director
    
                                                                         
    Secretary/Director
    
    Accepted on the terms and conditions stated herein pursuant to a
    Resolution of the Board of Directors (a certified true copy of which
    is attached hereto)
    
    For and on behalf of Xebec Electronic Production Services Limited
    
                                                                         
    Director
    
                                                                         
    Secretary/Director
    
    SCHE                     DULE A
                               
    Foreign Currency Overdraft
    
    The Foreign Currency Overdraft will be made available in any currency
    (other than sterling) as previously agreed by and arranged with the
    Bank, and which currency is freely transferable and available to the
    Bank in the normal course of business.
    
    The Foreign Currency Overdraft will be available on the Borrower's
    foreign currency account at Reading International Services Branch with
    interest charged at 1.5% per annum over the Bank's call loan rate
    current from time to time.  Interest together with other charges will
    be debited to the Borrower's Foreign Currency Account at the Reading
    International Services Branch quarterly in arrears in March, June,
    September and December each year or at such other times as may be
    determined by the Bank, and such interest will be calculated on the
    basis of actual days elapsed over a 360 day a year.
    
    SCHEDULE B
                               
    ANCILLARY FACILITIES
    
    Negotiation of Sterling/Foreign Currency Cheques and Bills of Exchange
    payable Abroad up to 50,000 Pounds Sterling
    
    The Bank will purchase, with recourse, suitable foreign currency and
    sterling cheques payable abroad and/or approved foreign currency or
    sterling bills of exchange payable abroad.  The suitability of those
    cheques and bills of exchange which the Bank is prepared to purchase
    is entirely at the discretion of the Bank, and is subject to the
    Uniform Rules for the Collection of Commercial Paper (1978 Revision). 
    Pricing will be decided on a case by case basis.
    
    A Spot & Forward Exchange Transaction Limit Up To 200,000 Pounds
    Sterling
    
    The SFET Facility covers the maximum liability of the Borrower to the
    Bank outstanding at any time under contracts of not more t than twelve
    months' duration for the forward purchase or sale of foreign
    currencies, but excludes purchases or sales where the Bank is required
    irrevocably to pay away funds prior to receiving firm confirmation of
    incoming cover.
    
    When wishing to utilise the SFET facility the Borrower should telephone
    the Oxford City Office Branch of the Bank on (01865) 442156.  All
    payment and delivery instructions are to e advised to and processed by
    the Branch and confirmed by letter at the earliest opportunity.
    
    BOBS up to 200,000 pounds sterling
    BACS up to 250,000 pounds sterling
    
    To allow the Borrower(s) to make salary and/or credit payments
    electronically.
    
    Company Barclaycard up to 100,000 pounds sterling
    
    To be used in accordance with the terms and conditions of use, current
    from time to time, as detailed in the Agreement executed by the
    Borrower(s).
        <PAGE>
PRO-BEL LIMITED
    
    MINUTES OF A MEETING OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS HELD ON
    
    20 December 1996 at Danehill Lower Earley
    
    Present:   Roger Henderson     Michael Knight Graham Pitman
          Ray Hartman         David Steal         Graham Roe
          Derek Over          Roger Stanwell
    
    There was produced to the meeting a Facility Letter date 19th December
    1996 from Barclays Bank PLC ("the Bank"), Oxford City Office (Old Bank)
    to the Company setting out the terms and conditions upon which the Bank
    is prepared to lend to the Company the sum of 3,000,000 pounds sterling
    until 31 December 1996 by way of a on demand overdraft facilities.
    
    IT WAS RESOLVED
    
    1.    That the terms and conditions of the overdraft as set out in the
    said Facility Letter be and they are hereby approved and accepted.
    
    2.    That Roger Henderson and Ray Hartman be and is hereby authorised
    to sign on behalf of the Company the copy of the said Facility Letter
    to indicate acceptance of the terms and conditions.
    
    3.    That the Bank be and is hereby authorised to act in all matters
    relating to the overdraft upon instructions from the Company signed in
    accordance with the Bank's Mandate for the Company's Account with the
    Bank, current from time to time.
    
    I hereby certify the above to be a true extract from the Minutes of a
    Meeting of the Board of Directors held on the date shown above.
    
    
    /s/ Roger Henderson      
    For and on behalf of 
    PRO-BEL LIMITED
    
    XEBEC ELECTRONIC PRODUCTION SERVICES LIMITED
    
    MINUTES OF A MEETING OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS HELD ON
    
    20 December 1996 at Danehill Lower Earley
    
    Present:   Ray Hartman    
          Graham Pitman
    
    There was produced to the meeting a Facility Letter date 19th December
    1996 from Barclays Bank PLC ("the Bank"), Oxford City Office (Old Bank)
    to the Company setting out the terms and conditions upon which the Bank
    is prepared to lend to the Company the sum of 3,000,000 pounds sterling
    until 31 December 1996 by way of a on demand overdraft facilities.
    
    IT WAS RESOLVED
    
    1.    That the terms and conditions of the overdraft as set out in the
    said Facility Letter be and they are hereby approved and accepted.
    
    2.    That Roger Henderson and Graham Pitman be and is hereby
    authorised to sign on behalf of the Company the copy of the said
    Facility Letter to indicate acceptance of the terms and conditions.
    
    3.    That the Bank be and is hereby authorised to act in all matters
    relating to the overdraft upon instructions from the Company signed in
    accordance      with the Bank's Mandate for the Company's Account with the
    Bank, current from time to time.
    
    I hereby certify the above to be a true extract from the Minutes of a
    Meeting of the Board of Directors held on the date shown above.
    
    
    /s/ Raymond Hartman        
    For and on behalf of 
    XEBEC ELECTRONIC PRODUCTION SERVICES LIMITED
        <PAGE>
TRILOGY BROADCAST LIMITED
    
    MINUTES OF A MEETING OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS HELD ON
    
    20 December 1996 at Danehill Lower Earley
    
    Present:   Ray Hartman         Phil White
          Graham Pitman  Tim Hardisty
          Roger Stanwell
    
    There was produced to the meeting a Facility Letter date 19th December
    1996 from Barclays Bank PLC ("the Bank"), Oxford City Office (Old Bank)
    to the Company setting out the terms and conditions upon which the Bank
    is prepared to lend to the Company the sum of 3,000,000 pounds sterling
    until 31 December 1996 by way of a on demand overdraft facilities.
    
    IT WAS RESOLVED
    
    1.    That the terms and conditions of the overdraft as set out in the
    said Facility Letter be and they are hereby approved and accepted.
    
    2.    That Raymond Hartman and Graham Pitman be and is hereby
    authorised to sign on behalf of the Company the copy of the said
    Facility Letter to indicate acceptance of the terms and conditions.
    
    3.    That the Bank be and is hereby authorised to act in all matters
    relating to the overdraft upon instructions from the Company signed in
    accordance with the Bank's Mandate for the Company's Account with the
    Bank, current from time to time.
    
    I hereby certify the above to be a true extract from the Minutes of a
    Meeting of the Board of Directors held on the date shown above.
    
    
    /s/ Raymond Hartman        
    For and on behalf of 
    TRILOGY BROADCAST LIMITED
    
        <PAGE>
PRO-BEL SOFTWARE LIMITED
    
    MINUTES OF A MEETING OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS HELD ON
    
    20 December 1996 at Danehill Lower Earley
    
    Present:   Ray Hartman         Roger Meet
          Derek Owen          Matca Butler
          Roger Henderson     Neil Maycock
    
    There was produced to the meeting a Facility Letter date 19th December
    1996 from Barclays Bank PLC ("the Bank"), Oxford City Office (Old Bank)
    to the Company setting out the terms and conditions upon which the Bank
    is prepared to lend to the Company the sum of 3,000,000 pounds sterling
    until 31 December 1996 by way of a on demand overdraft facilities.
    
    IT WAS RESOLVED
    
    1.    That the terms and conditions of the overdraft as set out in the
    said Facility Letter be and they are hereby approved and accepted.
    
    2.    That Raymond Hartman and Roger Henderson be and is hereby
    authorised to sign on behalf of the Company the copy of the said
    Facility Letter to indicate acceptance of the terms and conditions.
    
    3.    That the Bank be and is hereby authorised to act in all matters
    relating to the overdraft upon instructions from the Company signed in
    accordance with the Bank's Mandate for the Company's Account with the
    Bank, current from time to time.
    
    I hereby certify the above to be a true extract from the Minutes of a
    Meeting of the Board of Directors held on the date shown above.
    
    
    /s/ Raymond Hartman        
    For and on behalf of 
    TRILOGY BROADCAST LIMITED
    
    
    
    BARCLAYS BANK PLC
    Oxford Corporate Banking Centre
    P.O. Box 858, Oxford OX1 3YP
                                
    
    PRIVATE AND CONFIDENTIAL
    The Directors                                 Your Ref:
    H/JEF/SH
    Pro-Bel Limited                          Our Ref: 01865 442139 
    Triology Broadcast Limited                         Fax No.: 01865
    442570
    Pro-Bel Software Limited                      
    Xebec Electronic Production Services Ltd.               19th December
    1996
    Danehill, Lower Early
    Reading RG6 4PB
    
    Dear Sirs
    
    BANK FACILITY - PARENTAL COMPANY LOAN
    
    I write to confirm the arrangement we have discussed with Mike Knight,
    Financial Director relating to parental company Loan from Chyron Inc.
    
    Pro-Bel Limited's Cash Flow Forecast for 1997 linked to the level of
    Bank support we now propose suggest that Pro-Bel will be in a position
    to effect a reduction of some 1 million pounds sterling in its Loan
    from Chyron Corporation during the period at the rate of 250,000 pounds
    sterling per quarter commencing the 31st March 1997.
    
    In recognising that the Bank facility will be utilised for the above
    purpose we seek your confirmation and that of Chyron Corporation that
    these payments will not be made if cumulative cash or trading
    performance is 15% worse than forecast on a cumulative basis measured
    quarterly throughout the year unless the Bank consents to the
    arrangement beforehand.
    
    We should be grateful if you would confirm the agreement of both Pro-
    bel Limited and Chyron Corporation to this arrangement by having
    representatives of both parties sign and return to us a copy of this
    letter.
    
    Yours sincerely
    
    
    
    /s/ J.A. Bullen
    J.A. BULLEN
    SENIOR CORPORATE MANAGER
    BARCLAYS MERCANTILE
        
    
    Mr. M Knight
    Finance Director
    Pro-Bel Limited
    Danehill
    Lower Earley
    Reading
    Bershire
    RG6 4PB
    
    20 December 1996
    
    Dear Mr. Knight,
    
    Re:  LEASE PURCHASE FACILITY OFFER
    
    We are pleased to confirm our willingness to offer Lease Purchase
    facilities in respect of various items of plan & machinery and computer
    equipment.
    
    This offer is made subject to the following conditions;
    
    1.  A maximum advance of 750,000 pounds sterling
    2.  A maximum lease term of 60 months in respect of surface mount
    machinery and telephone
         system only.  All other assets to be subject to a maximum term of
    36 months.
    3.  A minimum deposit equivalent to 10% of the capital cost (+ full VAT
    where applicable)
    4.  Ongoing sight and satisfaction with quarterly management accounts.
    5.  Sight and satisfaction with 1996 audited accounts by 30 June 1997
    6.  Cross guarantees of all Pro-Bel Ltd subsidiary companies
    7.  All suppliers to be bona fide
    8.  These facilities are available for drawdown until 31 December 1997
    
    In addition an agency purchase facility has been approved which I hope
    will be of great benefit.  This facility is designed to simplify
    utilisation of the lease purchase facility and is especially beneficial
    when there are a number of suppliers.  The agency will allow Pro-Bel
    to acquire assets (acting as our agents) thus controlling expenditure
    and then to seek reimbursement from Barclays Mercantile under an hire
    purchase agreement.  In order to enact the agency I would be grateful
    if you would sign the document attached and return it together with a
    signed copy of this offer letter.
    
    Our willingness to provide these facilities is upon the condition that,
    in our opinion, there is no adverse change in your financial
    circumstances before we purchase the equipment.
    
    
    This offer is valid for a period of fourteen days from today;
    nevertheless we reserve the right to revise our terms should monetary,
    economic or taxation conditions change before we purchase the
    equipment.
    
    We welcome the opportunity to be of service to you.  Please signify
    your acceptance of the above terms by signing and returning the
    enclosed additional copy of this letter.
    
    Yours sincerely,
    
    
    /s/ David Bye
    David Bye
    Branch Manager
    
    For and on behalf of
    
    Roger Henderson 
    Pro-Bel Ltd.
    Authorised to sign
    
    
    
    BARCLAYS BANK PLC
    Oxford Corporate Banking Centre
    P.O. Box 858, Oxford OX1 3YP
        
    
    PRIVATE AND CONFIDENTIAL
    The Directors                                 Your Ref:
    H/JEF/SH
    Pro-Bel Limited                          Our Ref: 01865 442139 
    Triology Broadcast Limited                         Fax No.: 01865
    442570
    Pro-Bel Software Limited                      
    Xebec Electronic Production Services Ltd.               19th December
    1996
    Danehill, Lower Early
    Reading RG6 4PB
    
    Dear Sirs
    
    Barclays Bank PLC (the "Bank") is pleased to offer to provide a Bonds,
    Guarantees and/or Indemnities facility (the "Facility") of up to
    300,000 pounds sterling (three hundred pounds sterling) or its currency
    equivalent ("Facility Amount") to Pro-Bel Limited (the "Borrower")
    subject to the terms and conditions set out below.
    
    1.    Interpretation
    
    For the purpose of this Facility Letter:
    
    a)  "Indemnities" means the counter-indemnities from time to time held
    by the Bank in relation to the Obligations and, unless the context
    otherwise requires, includes each or any of them;
    
    b)  "Obligations" means the Bonds, Guarantees and/or Indemnities issued
    by the Bank (or its correspondents) under the Facility and, unless the
    context otherwise requires, includes each or any of them;
    
    c)  "Sterling Equivalent" means, in relation to an amount denominated
    in foreign currency, the amount of Sterling which would be purchased
    with such foreign currency amount at the Bank's spot rate for the
    purchase of Sterling with such foreign currency on the date of which
    conversion is required;
    
    d)  "Utilised Amount" means, on the date on which the calculation is
    required, the maximum amount of all liabilities due, owing or incurred,
    whether actually or contingently and whether presently payable or not,
    by the Bank under or in connection with the Obligations including where
    Obligations are denominated in foreign currencies the Sterling
    Equivalent of the relevant liabilities of the Bank in relation to such
    Obligations.
    
    2.   Utilisation
    
    The Bank agrees to issue Obligations in Sterling and/or foreign
    currencies when requested by the Borrower, provided that:
    
    a)  No Obligation may be issued if, as a result, the Utilised Amount
    would exceed the Facility Amount;
    
    b)  No Obligation may be issued until the acceptance formalities
    detailed in clause 8 have been completed;
    
    c)  No Obligation may be issued after 31 December 1997
    
    d)  The terms of the relevant Obligation have been approved by the
    Bank;
    
    e)  The Borrower has provided all information in connection with the
    relevant Obligation required by the Bank;
    
    f)  The Borrower has agreed to pay the fees required by the Bank in
    relation to the relevant Obligation;
    
    g)  An Obligation will not be issued until the Bank has satisfied
    itself that it holds an Indemnity in respect of such Obligation or, as
    the case may be, such Obligation is covered by an existing Indemnity.
    
    3.  Availability
    
    (a)   The Bank may, in its sole discretion at any time:
    
    (i) cancel its commitment to issue any further Obligation (if
    unissued); and/or
    
    (ii)  demand from the Borrower the payment of all amounts (if any)
    outstanding under this Facility Letter whereupon the same shall be
    immediately due and payable; and/or
    
    (iii) require the Borrower on demand to deposit and maintain with the
    Bank an amount in Sterling sufficient to cover the Utilised Amount and
    require the     Borrower to give security over the money so deposited
    (together with interest accruing thereon) in form and substance
    satisfactory to the Bank to secure the Borrower's liabilities to the
    Bank under this Facility Letter and/or the Indemnities.
    
    (b)   Any sum of money at any time standing to the credit of the
    Borrower with the Bank in any currency upon any account or otherwise
    may be applied by the Bank, at any time after exercising the Bank's
    right under clause 3 (a) above (without notice to the Borrower), in or
    towards the payment or discharge of any indebtedness now or
    subsequently owing to the Bank by the Borrower hereunder and/or under
    the Indemnities and the Bank may use any such money to purchase any
    currency or currencies required to effect such application.
    
    4.    Security and/or Guarantee(s)
    
    The Borrower's obligations hereunder will be secured by any security
    which is now held, or hereafter may be held, by the Bank to secure all
    moneys and liabilities which shall from item to time be due, owing or
    incurred to the Bank by the borrower, whether actually or contingently.
    
    5.    Fees
    
    All facilities are to be charged in accordance with published tariff.
    
    6.    Information
    
    The Parent undertakes to provide the Bank with copies of its audited
    consolidated Profit and Loss account and Balance Sheet as soon as they
    are available and not later  than 180 days from the end of each
    accounting reference period together with any other information which
    the Bank may reasonably request from time to time.
    
    7.    Governing Law
    
    This Facility Letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance
    with English law.
    
    8.    Acceptance
    
    The Facility will become available to the Borrower for drawing only
    upon receipt by the Bank not later than the close of business on 1st
    March 1997 (or such later date as the Bank may agree) of the following
    in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank:
    
    a) the enclosed duplicate of this letter duly signed on the Borrower's
    behalf as evidence ofacceptance of the terms and conditions stated
    therein,
    
    b) a certified true copy of a resolution of the Borrower's Board of
    Directors:
    
    (i) accepting the Facility and this offer on the terms and conditions
    stated herein;
    
    (ii) authorising a specified person, or persons, to countersign and
    return to the Bank the enclosed duplicate of this Facility Letter; and
    
    (iii) specifying the names of those officers of the Borrower whose
    instruction     (jointly or alone) the Bank is authorised to accept in all
    matters concerning the Facility and this offer once accepted and
    confirmed specimens of the signatures of those officers referred to in
    (ii) and herein, if not already known to the Bank; and
    
    Yours faithfully
    for & on behalf of
    Barclays Bank PLC
    
    /s/ JA Bullen
    JA BULLEN
    SENIOR CORPORATE MANAGER
    
    Accepted on the terms and conditions stated herein, pursuant to a
    resolution of the Board of Directors (a certified copy of which is
    attached hereto).
    
    For & on behalf of
    PRO-BEL LIMITED
    
                                                                         
    DIRECTOR
    
    Accepted on the terms and conditions stated herein, pursuant to a
    resolution of the Board of Directors (a certified copy of which is
    attached hereto).
    
    For & on behalf of
    XEBEC ELECTRONIC PRODUCTION SERVICES LIMITED
    
                                                                         
    DIRECTOR
     
    Accepted on the terms and conditions stated herein, pursuant to a
    resolution of the Board of Directors (a certified copy of which is
    attached hereto).
    
    For & on behalf of
    TRILOGY BROADCAST LIMITED
    
                                                                         
    DIRECTOR
    
    Accepted on the terms and conditions stated herein, pursuant to a
    resolution of the Board of Directors (a certified copy of which is
    attached hereto).
    
    For & on behalf of
    PRO-BEL SOFTWARE LIMITED
    
                                                                         
    DIRECTOR
     
    
    PRO-BEL LIMITED
    
    MINUTES OF A MEETING OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS HELD ON
    
    20 December 1996 at Danehill Lower Earley
    
    Present:   Roger Henderson    Michael Knight   Graham Pitman
               Rayond Hartman     David Steel      Graham Roe
               Derek Owen         Roger Stanwell
    
    There was produced to the meeting a Facility Letter dated 19th December
    1996 from Barclays Bank PLC ("the Bank"), Oxford City Office to the
    Company setting out the terms and conditions upon which the Bank is
    prepared to provide a Bond, Guarantees and Indemnities facility of
    300,000 pounds sterling until 31st December 1997.
    
    IT WAS RESOLVED
    
    1.  That the terms and conditions of the Bonds, Guarantees and
    Indemnities facility as set out in the said Facility Letter be and they
    are hereby approved and accepted.
    
    2.  That Roger Henderson be and is hereby authorised to sign on behalf
    of the Company the copy of the said Facility Letter to indicate
    acceptance of the terms and conditions.
    
    3.  That the Bank be and is hereby authorised to act in all matters
    relating to the facility upon instructions from the Company signed in
    accordance with the Bank's mandate for the Company's account with the
    Bank, current from time to time.
    
    I hereby certify the above to be true extract from the Minutes of a
    Meeting of the Board of Directors held on the date shown above.
    
    
    /s/ Roger Henderson             
    FOR AND ON BEHALF OF
    PRO-BEL LIMITED
    
    XEBEC ELECTRONIC PRODUCTION SERVICES LIMITED
    
    MINUTES OF A MEETING OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS HELD ON
    
    20 December 1996 at Danehill Lower Earley
    
    Present:   Roger Henderson     
               Graham Pitman
    
    There was produced to the meeting a Facility Letter dated 19th December
    1996 from Barclays Bank PLC ("the Bank"), Oxford City Office to the
    Company setting out the terms and conditions upon which the Bank is
    prepared to provide a Bond, Guarantees and Indemnities facility of
    300,000 pounds sterling until 31st December 1997.
    
    IT WAS RESOLVED
    
    1.  That the terms and conditions of the Bonds, Guarantees and
    Indemnities facility as set out in the said Facility Letter be and they
    are hereby approved and accepted.
    
    2.  That Graham Pitman be and is hereby authorised to sign on behalf
    of the Company the copy of the said Facility Letter to indicate
    acceptance of the terms and conditions.
    
    3.  That the Bank be and is hereby authorised to act in all matters
    relating to the facility upon instructions from the Company signed in
    accordance with the Bank's mandate for the Company's account with the
    Bank, current from time to time.
    
    I hereby certify the above to be true extract from the Minutes of a
    Meeting of the Board of Directors held on the date shown above.
    
    
    /s/ Graham Pitman                 
    FOR AND ON BEHALF OF
    PRO-BEL LIMITED
    
    TRILOGY BROADCAST LIMITED
    
    MINUTES OF A MEETING OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS HELD ON
    
    20 December 1996 at Danehill Lower Earley
    
    Present:   Raymond Hartman     Roger Stanwell
               Graham Pitman       Phil White
                               
    
    There was produced to the meeting a Facility Letter dated 19th December
    1996 from Barclays Bank PLC ("the Bank"), Oxford City Office to the
    Company setting out the terms and conditions upon which the Bank is
    prepared to provide a Bond, Guarantees and Indemnities facility of
    300,000 pounds sterling until 31st December 1997.
    
    IT WAS RESOLVED
    
    1.  That the terms and conditions of the Bonds, Guarantees and
    Indemnities facility as set out in the said Facility Letter be and they
    are hereby approved and accepted.
    
    2.  That Raymond Hartman be and is hereby authorised to sign on behalf
    of the Company the copy of the said Facility Letter to indicate
    acceptance of the terms and conditions.
    
    3.  That the Bank be and is hereby authorised to act in all matters
    relating to the facility upon instructions from the Company signed in
    accordance with the Bank's mandate for the Company's account with the
    Bank, current from time to time.
    
    I hereby certify the above to be true extract from the Minutes of a
    Meeting of the Board of Directors held on the date shown above.
    
    
    /s/ Raymond Hartman             
    FOR AND ON BEHALF OF
    PRO-BEL LIMITED
    
    
    PRO-BEL SOFTWARE LIMITED 
    
    MINUTES OF A MEETING OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS HELD ON
    
    20 December 1996 at Danehill Lower Earley
    
    Present:   Raymond Hartman   Roger Meath
               Derek Own         Malcolm Butler
               Roger Henderson   Neil Maycock     
    
    There was produced to the meeting a Facility Letter dated 19th December
    1996 from Barclays Bank PLC ("the Bank"), Oxford City Office to the
    Company setting out the terms and conditions upon which the Bank is
    prepared to provide a Bond, Guarantees and Indemnities facility of
    300,000 pounds sterling until 31st December 1997.
    
    IT WAS RESOLVED
    
    1.  That the terms and conditions of the Bonds, Guarantees and
    Indemnities facility as set out in the said Facility Letter be and they
    are hereby approved and accepted.
    
    2.  That Roger Henderson be and is hereby authorised to sign on behalf
    of the Company the copy of the said Facility Letter to indicate
    acceptance of the terms and conditions.
    
    3.  That the Bank be and is hereby authorised to act in all matters
    relating to the facility upon instructions from the Company signed in
    accordance with the Bank's mandate for the Company's account with the
    Bank, current from time to time.
    
    I hereby certify the above to be true extract from the Minutes of a
    Meeting of the Board of Directors held on the date shown above.
    
    
    /s/ Roger Henderson              
    FOR AND ON BEHALF OF
    PRO-BEL LIMITED
    

    BARCLAYS BANK PLC
    Oxford Corporate Bank  ing Centre
    P.O. Box 858, Oxford OX1 3YP
                       
    
    PRIVATE AND CONFIDENTIAL
    The Directors                                        Your Ref:
    H/JEF/SH
    Pro-Bel Limited                          Our Ref: 01865 442139 
    Triology Broadcast Limited                      Fax No.: 01865
    442570
    Pro-Bel Software Limited                      
    Xebec Electronic Production Services Ltd.        19th December
    1996
    Danehill, Lower Early
    Reading RG6 4PB
    
    Dear Sirs
    
    FINANCIAL CRITERIA
    
    I thought that it would be helpful to write to indicate the financial
    criteria which the Bank expects Pro-bel Limited (and its subsidiary
    companies) ("the Company") to observe in connection with the facilities
    made available to it by the Bank under our letter dated 19th December
    1996.
    
    These criteria are not intended to create legally binding covenants on
    the Company but to indicate the guidelines within which the Bank
    expects the Company to operate.  The contents of this letter are not
    intended to affect the above facilities and each facility shall remain
    repayable on demand by the Bank at any time, whether or not the Company
    has failed to observe any of the financial criteria.
    
    Financial Criteria
    
    DEBTOR FORMULA
    (BOOK DEBTS):   
    
    The Borrower shall ensure that the total amount of indebtedness (actual
    and contingent) incurred by the Borrower to the Bank shall at all times
    be covered at least one and a half times by the aggregate value of
    unencumbered book debts receivable by the Borrower from debtors (except
    its subsidiaries)    which are not overdue by more than 30 days.  Overseas
    debtors will be covered by an appropriate     N.C.M. Policy.  The Borrower
    shall, within 30 days of the last day of the month under review provide
    to the Bank such information as the Bank may reasonably require to
    enable it to monitor compliance with this formula.  Notwithstanding
    this provision, the facilities offered under this letter shall remain
    repayable on demand by the Bank at any time, whether or not the
    Borrower has complied with the above formula.
    
    PRO-BEL INC.:
    
    During the term of this Facility neither the Borrower nor any of its
    subsidiaries will    provide any further financial accommodation or make
    any investments by way of shares or debentures (secured or unsecured)
    or purchase fixed asset in Pro-bel Inc save for this which have already
    been agreed by the Bank.
    
    EVENT OF DEFAULT:
    
    By its nature the facility is repayable upon demand and the Bank
    retains the right, particularly in the event of a breach of the above
    conditions. I would be grateful if you could please sign and return the
    attached copy of this letter by way of acknowledgement.
    
    Yours faithfully
    
    
    
    /s/ JA Bullen
    JA BULLEN
    SENIOR CORPORATE MANAGER
    
    
    Accepted on the terms and conditions contained herein.
    
    For & on behalf of
    PRO-BEL LIMITED
    
                                                             
    Accepted on the terms and conditions contained herein.
    
    
    For & on behalf of
    XEBEC ELECTRONIC PRODUCTION SERVICES LIMITED
    
                                                             
    Accepted on the terms and conditions contained herein.
    
    For & on behalf of
    TRILOGY BROADCAST LIMITED
    
                                                             
    Accepted on the terms and conditions contained herein.
    
    
    For & on behalf of
    PRO-BEL SOFTWARE LIMITED
    
                                                             
    Accepted on the terms and conditions contained herein.
    
    
    Indemnification Agreement:  Chyron Corporation (New York)
    
    AGREEMENT, effective as of November 19, 1996 between Chyron
    Corporation, a New York corporation (the "Company"), and Roi Agneta
    (the "Indemnitee").
    
    WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company to remain and attract as
    directors and officers the most capable persons available; and
    
    WHEREAS, Indemnitee is a director or officer of the Company; and
    
    WHEREAS, both the Company and Indemnitee recognize the increased
    risk of litigation and other claims being asserted against directors
    and officers of public companies in today's environment; and 
    
    WHEREAS, the By-Laws of the Company provide:  "The Corporation shall
    indemnify any person to the full extent permitted, and in the manner
    provided, by the New York Business Corporation Law ["BCL"], as the
    same now exists or may hereafter be amended" and
    
    WHEREAS, this Agreement satisfies the provision of Section 721 of
    the BCL: and
    
    WHEREAS, in recognition of the fact that the Indemnitee continues to
    serve as a director or officer of the Company in part in reliance on
    the aforesaid By-Laws and Indemnitee's need for substantial
    protection against personal liability in order to enhance
    Indemnitee's continued service to the Company in an effective
    manner, and in part to provide Indemnitee with specific contractual
    assurance that the protection promised by such By-Laws will be
    available to Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any
    amendment to or revocation of such By-Laws or any change in the
    composition of the Company's Board of Directors or any acquisition
    transaction relating to the Company), and due to the potential
    inadequacy of the Company's directors' and officers' liability
    insurance coverage, the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement
    for the indemnification of, and the advancing of expenses to,
    Indemnitee to the fullest extent (whether partial or complete)
    permitted by law and as set forth in this Agreement, and, to the
    extent insurance is maintained, for the continued coverage of
    Indemnitee under the Company's directors' and officers' liability
    insurance policies;
    
    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of Indemnitee
    continuing to service the Company directly or, in its request, with
    another enterprise, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the
    parties hereto agree as follows:
    
    1. Certain Definitions.  
     
    (a) Approved Law Firm: shall mean any law firm (i) located in New
    York City and (ii) rated "av" by Martindale-Hubbel Law Directory.
    
    (b) Board of Directors: shall mean the Board of Directors of the
    Company.
    
    (c) Change in Control: shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any
    "person" (as such term    isused in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the
    Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than any
    stockholder (and/or affiliate of such stockholder) on the date of
    this Agreement or a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities
    under an employee benefit plan of the Company in substantially the
    same portions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or
    becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said
    Act), directly or indirectly of securities of the Company
    representing 15 percent or more of the totaling voting power
    represented by the Company's then outstanding Voting Securities
    (such person being hereinafter referred to as an "Acquiring
    Person"), or (ii) during any 24-    consecutive-month period,
    individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the    
    Board of Directors of  the Company and any new director whose
    election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the
    Company's shareholders was approved by a vote      of at least two-
    thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were
    directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or
    nomination for election was previously so     approved, cease for any
    reason to constitute a majority thereof, or (iii) the shareholders
    of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with
    any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which
    would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding
    immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by
    remaining  outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities
    of the surviving entry) at least 80 percent of the total voting
    power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or      
    such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or
    consolidation, or (iv) the shareholders of the Company approve a
    plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the
    sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all the
    Company's assets.
    
    (d)  Claim: shall mean any threatened, pending or completed action,
    suit or proceeding, or    any inquiry or investigation, whether
    conducted by  the company or any other party, that Indemnitee in
    good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such
    action, suite or     proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
    administrative, investigative or other.
    
    (e)  Expenses: shall include attorneys' fees and all other costs,
    expenses and obligations paid  or incurred in connection with
    investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in
    (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, being a witness in or
    participate in, any Claim relating to any Indemnifiable Event,
    together with interest, computed at the Company's average cost of
    funds for short-term borrowings, accrued from the date of incurrence
    of such expense to the date Indemnitee receives reimbursement
    therefore.
    
    (f) Indemnifiable Event: shall mean any event or occurrence related
    to the fact that     Indemnitee is or was a director, officer,
    employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company, or is or was serving at
    the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee,
    trustee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation of any type or
    kind, domestic or foreign, partnership, joint venture, trust,
    employee benefit plan or other enterprise, or by reason of anything
    done or not     done by Indemnitee in such capacity.  Without limitation
    of any indemnification provided hereunder, an Indemnitee serving (i)
    another corporation, partnership, joint venture or trust of which 10
    percent or more of the voting power or residual economic interest is
    held, directly or indirectly, by the Company, or (ii) any employee
    benefit plan of the Company or an entity referred to in clause (i),
    in any capacity shall be deemed to be doing so at the request of the
    Company.
    
    (g)  Reviewing Party: shall be (i) the Board of Directors acting by
    quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to the particular
    Claim with respect to which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification,
    or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable or, even if obtainable,
    if a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, (A) the Board of
    Directors upon the opinion in writing of independent legal counsel
    that indemnification is proper in the circumstances     because the
    applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 2 of this
    Agreement and in     Section 721 of the BCL has been met by the
    Indemnitee or (B) the shareholders upon a     finding that the
    Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct referred to in
    clause (ii)(A) of this definition.
    
    (h) Voting Securities: shall mean any securities of the Company
    which vote generally in the election of the directors.
    
    2. Basic Indemnification Arrangement.
    If Indemnitee was, is or becomes at any time a party to, or witness
    or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to, or
    witness or other participant in, a Claim by reason of (or arising in
    part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify
    Indemnitee      to the fullest extent permitted by law as soon as
    practicable but in any event no later than 30 days after written
    demand is presented to the Company, against any and all Expenses,
    judgements, fines (including excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee
    with respect to an employee benefit plan), penalties and amounts
    paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other
    charges paid or payable in connection with, or in respect of, such
    Expenses, judgements, fines, penalties or amounts paid in
    settlement) of such Claim.  If so requested by Indemnitee, the
    Company shall advance (within two business days of such request) any
    and all Expenses to Indemnitee (an "Expense Advance"). 
    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary; (i)
    Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this
    Agreement if a judgement or other final adjudication adverse to the
    Indemnitee establishes that Indemnitee's acts were committed in bad
    faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and, in
    either case, were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or
    that Indemnitee personally gained in fact a financial profit or
    other advantage to which Indemnitee was not legally entitled and
    (ii) prior to a Change in Control Indemnitee shall not be entitled
    to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement in connection  
    with any Claim initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or any
    director or officer of the Company unless the Company has jointed in
    or consented to the initiation of such Claim.
    
    3.    Payment.
    Notwithstanding the provision of Section 2, the obligations of the
    Company under Section 2 (which shall in no event be deemed to
    preclude any right to indemnification to which     Indemnitee may be
    entitled under Section 723(a) of the BCL) shall be subject to the
    condition that the Reviewing Party shall have authorized such
    indemnification in the specific case by having determined that
    Indemnitee is permitted to be indemnified under the applicable
    standard of conduct set forth in Section 2 and applicable law.  The
    Company shall promptly call a meeting of the Board of Directors with
    respect to a Claim and agrees to use its best efforts to facilitate
    a prompt determination by the Receiving Party with respect to the
    Claim.  Indemnitee shall be afforded the opportunity to make
    submissions to the Reviewing   Party with respect to the Claim.  The
    obligation of the company to make an Expense Advance pursuant to
    Section 2 shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to
    the extent that the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee would
    not be permitted to be so indemnified under Section 2 and applicable
    law, the Company shall be entitled to be      reimbursed by Indemnitee
    (who hereby agrees and undertakes to the full extent required by  
    paragraph (a) of Section 725 of the BCL to reimburse the Company)
    for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided, however, that if
    Indemnitee has commenced legal proceedings in a court of competent
    jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee should be  
    indemnified under applicable law, any determination made by the
    Reviewing Party that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be
    indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding and Indemnitee
    shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any Expense    
    Advance until a final judicial determination is made with respect
    thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been
    exhausted or lapsed).  If there has been no determination by the
    Reviewing Party or if the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee
    substantively would not be permitted to be indemnified in whole or
    in part under applicable law,  Indemnitee shall have the right to
    commence litigation in any court in the State of New York having
    subject matter jurisdiction thereof and in which venue is proper
    seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any
    such determination by the Reviewing Party     or any aspect thereof, and
    the Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear   in
    any such proceeding.  Any determination by the Reviewing Party
    otherwise shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and
    Indemnitee.
    
    4.    Change in Control.
    If there is a Change in Control of the Company (other than a Change
    in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Board of
    Directors who were directors immediately prior     to such Change in
    Control) then (i) all determinations by the Company pursuant to the
    first sentence of Section 3 hereof and Section 723(b) of the BCL
    shall be made pursuant to subparagraph (1) or (2)(A) of such Section
    723(b) and (ii) with respect to all matters thereafter arising
    concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnity payments and
    Expense Advances under this Agreement or any other agreement or By-
    law of the Company now or hereinafter in effect relating to Claims
    for Indemnifiable Events (including, but not limited    to, any option
    to be rendered pursuant to subparagraph (2)(A) of Section 723(b) of
    the BCL) the Company (including the Board of Directors) shall seek
    legal advice from (and only from) special, independent counsel
    selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which    approval
    shall not be unreasonably withheld), and who has not otherwise
    performed services for the Company (or any subsidiary of the
    Company) or the Acquiring Person (or any affiliate or associate of
    such Acquiring Person) within the last five years (other than in
    connection      with such matters) or indemnitee.  Unless Indemnitee has
    theretofore selected counsel   pursuant to this Section 4 and such
    counsel has been approved by the Company, any Approved Law Firm
    shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements set forth above.  Such
    counsel, among otherthings, shall render its written opinion to the
    Company, the Board of     Directors and Indemnitee as to whether and
    to what extent the Indemnitee would be permitted to be indemnified
    under applicable law.  The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees
    of the special, independent counsel referred to above and to fully
    indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses (including
    attorneys' fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising our of or
    relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.  As
    used in this Section 4, the terms "affiliate" and "associate" shall
    have the respective meanings   ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2
    of the General Rules and Regulations under the     Securities Exchange
    Act of 1934, as amended and in effect on the date of this Agreement.
    
    5. Indemnification for Additional Expenses.
    The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all expenses
    (including attorneys' fees) and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall
    (within two business days of such request) advance such expenses to
    Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with   
    any claim asserted or action brought by Indemnitee for (i)
    indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under
    this Agreement or any other agreement or By-law of the Company now
    or hereafter in effect relating to Claims for Indemnifiable Events
    and/or (ii) recovery under any directors' and officers' liability
    insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether
    Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such
    indemnification, advance expenses payment or insurance recovery, as
    the case may be.
    
    6. Partial Indemnity, Etc.
    If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to
    indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the
    Expenses, judgements, fines, penalties and amounts paid in
    settlement of a Claim but not, however, for all of the total amount
    thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the
    portion thereto to which Indemnitee is entitled.  Moreover,
    notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent
    that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in
    defense of any or all Claims relating in whole or in part to an
    Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue     or matter therein,
    including dismissal without prejudice, Indemnitee shall be
    indemnified, to the extent permitted by law, against all Expenses
    incurred in connection with such Indemnifiable Event.  In connection
    with any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to
    whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the
    burden of  proof shall, to the extent permitted by law, be on the
    Company to establish that Indemnitee is not so entitled.     
    
    7. Presumption.
    For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim,
    action, suite or proceeding,   whether civil or criminal, by
    judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court   
    approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its
    equivalent, shall not create   a presumption that Indemnitee did not
    meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular
    belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not
    permitted by applicable law.
    
    8. Nonexclusivity, Etc.
    The rights of the Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any
    other rights Indemnitee may have under the By-laws of the Company,
    the BCL or otherwise.  To the extent that a change in the BCL
    (whether by statue or judicial decision) permits greater
    indemnification by agreement than would be afforded currently under
    the By-laws of the Company and this Agreement, it is the intent of
    the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement  
    the greater benefits so afforded by such change.
    
    9. Liability Insurance
    To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies
    providing directors' and officers' liability insurance, Indemnitee
    shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its
    or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for
    any director or officer of the Company.
    
    10. Period of Limitations.  No legal action shall be brought and no
    cause of action shall be asserted by or on behalf of the Company or
    any affiliate of the Company against Indemnitee, Indemnitee's
    spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after
    the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause
    of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company or its
    affiliate shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted
    by the timely filing of a legal action within such two-year period;
    provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is
    otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, such shorter
    period shall govern.
    
    11. Amendments, Etc.  No supplement, modification or amendment of
    this Agreement shall be   binding unless executed in writing by both
    of the parties hereto.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this
    Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other
    provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver
    constitute a continuing waiver.
    
    12. Subrogation.  In the event of payment under this Agreement, the
    Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of
    the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who     shall execute all papers
    required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure
    such  rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to
    enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.
    
    13. No Duplication of Payments.  The Company shall not be liable
    under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any
    claim made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise
    actually received payment (under any insurance policy, By-law or
    otherwise) of the amounts otherwise Indemnifiable hereunder.
    
    14. Specific Performance.  The parties recognize that if any
    provision of this Agreement is violated by the Company, Indemnitee
    may be without an adequate remedy at law.  Accordingly, in the event
    of any such violation, the Indemnitee shall be entitled, if  
    Indemnitee so elects, to institute proceedings, either at law or in
    equity, to obtain damages, to enforce specific performance, to
    enjoin such violation, or to obtain any relief or any   
    combination of the foregoing as Indemnitee may elect to pursue.
    
    15. Binding Effect, Etc.  This Agreement shall be binding upon,
    inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the parties hereto
    and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect
    successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or
    substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company),
    assigns, spouses, heirs, and personal and legal representatives. 
    This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether
    Indemnitee      continues to serve as an officer or director of the
    Company or of any other enterprise at the Company's request.
    
    16. Severability.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be
    severable if any of the provisions  hereof (including any provision
    within a single section, paragraph or sentence) are held by a court
    of competent jurisdication to be invalid, void or other wise
    unenforceable, and the    remaining provisions shall remain
    enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.
    
    17. Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by, and be
    construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of
    New York applicable to contracts made and to be    performed in such
    state without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws.
    
    Executed this 19th day of November, 1996.
    
    
    CHYRON CORPORATION
    
    /s/Michael Wellesley-Wesley 
       Michael Wellesley-Wesley
       Chief Executive Officer
    
    
    
     /s/Roi Agneta                  
        Roi Agneta
    
    
    Idemnification Agreement:  Chyron Corporation (New York)
    
    AGREEMENT, effective as of November 19, 1996 between Chyron
    Corporation, a New York corporation (the "Company"), and Sheldon
    Camhy (the "Indemnitee").
    
    WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company to remain and attract as
    directors and officers the most capable persons available; and
    
    WHEREAS, Indemnitee is a director or officer of the Company; and
    
    WHEREAS, both the Company and Indemnitee recognize the increased
    risk of litigation and other claims being asserted against directors
    and officers of public companies in today's environment; and 
    
    WHEREAS, the By-Laws of the Company provide:  "The Corporation shall
    indemnify any person to the full extent permitted, and in the manner
    provided, by the New York Business Corporation Law ["BCL"], as the
    same now exists or may hereafter be amended" and
    
    WHEREAS, this Agreement satisfies the provision of Section 721 of
    the BCL: and
    
    WHEREAS, in recognition of the fact that the Indemnitee continues to
    serve as a director or officer of the Company in part in reliance on
    the aforesaid By-Laws and Indemnitee's need for substantial
    protection against personal liabiity in order to enhance
    Indemnitee's continued service to the Company in an effective
    manner, and in part to provide Indemnitee with specific contractual
    assurance that the protection promised by such By-Laws will be
    available to Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any
    amendment to or revocation of such By-Laws or any change in the
    composition of the Company's Board of Directors or any acquisition
    transaction relating to the Company), and due to the potential
    inadequacy of the Company's directors' and officers' liability
    insurance coverage, the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement
    for the indemnification of, and the advancing of expenses to,
    Indemnitee to the fullest extent (whether partial or complete)
    permitted by law and as set forth in this Agreement, and, to the
    extent insurance is maintained, for the continued coverage of
    Indemnitee under the Company's directors' and officers' liability
    insurance policies;
    
    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of Indemnitee
    continuing to service the Company directly or, in its request, with
    another enterprise, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the
    parties hereto agree as follows:
    
    1. Certain Definitions.  
     
    (a) Approved Law Firm: shall mean any law firm (i) located in New
    York City and (ii) rated "av" by Martindale-Hubbel Law Directory.
    
    (b) Board of Directors: shalll mean the Board of Directors of the
    Company.
    
    (c) Change in Control: shall be deemed to have occured if (i) any
    "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the
    Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than any
    stockholder (and/or affiliate of such stockholder) on the date of
    this Agreement or a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities
    under an employee benefit plan of the Company      in substantially the
    same portions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or
    becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said
    Act), directly or indirectly of securities of the Company
    representing 15 percent or more of the totaling voting power      
    represented by the Company's then outstanding Voting Securities
    (such person being hereinafter referred to as an "Acquiring
    Person"), or (ii) during any 24-consecutive-month period,
    individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board
    of Directors of the Company and any new director whose election by
    the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the Company's
    shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds   (2/3) of
    the directors then still in office who either were directors at the
    beginning of the     period or whose election or nomination for
    election was previously so approved, cease for     any reason to
    constitute a majority thereof, or (iii) the shareholders of the
    Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any
    other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would
    result in the Voting Securities of the Comany outstanding    
    immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by
    remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities
    of the survivng entry) at least 80 percent of the total voting power
    repreented by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving
    entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation,
    or (iv) the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete
    liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or
    disposition by the Company of all or substantially all the Company's
    assets.
    
    (d) Claim: shall mean any threatened, pending or completed action,
    suit or proceeding, or    any inquiry or investigation, whether
    conducted by  the company or any other party, that Indemnitee in
    good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such
    action, suite or     proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
    administrative, investigative or other.
    
    (e) Expenses: shall include attorneys' fees and all other costs,
    expenses and obligations paid or incurred in connection with
    investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in
    (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, being a witness in or
    participate in, any Claimrelating to any Indemnifiable Event,
    together with interest, computed at the Company's average cost of
    funds for short-term borrowings, accrued from the date of incurrence
    of such expense to the date Indemnitee receives reimbursement
    therefore.
    
    (f) Indemnifiable Event: shall mean any event or occurence related
    to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee,
    agent or fiduciary of the Company, or is      or was serving at the
    request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, trustee,
    agent or fiduciary of another corporation of any type or kind,
    domestic or foreign, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee
    benefit plan or other enterprise, or by reason of anything done or
    not   done by Indemnitee in such capacity.  Without limitation of
    any indemnification provided   hereunder, an Indemnitee serving (i)
    another corporation, partnership, joint venture or trust of which 10
    percent or more of the voting power or residual economic interest is
    held, directly or indirectly, by the Company, or (ii) any employee
    benefit plan of the Company or an entity referred to in clause (i),
    in any capacity shall be deemed to be doing so at the request of the
    Company.
    
    (g) Reviewing Party: shall be (i) the Board of Directors acting by
    quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to the particular
    Claim with respect to which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification,
    or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable or, even if obtainable,
    if a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, (A) the Board of
    Directors upon the opinion in writing of independent legal counsel
    that indemnifiction is proper in the circumstances because the
    applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 2 of this
    Agreement and in     Section 721 of the BCL has been met by the
    Indemnitee or (B) the shareholders upon a finding that the Indenitee
    has met the applicable standard of conduct referred to in clause
    (ii)(A) of this definition.
    
    (h)  Voting Securities: shall mean any securities of the Company
    which vote generally in the election of the directors.
    
    2. Basic Indemnification Arrangement.
    If Indemnitee was, is or becomes at any time a party to, or witness
    or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to, or
    witness or other participant in, a Claim by reason of (or arising in
    part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify
    Indemnitee      to the fullest extent permitted by law as soon as
    practicable but in any event no later than 30      days after written
    demand is presented to the Company, against any and all Expenses,
    judgements, fines (including excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee
    with respect to an employee benefit plan), penalties and amounts
    paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other
    charges paid or payable in connection with, or in respect of, such
    Expenses, judgements, fines, penalties or amounts paid in
    settlement) of such Claim.  If so requested by Indemnitee, the
    Company shall advance (within two business days of such request) any
    and all Expenses to Indemnitee (an "Expense Advance"). 
    Notwithhstanding     anything in this Agreement to the contrary; (i)
    Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this
    Agreement if a judgement or other final adjudication adverse to the
    Indemnitee establishes that Indemnitee's acts were comitted in bad
    faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and, in
    either case, were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or
    that Indemnitee personally gained in fact a financial profit or
    other advantage to which Indemniteewas not legally entitled and (ii)
    prior to a Change in Control Indemnitee shall not be entitled to
    indemnification pursuant to this Agreement in connection with any
    Claim initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or any director or
    officer of the Company unless the Company has jointed in or
    consented to the initiation of such Claim.
    
    3.    Payment.
    Notwithstanding the provision of Section 2, the obligations of the
    Company under Section 2 (which shall in no event be deemed to
    preclude any right to indemnification to which     Indemnitee may be
    entitled under Section 723(a) of the BCL) shall be subject to the
    condition that the Reviewing Party shall have authorized such
    indemnification in the specific case by having determined that
    Indemnitee is permitted to be indemnified under the     applicable
    standard of conduct set forth in Section 2 and applicable law.  The
    Company shall promptly call a meeting of the Board of Directors with
    respect to a Claim and agrees to use its best efforts to faciiate a
    prompt determination by the Receiving Party with respect to the   
    Claim.  Indemnitee shall be afforded the opportunity to make
    submissions to the Reviewing   Party with respect to the Claim.  The
    obligation of the company to make an Expense Advance ursuant to
    Section 2 shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to
    the extent      that the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee
    would not be permitted to be so indemnified under Section 2 and
    applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by
    Indemnitee (who hereby agrees and undertakes to the full extent
    required by paragraph (a) of Section 725 of the BCL to reimburse the
    Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided, however,
    that if Indemnitee has commenced legal proceedings in a court of
    competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee
    should be indemnified under applicable law, any determination made
    by the Reviewing Party that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be
    indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding and Indemnitee
    shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any Expense    
    Advance until a final judicial determination is made with respect
    thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been
    exhausted or lapsed).  If there has been no determination    by the
    Reviewing Party or if the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee
    substantively would not be permitted to be indemnified in whole or
    in part under applicable law,  Indemnitee shall have the right to
    commence litigation in any court in the State of New York    having
    subject matter jurisdication thereof and in which venue is proper
    sekking an initial determination by the court or challenging any
    such determination by the Reviewing Party     or any aspect thereof, and
    the Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear in
    any such proceeding.  Any determination by the Reviewing Party
    otherwise shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and
    Indemnitee.
    
    4. Change in Control.
    If there is a Change in Control of the Company (other than a Change
    in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Board of
    Directors who were directors immediately prior     to such Change in
    Control) then (i) all determinations by the Company pursuant to the
    first sentence of Section 3 hereof and Section 723(b) of the BCL
    shall be made pursuant to subparagraph (1) or (2)(A) of such Section
    723(b) and (ii) with respect to all matters thereafter arising
    concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnity payments and
    Expense Advances under this Agreement or any other agreement or By-
    law of the Company now or hereinafter in effect relating to Claims
    for Indemnifiable Events (including, but not limited    to, any option
    to be rendered pursuant to subparagraph (2)(A) of Section 723(b) of
    the BCL) the Company (including the Board of Directors) shall seek
    legal advice from (and only from) special, independent counsel
    selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which    approval
    shall not be unreasonably withheld), and who has not otherwise
    performed services for the Company (or any subsidiary of the
    Company) or the Acquiring Person (or any affiliate or associate of
    such Acquiring Person) within the last five years (other than in
    connection      with such matters) or indemnitee.  Unless Indemnitee has
    theretofore selected counsel   pursuant to this Section 4 and such
    counsel has been aproved by the Company, any Approved Law Firm shall
    be deemed to satisfy the requirements set forth above.  Such
    counsel, among otherthings, shall render its written opinion to the
    Company, the Board of Directors and Indemnitee as to whether and to
    what extent the Indemnitee would be permitted to be indemnified
    under applicable law.  The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees
    of the special, independent coursel referred to above and to fully
    indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses (including
    attorneys' fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising our of or
    relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.  As
    used in this Section 4, the terms "affiliate" and "associate" shall
    have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of
    the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act
    of 1934, as amended and in effect on the date of this Agreement.
    
    5. Indemnification for Additional Expenses.
    The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all expenses
    (including attorneys' fees) and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall
    (within two business days of such request) advance such expenses to
    Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with   
    any claim aserted or action brought by Indemnitee for (i)
    indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under
    this Agreement or any other agreement or By-law of the Company now
    or hereafter in effect relating to Claims for Indemnifiable Events
    and/or (ii) recovery under any directors' and officers' liability
    insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether
    Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such
    indemnification, advance expenses payment or insurance recovery, as
    the case may be.
    
    6.    Partial Indemnity, Etc.
    If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to
    indemnification by the    Company for some or a portion of the
    Expenses, judgements, fines, penalties and amounts paid in
    settlement of a Claim but not, however, for all of the total amount
    thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the
    portion thereto to which Indemnitee is entitled.  Moreover,
    notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent
    that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in
    defense of any or all Claims relating in whole or in part to an
    Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue     or matter therein,
    including dismissal without prejudice, Indemnitee shall be
    indemnified, to the extent permitted by law, against all Expenses
    incurred in connection with such Indemnifiable Event.  In connection
    with any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to
    whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the
    burden of proof shall, to the extent permitted by law, be on the
    Company to establish that Indemnitee is not so entitled.     
    
    7.    Presumption.
    For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim,
    action, suite or proceeding,   whether civil or criminal, by
    judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court   
    approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its
    equivalent, shall not create   a presumption that Indemnitee did not
    meet any particular standard of conduct or have any
    
    particular belief or that a court has determined that
    indemnification is not permitted by applicable law.
    
    8. Nonexclusivity, Etc.
    The rights of the Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any
    other rights Indemnitee may have under the By-laws of the Company,
    the BCL or otherwise.  To the extent that a change in the BCL
    (whether by statue or judicial decision) permits greater
    indemnification by agreement than would be afforded currently under
    the By-laws of the Company and this Agreement, it is the intent of
    the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement  
    the greater benefits so afforded by such change.
    
    9. Liability Insurance
    To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies
    providing directors' and officers' liability insurance, Indemnitee
    shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its
    or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for
    any director or officer of the Company.
    
    10. Period of Limitations.  No legal action shall be brought and no
    cause of action shall be asserted by or on behalf of the Company or
    any affiliate of the Company against Indemnitee, Indemnitee's
    spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after
    the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause
    of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company or its
    affiliate shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted
    by the timely filing of a legal action within such two-year period;
    provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is
    otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, such shorter    
    period shall govern.
    
    11. Amendments, Etc.  No supplement, modification or amendment of
    this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both
    of the parties hereto.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this
    Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other
    provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver
    constitute a continuing waiver.
    
    12. Subrogation.  In the event of payment under this Agreement, the
    Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of
    the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers
    required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure
    such  rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to
    enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.
    
    13. No Duplication of Payments.  The Company shall not be liable
    under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any
    claim made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise
    actually received payment (under any insurance policy,  By-law or
    otherwise) of the amounts otherwise Indemnifiable hereunder.
    
    14. Specific Performance.  The parties recognize that if any
    provision of this Agreement is violated by the Company, Indemnitee
    may be without an adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, in the event
    of any such violation, the Indemnitee shall be entitled, if  
    Indemnitee so elects, to institute proceedings, either at law or in
    equity, to obtain damages, to enforce specific performance, to
    enjoin such violation, or to obtain any relief or any   
    combination of the foregoing as Indemnitee may elect to pursue.
    
    15. Binding Effect, Etc.  This Agreement shall be binding upon,
    inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the parties hereto
    and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect
    successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or
    substantially all    of the business and/or assets of the Company),
    assigns, spouses, heirs, and personal and legal representatives. 
    This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether
    Indemnitee      continues to serve as an officer or director of the
    Company or of any other enterprise at the Company's request.
    
    16. Severability.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be
    severable if any of the provisions  hereof (including any provision
    within a single section, paragraph or sentence) are held by a court
    of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or other wise
    unenforceable, and the    remaining provisions shall remain
    enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.
    
    17. Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by, and be
    construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of
    New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such
    state without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws.
    
    Executed this 19th day of November, 1996.
    
    
    CHYRON CORPORATION
    
    /s/Michael Wellesley-Wesley 
       Michael Wellesley-Wesley
       Chief Executive Officer
    
    
    
    /s/Sheldon Camhy               
       Sheldon Camhy
    
    

    Indemnification Agreement:  Chyron Corporation (New York)
    
    AGREEMENT, effective as of November 19, 1996 between Chyron
    Corporation, a New York corporation (the "Company"), and James
    Coppersmith (the "Indemnitee").
    
    WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company to remain and attract as
    directors and officers the most capable persons available; and
    
    WHEREAS, Indemnitee is a director or officer of the Company; and
    
    WHEREAS, both the Company and Indemnitee recognize the increased
    risk of litigation and other claims being asserted against directors
    and officers of public companies in today's environment; and 
    
    WHEREAS, the By-Laws of the Company provide:  "The Corporation shall
    indemnify any person to the full extent permitted, and in the manner
    provided, by the New York Business Corporation Law ["BCL"], as the
    same now exists or may hereafter be amended" and
    
    WHEREAS, this Agreement satisfies the provision of Section 721 of
    the BCL: and
    
    WHEREAS, in recognition of the fact that the Indemnitee continues to
    serve as a director or officer of the Company in part in reliance on
    the aforesaid By-Laws and Indemnitee's need for substantial
    protection against personal liability in order to enhance
    Indemnitee's continued service to the Company in an effective
    manner, and in part to provide Indemnitee with specific contractual
    assurance that the protection promised by such By-Laws will be
    available to Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any
    amendment to or revocation of such By-Laws or any change in the
    composition of the Company's Board of Directors or any acquisition
    transaction relating to the Company), and due to the potential
    inadequacy of the Company's directors' and officers' liability
    insurance coverage, the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement
    for the indemnification of, and the advancing of expenses to,
    Indemnitee to the fullest extent (whether partial or complete)
    permitted by law and as set forth in this Agreement, and, to the
    extent insurance is maintained, for the continued coverage of
    Indemnitee under the Company's directors' and officers' liability
    insurance policies;
    
    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of Indemnitee
    continuing to service the Company directly or, in its request, with
    another enterprise, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the
    parties hereto agree as follows:
    
    1. Certain Definitions.  
     
    (a) Approved Law Firm: shall mean any law firm (i) located in New
    York City and (ii) rated "av" by Martindale-Hubbel Law Directory.
    
    (b) Board of Directors: shall mean the Board of Directors of the
    Company.
    
    (c) Change in Control: shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any
    "person" (as such term    is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the
    Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than any
    stockholder (and/or affiliate of such stockholder) on the date of
    this Agreement or a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities
    under an employee benefit plan of the Company in substantially the
    same portions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or
    becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said
    Act), directly or indirectly of securities of the Company
    representing 15 percent or more of the totaling voting power
    represented by the Company's then outstanding Voting Securities
    (such person being hereinafter referred to as an "Acquiring
    Person"), or (ii) during any 24-consecutive-month period,
    individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the    
    Board of Directors of the Company and any new director whose
    election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the
    Company's shareholders was approved by a vote      of at least two-
    thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were
    directors at the     beginning of the period or whose election or
    nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any
    reason to constitute a majority thereof, or (iii) the shareholders
    of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with
    any other corporation,    other than a merger or consolidation which
    would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding
    immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by
    remaining  outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities
    of the surviving entry) at least 80 percent of the total voting
    power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or      
    such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or
    consolidation, or (iv) the shareholders of the Company approve a
    plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the
    sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all the
    Company's assets.
    
    (d)  Claim: shall mean any threatened, pending or completed action,
    suit or proceeding, or    any inquiry or investigation, whether
    conducted by the company or any other party, that Indemnitee in good
    faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action,
    suite or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative,
    investigative or other.
    
    (e) Expenses: shall include attorneys' fees and all other costs,
    expenses and obligations paid or incurred in connection with
    investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in
    (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, being a witness in or
    participate in, any Claim relating to any Indemnifiable Event,
    together with interest, computed at the Company's average cost of
    funds for short-term borrowings, accrued from the date of incurrence
    of such expense to the date Indemnitee receives reimbursement
    therefore.
    
    (f) Indemnifiable Event: shall mean any event or occurrence related
    to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee,
    agent or fiduciary of the Company, or is      or was serving at the
    request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, trustee,
    agent or fiduciary of another corporation of any type or kind,
    domestic or foreign, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee
    benefit plan or other enterprise, or by reason of anything done or
    not done by Indemnitee in such capacity.  Without limitation of any
    indemnification provided hereunder, an Indemnitee serving (i)
    another corporation, partnership, joint venture or trust of which 10
    percent or more of the voting power or residual economic interest is
    held, directly or indirectly, by the Company, or (ii) any employee
    benefit plan of the Company or an entity referred to in clause (i),
    in any capacity shall be deemed to be doing so at the   request of the
    Company.
    
    (g)  Reviewing Party: shall be (i) the Board of Directors acting by
    quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to the particular
    Claim with respect to which Indemnitee is     seeking indemnification,
    or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable or, even if obtainable,
    if a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, (A) the Board of
    Directors upon the opinion in writing of independent legal counsel
    that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because the
    applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 2 of this
    Agreement and in     Section 721 of the BCL has been met by the
    Indemnitee or (B) the shareholders upon a finding that the
    Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct referred to in
    clause (ii) (A) of this definition.
    
    (h) Voting Securities: shall mean any securities of the Company
    which vote generally in the election of the directors.
    
    2. Basic Indemnification Arrangement.
    If Indemnitee was, is or becomes at any time a party to, or witness
    or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to, or
    witness or other participant in, a Claim by reason of   (or arising in
    part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify
    Indemnitee      to the fullest extent permitted by law as soon as
    practicable but in any event no later than 30 days after written
    demand is presented to the Company, against any and all Expenses,
    judgements, fines (including excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee
    with respect to an employee benefit plan), penalties and amounts
    paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other
    charges paid or payable in connection with, or in respect of, such
    Expenses, judgements, fines, penalties or amounts paid in
    settlement) of such Claim.  If so   requested by Indemnitee, the
    Company shall advance (within two business days of such request) any
    and all Expenses to Indemnitee (an "Expense Advance"). 
    Notwithstanding      anything in this Agreement to the contrary; (i)
    Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this
    Agreement if a judgement or other final adjudication adverse to the
    Indemnitee establishes that Indemnitee's acts were committed in bad
    faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and, in
    either case, were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or
    that Indemnitee personally gained in fact a financial profit or
    other advantage to which Indemnitee was not legally entitled and
    (ii) prior to a Change in Control Indemnitee shall not be entitled
    to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement in connection  
    with any Claim initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or any
    director or officer of the Company unless the Company has jointed in
    or consented to the initiation of such Claim.
    
    3.  Payment.
    Notwithstanding the provision of Section 2, the obligations of the
    Company under Section 2 (which shall in no event be deemed to
    preclude any right to indemnification to which     Indemnitee may be
    entitled under Section 723(a) of the BCL) shall be subject to the
    condition that the Reviewing Party shall have authorized such
    indemnification in the specific case by having determined that
    Indemnitee is permitted to be indemnified under the     applicable
    standard of conduct set forth in Section 2 and applicable law.  The
    Company shall promptly call a meeting of the Board of Directors with
    respect to a Claim and agrees to use its best efforts to facilitate
    a prompt determination by the Receiving Party with respect to the
    Claim.  Indemnitee shall be afforded the opportunity to make
    submissions to the Reviewing   Party with respect to the Claim.  The
    obligation of the company to make an Expense Advance pursuant to
    Section 2 shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to
    the extent that the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee would
    not be permitted to be    so indemnified under Section 2 and
    applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by
    Indemnitee (who hereby agrees and undertakes to the full extent
    required by paragraph (a) of Section 725 of the BCL to reimburse the
    Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided, however,
    that if Indemnitee has commenced legal proceedings in a court of
    competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee
    should be indemnified under applicable law, any determination made
    by the Reviewing Party that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be
    indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding and Indemnitee
    shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any Expense    
    Advance until a final judicial determination is made with respect
    thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been
    exhausted or lapsed).  If there has been no determination by the
    Reviewing Party or if the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee
    substantively would not be permitted to be indemnified in whole or
    in part under applicable law, Indemnitee shall have the right to
    commence litigation in any court in the State of New York having
    subject matter jurisdiction thereof and in which venue is proper
    seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any
    such determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof, and
    the Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear in
    any such proceeding.  Any determination by the Reviewing Party
    otherwise shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and
    Indemnitee.
    
    4. Change in Control.
    If there is a Change in Control of the Company (other than a Change
    in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Board of
    Directors who were directors immediately prior     to such Change in
    Control) then (i) all determinations by the Company pursuant to the
    first sentence of Section 3 hereof and Section 723(b) of the BCL
    shall be made pursuant to subparagraph (1) or (2)(A) of such Section
    723(b) and (ii) with respect to all matters thereafter arising
    concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnity payments and
    Expense Advances under this Agreement or any other agreement or By-
    law of the Company now or hereinafter in effect relating to Claims
    for Indemnifiable Events (including, but not limited    to, any option
    to be rendered pursuant to subparagraph (2)(A) of Section 723(b) of
    the BCL) the Company (including the Board of Directors) shall seek
    legal advice from (and only from) special, independent counsel
    selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which    approval
    shall not be unreasonably withheld), and who has not otherwise
    performed services for the Company (or any subsidiary of the
    Company) or the Acquiring Person (or any affiliate or associate of
    such Acquiring Person) within the last five years (other than in
    connection      with such matters) or indemnitee.  Unless Indemnitee has
    theretofore selected counsel   pursuant to this Section 4 and such
    counsel has been approved by the Company, any Approved Law Firm
    shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements set forth above.  Such
    counsel, among otherthings, shall render its written opinion to the
    Company, the Board of Directors and Indemnitee as to whether and to
    what extent the Indemnitee would be permitted to be indemnified
    under applicable law.  The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees
    of the special, independent counsel referred to above and to fully
    indemnify  such counsel against any and all expenses (including
    attorneys' fees), claims, liabilities and     damages arising our of or
    relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.  As
    used in this Section 4, the terms "affiliate" and "associate" shall
    have the respective meanings   ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2
    of the General Rules and Regulations under the     Securities Exchange
    Act of 1934, as amended and in effect on the date of this Agreement.
    
    5. Indemnification for Additional Expenses.
    The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all expenses
    (including attorneys' fees) and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall
    (within two business days of such request) advance such expenses to
    Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with   
    any claim asserted or action brought by Indemnitee for (i)
    indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under
    this Agreement or any other agreement or By-law of the Company now
    or hereafter in effect relating to Claims for Indemnifiable Events
    and/or (ii) recovery under any directors' and officers' liability
    insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether
    Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such
    indemnification, advance expenses payment or insurance recovery, as
    the case may be.
    
    6. Partial Indemnity, Etc.
    If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to
    indemnification by the    Company for some or a portion of the
    Expenses, judgements, fines, penalties and amounts paid in
    settlement of a Claim but not, however, for all of the total amount
    thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the
    portion thereto to which Indemnitee is entitled.  Moreover,
    notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent
    that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in
    defense of any or all Claims relating in whole or in part to an
    Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue     or matter therein,
    including dismissal without prejudice, Indemnitee shall be
    indemnified, to the extent permitted by law, against all Expenses
    incurred in connection with such Indemnifiable Event.  In connection
    with any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to
    whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the
    burden of proof shall, to the extent permitted by law, be on the
    Company to establish that Indemnitee is not so entitled.     
    
    7. Presumption.
    For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim,
    action, suite or proceeding,   whether civil or criminal, by
    judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court   
    approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its
    equivalent, shall not create   a presumption that Indemnitee did not
    meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular
    belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not
    permitted by applicable law.
    
    8.  Nonexclusivity, Etc.
    The rights of the Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any
    other rights Indemnitee may have under the By-laws of the Company,
    the BCL or otherwise.  To the extent that a change in the BCL
    (whether by statue or judicial decision) permits greater
    indemnification by agreement than would be afforded currently under
    the By-laws of the Company and this Agreement, it is the intent of
    the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement  
    the greater benefits so afforded by such change.
    
    9. Liability Insurance
    To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies
    providing directors' and officers' liability insurance, Indemnitee
    shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its
    or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for
    any director or officer of the Company.
    
    10. Period of Limitations.  No legal action shall be brought and no
    cause of action shall be asserted by or on behalf of the Company or
    any affiliate of the Company against Indemnitee, Indemnitee's
    spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after
    the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause
    of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company or its
    affiliate shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted
    by the timely filing of a legal action within such two-year period;
    provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is
    otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, such shorter
    period shall govern.
    
    11. Amendments, Etc.  No supplement, modification or amendment of
    this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both
    of the parties hereto.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this
    Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other
    provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver
    constitute a continuing waiver.
    
    12.   Subrogation.  In the event of payment under this Agreement,
    the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all
    of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all
    papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to
    secure such rights, including the execution of such documents
    necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce
    such rights.
    
    13.   No Duplication of Payments.  The Company shall not be liable
    under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any
    claim made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise
    actually received payment (under any insurance policy, By-law or
    otherwise) of the amounts otherwise Indemnifiable hereunder.
    
    14.   Specific Performance.  The parties recognize that if any
    provision of this Agreement is violated by the Company, Indemnitee
    may be without an adequate remedy at law.  Accordingly, in the event
    of any such violation, the Indemnitee shall be entitled, if  
    Indemnitee so elects, to institute proceedings, either at law or in
    equity, to obtain damages, to enforce specific performance, to
    enjoin such violation, or to obtain any relief or any   
    combination of the foregoing as Indemnitee may elect to pursue.
    
    15.   Binding Effect, Etc.  This Agreement shall be binding upon,
    inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the parties hereto
    and their respective successors (including any direct or     indirect
    successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or
    substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company),
    assigns, spouses, heirs, and personal and legal representatives. 
    This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether
    Indemnitee      continues to serve as an officer or director of the
    Company or of any other enterprise at the Company's request.
    
    16.   Severability.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be
    severable if any of the provisions  hereof (including any provision
    within a single section, paragraph or sentence) are held by a court
    of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or other wise
    unenforceable, and the    remaining provisions shall remain
    enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.
    
    17.   Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by, and be
    construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of
    New York applicable to contracts made and to be    performed in such
    state without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws.
    
    Executed this 19th day of November, 1996.
    
    
    CHYRON CORPORATION
    
    /s/Michael Wellesley-Wesley 
       Michael Wellesley-Wesley
       Chief Executive Officer
    
    
    
    /s/James Coppersmith        
       James Coppersmith
    
    

    Indemnification Agreement:  Chyron Corporation (New York)
    
    AGREEMENT, effective as of November 19, 1996 between Chyron
    Corporation, a New York corporation (the "Company"), and Daniel
    DeWolf (the "Indemnitee").
    
    WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company to remain and attract as
    directors and officers the most capable persons available; and
    
    WHEREAS, Indemnitee is a director or officer of the Company; and
    
    WHEREAS, both the Company and Indemnitee recognize the increased
    risk of litigation and other claims being asserted against directors
    and officers of public companies in today's environment; and 
    
    WHEREAS, the By-Laws of the Company provide:  "The Corporation shall
    indemnify any person to the full extent permitted, and in the manner
    provided, by the New York Business Corporation Law ["BCL"], as the
    same now exists or may hereafter be amended" and
    
    WHEREAS, this Agreement satisfies the provision of Section 721 of
    the BCL: and
    
    WHEREAS, in recognition of the fact that the Indemnitee continues to
    serve as a director or officer of the Company in part in reliance on
    the aforesaid By-Laws and Indemnitee's need for substantial
    protection against personal liability in order to enhance
    Indemnitee's continued service to the Company in an effective
    manner, and in part to provide Indemnitee with specific contractual
    assurance that the protection promised by such By-Laws will be
    available to Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any
    amendment to or revocation of such By-Laws or any change in the
    composition of the Company's Board of Directors or any acquisition
    transaction relating to the Company), and due to the potential
    inadequacy of the Company's directors' and officers' liability
    insurance coverage, the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement
    for the indemnification of, and the advancing of expenses to,
    Indemnitee to the fullest extent (whether partial or complete)
    permitted by law and as set forth in this Agreement, and, to the
    extent insurance is maintained, for the continued coverage of
    Indemnitee under the Company's directors' and officers' liability
    insurance policies;
    
    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of Indemnitee
    continuing to service the Company directly or, in its request, with
    another enterprise, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the
    parties hereto agree as follows:
    
    1.    Certain Definitions.  
     
    (a) Approved Law Firm: shall mean any law firm (i) located in New
    York City and (ii)
     rated "av" by Martindale-Hubbel Law Directory.
    
    (b)  Board of Directors: shall mean the Board of Directors of the
    Company.
    
    (c)  Change in Control: shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any
    "person" (as such term    is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the
    Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than any
    stockholder (and/or affiliate of such stockholder) on the date of
    this  Agreement or a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities
    under an employee benefit plan of the Company in substantially the
    same portions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or
    becomes  the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said
    Act), directly or indirectly of securities of the Company
    representing 15 percent or more of the totaling voting power 
    represented by the Company's then outstanding Voting Securities   
    (such person being hereinafter referred to as an "Acquiring
    Person"), or (ii) during any 24-consecutive-month period,
    individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the    
    Board of Directors of     the Company and any new director whose
    election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the
    Company's shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds
    (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were
    directors at the     beginning of the period or whose election or
    nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any
    reason to constitute a majority thereof, or (iii) the shareholders
    of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with
    any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which
    would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding
    immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by
    remaining  outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities
    of the surviving entry) at least 80 percent of the total voting
    power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or      
    such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or
    consolidation, or (iv) the shareholders of the Company approve a
    plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the
    sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all the
    Company's assets.
    
    (d)  Claim: shall mean any threatened, pending or completed action,
    suit or proceeding, or    any inquiry or investigation, whether
    conducted by  the company or any other party, that Indemnitee in
    good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such
    action, suite or     proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
    administrative, investigative or other.
    
    (e)  Expenses: shall include attorneys' fees and all other costs,
    expenses and obligations paid or incurred in connection with
    investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in
    (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, being a witness in or
    participate in, any Claim relating to any Indemnifiable Event,
    together with interest, computed at the Company's average cost of
    funds for short-term borrowings, accrued from the date of incurrence
    of such expense to the date Indemnitee receives reimbursement
    therefore.
    
    (f) Indemnifiable Event: shall mean any event or occurrence related
    to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee,
    agent or fiduciary of the Company, or is      or was serving at the
    request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, trustee,
    agent or fiduciary of another corporation of any type or kind,
    domestic or foreign, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee
    benefit plan or other enterprise, or by reason of anything done or
    not done by Indemnitee in such capacity.  Without limitation of any
    indemnification provided hereunder, an Indemnitee serving (i)
    another corporation, partnership, joint venture or trust of which 10
    percent or more of the voting power or residual economic interest is
    held, directly or indirectly, by the Company, or (ii) any employee
    benefit plan of the Company or an entity referred to in clause (i),
    in any capacity shall be deemed to be doing so at the request of the
    Company.
    
    (g)  Reviewing Party: shall be (i) the Board of Directors acting by
    quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to the particular
    Claim with respect to which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification,
    or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable or, even if obtainable,
    if a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, (A) the Board of
    Directors upon the opinion in writing of independent legal counsel
    that indemnification is proper in the circumstances     because the
    applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 2 of this
    Agreement and in     Section 721 of the BCL has been met by the
    Indemnitee or (B) the shareholders upon a     finding that the
    Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct referred to in
    clause (ii)     (A) of this definition.
    
    (h)  Voting Securities: shall mean any securities of the Company
    which vote generally in the election of the directors.
    
    2.    Basic Indemnification Arrangement.
    If Indemnitee was, is or becomes at any time a party to, or witness
    or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to, or
    witness or other participant in, a Claim by reason of (or arising in
    part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify
    Indemnitee      to the fullest extent permitted by law as soon as
    practicable but in any event no later than 30 days after written
    demand is presented to the Company, against any and all Expenses,
    judgements, fines (including excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee
    with respect to an employee benefit plan), penalties and amounts
    paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other
    charges paid or payable in connection with, or in respect of, such
    Expenses, judgements, fines, penalties or amounts paid in
    settlement) of such Claim.  If so requested by Indemnitee, the
    Company shall advance (within two business days of such      request)
    any and all Expenses to Indemnitee (an "Expense Advance"). 
    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary; (i)
    Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this
    Agreement if a judgement or other final adjudication adverse      to
    the Indemnitee establishes that Indemnitee's acts were committed in
    bad faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty
    and, in either case, were material to the cause of action so
    adjudicated, or that Indemnitee personally gained in fact a
    financial profit or other advantage to which Indemnitee was not
    legally entitled and (ii) prior to a Change in Control  
    Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this
    Agreement in connection   with any Claim initiated by Indemnitee
    against the Company or any director or officer of the Company unless
    the Company has jointed in or consented to the initiation of such
    Claim.
    
    3.    Payment.
    Notwithstanding the provision of Section 2, the obligations of the
    Company under Section 2 (which shall in no event be deemed to
    preclude any right to indemnification to which     Indemnitee may be
    entitled under Section 723(a) of the BCL) shall be subject to the
    condition that the Reviewing Party shall have authorized such
    indemnification in the specific case by having determined that
    Indemnitee is permitted to be indemnified under the     applicable
    standard of conduct set forth in Section 2 and applicable law.  The
    Company shall promptly call a meeting of the Board of Directors with
    respect to a Claim and agrees to use its best efforts to facilitate
    a prompt determination by the Receiving Party with respect to the
    Claim.  Indemnitee shall be afforded the opportunity to make
    submissions to the Reviewing   Party with respect to the Claim.  The
    obligation of the company to make an Expense Advance pursuant to
    Section 2 shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to
    the extent that the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee would
    not be permitted to be    so indemnified under Section 2 and
    applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be     reimbursed by
    Indemnitee (who hereby agrees and undertakes to the full extent
    required by     paragraph (a) of Section 725 of the BCL to reimburse the
    Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided, however,
    that if Indemnitee has commenced legal proceedings in a court of
    competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee
    should be indemnified under applicable law, any determination made
    by the Reviewing Party that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be
    indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding and Indemnitee
    shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any Expense    
    Advance until a final judicial determination is made with respect
    thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been
    exhausted or lapsed).  If there has been no determination    by the
    Reviewing Party or if the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee
    substantively would not be permitted to be indemnified in whole or
    in part under applicable law, Indemnitee shall have the right to
    commence litigation in any court in the State of New York    having
    subject matter jurisdiction thereof and in which venue is proper
    seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any
    such determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof, and
    the Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear   in
    any such proceeding.  Any determination by the Reviewing Party
    otherwise shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and
    Indemnitee.
    
    4.    Change in Control.
    If there is a Change in Control of the Company (other than a Change
    in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Board of
    Directors who were directors immediately prior     to such Change in
    Control) then (i) all determinations by the Company pursuant to the
    first sentence of Section 3 hereof and Section 723(b) of the BCL
    shall be made pursuant to subparagraph (1) or (2)(A) of such Section
    723(b) and (ii) with respect to all matters thereafter arising
    concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnity payments and
    Expense Advances under this Agreement or any other agreement or By-
    law of the Company now or hereinafter in effect relating to Claims
    for Indemnifiable Events (including, but not limited    to, any option
    to be rendered pursuant to subparagraph (2)(A) of Section 723(b) of
    the BCL) the Company (including the Board of Directors) shall seek
    legal advice from (and only from) special, independent counsel
    selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which    approval
    shall not be unreasonably withheld), and who has not otherwise
    performed services for the Company (or any subsidiary of the
    Company) or the Acquiring Person (or any affiliate or associate of
    such Acquiring Person) within the last five years (other than in
    connection      with such matters) or indemnitee.  Unless Indemnitee has
    theretofore selected counsel   pursuant to this Section 4 and such
    counsel has been approved by the Company, any Approved Law Firm
    shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements set forth above.  Such
    counsel, among otherthings, shall render its written opinion to the
    Company, the Board of     Directors and Indemnitee as to whether and
    to what extent the Indemnitee would be permitted to be indemnified
    under applicable law.  The Company agrees to pay the    reasonable
    fees of the     special, independent counsel referred to above and to
    fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses (including
    attorneys' fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising our of or
    relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.  As
    used in this Section 4, the terms "affiliate" and "associate" shall
    have the respective meanings   ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2
    of the General Rules and Regulations under the     Securities Exchange
    Act of 1934, as amended and in effect on the date of this Agreement.
    
    5.    Indemnification for Additional Expenses.
    The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all expenses
    (including attorneys' fees) and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall
    (within two business days of such request) advance such expenses to
    Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with   
    any claim asserted or action brought by Indemnitee for (i)
    indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under
    this Agreement or any other agreement or By-law of the Company now
    or hereafter in effect relating to Claims for Indemnifiable Events
    and/or (ii) recovery under any directors' and officers' liability
    insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether
    Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such
    indemnification, advance expenses payment or insurance recovery, as
    the case may be.
    
    6.    Partial Indemnity, Etc.
    If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to
    indemnification by the    Company for some or a portion of the
    Expenses, judgements, fines, penalties and amounts paid in
    settlement of a Claim but not, however, for all of the total amount
    thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the
    portion thereto to which Indemnitee is entitled.  Moreover,
    notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent
    that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in
    defense of any  or all Claims relating in whole or in part to an
    Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue     or matter therein,
    including dismissal without prejudice, Indemnitee shall be
    indemnified, to the extent permitted by law, against all Expenses
    incurred in connection with suchIndemnifiable Event.  In connection
    with any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to
    whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the
    burden of proof shall, to the extent permitted by law, be on the
    Company to establish that Indemnitee is not so entitled.     
    
    7.    Presumption.
    For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim,
    action, suite or proceeding,   whether civil or criminal, by
    judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court   
    approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its
    equivalent, shall not create   a presumption that Indemnitee did not
    meet any particular standard of conduct or have any     particular
    belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not
    permitted by applicable law.
    
    8.    Nonexclusivity, Etc.
    The rights of the Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any
    other rights Indemnitee may have under the By-laws of the Company,
    the BCL or otherwise.  To the extent that a change in the BCL
    (whether by statue or judicial decision) permits greater
    indemnification by agreement than would be afforded currently under
    the By-laws of the Company and this Agreement, it is the intent of
    the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement  
    the greater benefits so afforded by such change.
    
    9.    Liability Insurance
    To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies
    providing directors' and officers' liability insurance, Indemnitee
    shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its
    or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for
    any director or officer of the Company.
    
    10.   Period of Limitations.  No legal action shall be brought and
    no cause of action shall be asserted by or on behalf of the Company
    or any affiliate of the Company against Indemnitee, Indemnitee's
    spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after
    the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause
    of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company or its
    affiliate shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted
    by the timely filing of a legal action within such two-year period;
    provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is
    otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, such shorter    
    period shall govern.
    
    11.   Amendments, Etc.  No supplement, modification or amendment of
    this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both
    of the parties hereto.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this
    Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other
    provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver
    constitute a continuing waiver.
    
    12.   Subrogation.  In the event of payment under this Agreement,
    the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all
    of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all
    papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to
    secure such rights, including the execution of such documents
    necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce
    such rights.
    
    13.   No Duplication of Payments.  The Company shall not be liable
    under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any
    claim made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise
    actually received payment (under any insurance policy, By-law or
    otherwise) of the amounts otherwise Indemnifiable hereunder.
    
    
    14.   Specific Performance.  The parties recognize that if any
    provision of this Agreement is violated by the Company, Indemnitee
    may be without an adequate remedy at law.  Accordingly, in the event
    of any such violation, the Indemnitee shall be entitled, if  
    Indemnitee so elects, to institute proceedings, either at law or in
    equity, to obtain damages, to enforce specific performance, to
    enjoin such violation, or to obtain any relief or any   
    combination of the foregoing as Indemnitee may elect to pursue.
    
    15.   Binding Effect, Etc.  This Agreement shall be binding upon,
    inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the parties hereto
    and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect
    successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or
    substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company),
    assigns, spouses, heirs, and personal and legal representatives. 
    This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether
    Indemnitee      continues to serve as an officer or director of the
    Company or of any other enterprise at the Company's request.
    
    16.   Severability.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be
    severable if any of the provisions  hereof (including any provision
    within a single section, paragraph or sentence) are held by  a
    court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or other wise
    unenforceable, and the    remaining provisions shall remain
    enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.
    
    17.   Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by, and be
    construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of
    New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such
    state without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws.
    
    Executed this 19th day of November, 1996.
    
    
    CHYRON CORPORATION
    
    /s/Michael Wellesley-Wesley 
       Michael Wellesley-Wesley
       Chief Executive Officer
    
    
    
    /s/Daniel DeWolf               
       Daniel DeWolf    
    
    
    Indemnification Agreement:  Chyron Corporation (New York)
    
    AGREEMENT, effective as of November 19, 1996 between Chyron
    Corporation, a New York corporation (the "Company"), and Charles M.
    Diker (the "Indemnitee").
    
    WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company to remain and attract as
    directors and officers the most capable persons available; and
    
    WHEREAS, Indemnitee is a director or officer of the Company; and
    
    WHEREAS, both the Company and Indemnitee recognize the increased
    risk of litigation and other claims being asserted against directors
    and officers of public companies in today's environment; and 
    
    WHEREAS, the By-Laws of the Company provide:  "The Corporation shall
    indemnify any person to the full extent permitted, and in the manner
    provided, by the New York Business Corporation Law ["BCL"], as the
    same now exists or may hereafter be amended" and
    
    WHEREAS, this Agreement satisfies the provision of Section 721 of
    the BCL: and
    
    WHEREAS, in recognition of the fact that the Indemnitee continues to
    serve as a director or officer of the Company in part in reliance on
    the aforesaid By-Laws and Indemnitee's need for substantial
    protection against personal liability in order to enhance
    Indemnitee's continued service to the Company in an effective
    manner, and in part to provide Indemnitee with specific contractual
    assurance that the protection promised by such By-Laws will be
    available to Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any
    amendment to or revocation of such By-Laws or any change in the
    composition of the Company's Board of Directors or any acquisition
    transaction relating to the Company), and due to the potential
    inadequacy of the Company's directors' and officers' liability
    insurance coverage, the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement
    for the indemnification of, and the advancing of expenses to,
    Indemnitee to the fullest extent (whether partial or complete)
    permitted by law and as set forth in this Agreement, and, to the
    extent insurance is maintained, for the continued coverage of
    Indemnitee under the Company's directors' and officers' liability
    insurance policies;
    
    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of Indemnitee
    continuing to service the Company directly or, in its request, with
    another enterprise, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the
    parties hereto agree as follows:
    
    1.    Certain Definitions.  
     
    (a) Approved Law Firm: shall mean any law firm (i) located in New
    York City and (ii) rated "av" by Martindale-Hubbel Law Directory.
    
    (b)  Board of Directors: shall mean the Board of Directors of the
    Company.
    
    (c)  Change in Control: shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any
    "person" (as such term    is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the
    Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended),      other than any
    stockholder (and/or affiliate of such stockholder) on the date of
    this  Agreement or a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities
    under an employee benefit plan of the Company in substantially the
    same portions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or
    becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said
    Act), directly or indirectly of securities of the Company
    representing 15 percent or more of the totaling voting power
    represented by the Company's then outstanding Voting Securities
    (such, person being hereinafter referred to as an "Acquiring
    Person"), or (ii) during any 24-consecutive-month period,
    individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the    
    Board of Directors of the Company and any new director whose
    election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the
    Company's shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds
    (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were
    directors at the     beginning of the period or whose election or
    nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any
    reason to constitute a majority thereof, or (iii) the shareholders
    of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with
    any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which
    would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding
    immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by
    remaining  outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities
    of the surviving entry) at least 80 percent of the total voting
    power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or      
    such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or
    consolidation, or (iv) the shareholders of the Company approve a
    plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the
    sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all the
    Company's assets.
    
    (d)  Claim: shall mean any threatened, pending or completed action,
    suit or proceeding, or any inquiry or investigation, whether
    conducted by the company or any other party, that Indemnitee in good
    faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action,
    suite or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative,
    investigative or other.
    
    (e)  Expenses: shall include attorneys' fees and all other costs,
    expenses and obligations paid or incurred in connection with
    investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in
    (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, being a witness in or
    participate in, any Claim relating to any Indemnifiable Event,
    together with interest, computed at the Company's average cost of
    funds for short-term borrowings, accrued from the date of incurrence
    of such expense to the date Indemnitee receives reimbursement
    therefore.
    
    (f) Indemnifiable Event: shall mean any event or occurrence related
    to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee,
    agent or fiduciary of the Company, or is      or was serving at the
    request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, trustee,
    agent or fiduciary of another corporation of any type or kind,
    domestic or foreign, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee
    benefit plan or other enterprise, or by reason of anything done or
    not done by Indemnitee in such capacity.  Without limitation of any
    indemnification provided hereunder, an Indemnitee serving (i)
    another corporation, partnership, joint venture or trust of which 10
    percent or more of the voting power or residual economic interest is
    held, directly or indirectly, by the Company, or (ii) any employee
    benefit plan of the Company or an entity referred to in clause (i),
    in any capacity shall be deemed to be doing so at the request of the
    Company.
    
    (g)  Reviewing Party: shall be (i) the Board of Directors acting by
    quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to the particular
    Claim with respect to which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification,
    or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable or, even if obtainable,
    if a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, (A) the Board of
    Directors upon the opinion in writing of independent legal counsel
    that indemnification is proper in the circumstances     because the
    applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 2 of this
    Agreement and in     Section 721 of the BCL has been met by the
    Indemnitee or (B) the shareholders upon a     finding that the
    Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct referred to in
    clause (ii)     (A) of this definition.
    
    (h)  Voting Securities: shall mean any securities of the Company
    which vote generally in the election of the directors.
    
    2.    Basic Indemnification Arrangement.
    If Indemnitee was, is or becomes at any time a party to, or witness
    or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to, or
    witness or other participant in, a Claim by reason of (or arising in
    part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify
    Indemnitee      to the fullest extent permitted by law as soon as
    practicable but in any event no later than 30 days after written
    demand is presented to the Company, against any and all Expenses,
    judgements, fines (including excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee
    with respect to an employee benefit plan), penalties and amounts
    paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other
    charges paid or payable in connection with, or in respect of, such
    Expenses, judgements, fines, penalties or amounts paid in
    settlement) of such Claim.  If so requested by Indemnitee, the
    Company shall advance (within two business days of such request) any
    and all Expenses to Indemnitee (an "Expense Advance"). 
    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary; (i)
    Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this
    Agreement if a judgement or other final adjudication adverse to the
    Indemnitee establishes that Indemnitee's acts were committed in bad
    faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and, in
    either case, were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or
    that Indemnitee personally gained in fact a financial profit or
    other advantage to which Indemnitee was not legally entitled and
    (ii) prior to a Change in Control Indemnitee shall not be entitled
    to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement in connection  
    with any Claim initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or any
    director or officer of the Company unless the Company has jointed in
    or consented to the initiation of such Claim.
    
    3.    Payment.
    Notwithstanding the provision of Section 2, the obligations of the
    Company under Section 2 (which shall in no event be deemed to
    preclude any right to indemnification to which     Indemnitee may be
    entitled under Section 723(a) of the BCL) shall be subject to the
    condition that the Reviewing Party shall have authorized such
    indemnification in the specific case by having determined that
    Indemnitee is permitted to be indemnified under the     applicable
    standard of conduct set forth in Section 2 and applicable law.  The
    Company shall promptly call a meeting of the Board of Directors with
    respect to a Claim and agrees to use its best efforts to facilitate
    a prompt determination by the Receiving Party with respect to the
    Claim.  Indemnitee shall be afforded the opportunity to make
    submissions to the Reviewing   Party with respect to the Claim.  The
    obligation of the company to make an Expense Advance pursuant to
    Section 2 shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to
    the extent that the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee would
    not be permitted to be    so indemnified under Section 2 and
    applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by
    Indemnitee (who hereby agrees and undertakes to the full extent
    required by paragraph (a) of Section 725 of the BCL to reimburse the
    Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided, however,
    that if Indemnitee has commenced legal proceedings in a court of
    competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee
    should be indemnified under applicable law, any determination made
    by the Reviewing Party that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be
    indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding and Indemnitee
    shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any Expense    
    Advance until a final judicial determination is made with respect
    thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been
    exhausted or lapsed).  If there has been no determination    by the
    Reviewing Party or if the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee
    substantively would not be permitted to be indemnified in whole or
    in part under applicable law, Indemnitee shall have the right to
    commence litigation in any court in the State of New York having
    subject matter jurisdiction thereof and in which venue is proper
    seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any
    such determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof, and
    the Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear in
    any such proceeding.  Any determination by the Reviewing Party
    otherwise shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and
    Indemnitee.
    
    4.    Change in Control.
    If there is a Change in Control of the Company (other than a Change
    in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Board of
    Directors who were directors immediately prior     to such Change in
    Control) then (i) all determinations by the Company pursuant to the
    first sentence of Section 3 hereof and Section 723(b) of the BCL
    shall be made pursuant to subparagraph (1) or (2)(A) of such Section
    723(b) and (ii) with respect to all matters thereafter arising
    concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnity payments and
    Expense Advances under this Agreement or any other agreement or By-
    law of the Company now or hereinafter in effect relating to Claims
    for Indemnifiable Events (including, but not limited    to, any option
    to be rendered pursuant to subparagraph (2)(A) of Section 723(b) of
    the BCL) the Company (including the Board of Directors) shall seek
    legal advice from (and only from) special, independent counsel
    selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval
    shall not be unreasonably withheld), and who has not otherwise
    performed services for the Company (or any subsidiary of the
    Company) or the Acquiring Person (or any affiliate or associate of
    such Acquiring Person) within the last five years (other than in
    connection with such matters) or indemnitee.  Unless Indemnitee has
    theretofore selected counsel   pursuant to this Section 4 and such
    counsel has been approved by the Company, any Approved Law Firm
    shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements set forth above.  Such
    counsel, among otherthings, shall render its written opinion to the
    Company, the Board of Directors and Indemnitee as to whether and to
    what extent the Indemnitee would be permitted to be indemnified
    under applicable law.  The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees
    of the special, independent counsel referred to above and to fully
    indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses (including
    attorneys' fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising our of or
    relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.  As
    used in this Section 4, the terms "affiliate" and "associate" shall
    have the respective meanings   ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2
    of the General Rules and Regulations under the     Securities Exchange
    Act of 1934, as amended and in effect on the date of this Agreement.
    
    5.    Indemnification for Additional Expenses.
    The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all expenses
    (including attorneys' fees) and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall
    (within two business days of such request) advance such expenses to
    Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with   
    any claim asserted or action brought by Indemnitee for (i)
    indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under
    this Agreement or any other agreement or By-law of the Company now
    or hereafter in effect relating to Claims for Indemnifiable Events
    and/or (ii) recovery under any directors' and officers' liability
    insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether
    Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such
    indemnification, advance expenses payment or insurance recovery, as
    the case may be.
    
    6.    Partial Indemnity, Etc.
    If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to
    indemnification by the    Company for some or a portion of the
    Expenses, judgements, fines, penalties and amounts paid in
    settlement of a Claim but not, however, for all of the total amount
    thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the
    portion thereto to which Indemnitee is entitled.  Moreover,
    notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent
    that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in
    defense of any or all Claims relating in whole or in part to an
    Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue     or matter therein,
    including dismissal without prejudice, Indemnitee shall be
    indemnified, to the extent permitted by law, against all Expenses
    incurred in connection with such Indemnifiable Event.  In connection
    with any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to
    whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the
    burden of proof shall, to the extent permitted by law, be on the
    Company to establish that Indemnitee is not so entitled.     
    
    7.    Presumption.
    For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim,
    action, suite or proceeding, whether civil or criminal, by judgment,
    order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or
    conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent,
    shall not create     a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any
    particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that
    a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by
    applicable law.
    
    8.    Nonexclusivity, Etc.
    The rights of the Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any
    other rights Indemnitee may have under the By-laws of the Company,
    the BCL or otherwise.  To the extent that a change in the BCL
    (whether by statue or judicial decision) permits greater
    indemnification by agreement than would be afforded currently under
    the By-laws of the Company and this Agreement, it is the intent of
    the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement  
    the greater benefits so afforded by such change.
    
    9.    Liability Insurance
    To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies
    providing directors' and officers' liability insurance, Indemnitee
    shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its
    or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for
    any director or officer of the Company.
    
    10.   Period of Limitations.  No legal action shall be brought and
    no cause of action shall be asserted by or on behalf of the Company
    or any affiliate of the Company against Indemnitee,     Indemnitee's
    spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after
    the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause
    of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company or its
    affiliate shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted
    by the timely filing of a legal action within such two-year period;
    provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is
    otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, such shorter    
    period shall govern.
    
    11.   Amendments, Etc.  No supplement, modification or amendment of
    this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both
    of the parties hereto.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this
    Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other
    provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver
    constitute a continuing waiver.
    
    12.   Subrogation.  In the event of payment under this Agreement,
    the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all
    of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all
    papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to
    secure such rights, including the execution of such documents
    necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce
    such rights.
    
    13.   No Duplication of Payments.  The Company shall not be liable
    under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any
    claim made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise
    actually received payment (under any insurance policy, By-law or
    otherwise) of the amounts otherwise Indemnifiable hereunder.
    
    14.   Specific Performance.  The parties recognize that if any
    provision of this Agreement is violated by the Company, Indemnitee
    may be without an adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, in the event
    of any such violation, the Indemnitee shall be entitled, if
    Indemnitee so elects, to institute proceedings, either at law or in
    equity, to obtain damages, to enforce specific performance, to
    enjoin such violation, or to obtain any relief or any   
    combination of the foregoing as Indemnitee may elect to pursue.
    
    15.   Binding Effect, Etc.  This Agreement shall be binding upon,
    inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the parties hereto
    and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect
    successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or
    substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company),
    assigns, spouses, heirs, and personal and legal representatives. 
    This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether
    Indemnitee continues to serve as an officer or director of the
    Company or of any other enterprise at the Company's request.
    
    16.   Severability.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be
    severable if any of the provisions  hereof (including any provision
    within a single section, paragraph or sentence) are held by a court
    of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or other wise
    unenforceable, and the    remaining provisions shall remain
    enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.
    
    17.   Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by, and be
    construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of
    New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such
    state without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws.
    
    Executed this 19th day of November, 1996.
    
    
    CHYRON CORPORATION
    
    
    /s/Michael Wellesley-Wesley 
       Michael Wellesley-Wesley
       Chief Executive Officer
    
    
    
    /s/Charles M. Diker           
       Charles M. Diker 
    
    
    Indemnification Agreement:  Chyron Corporation (New York)
    
    AGREEMENT, effective as of November 19, 1996 between Chyron
    Corporation, a New York corporation (the "Company"), and Donald P.
    Greenberg (the "Indemnitee").
    
    WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company to remain and attract as
    directors and officers the most capable persons available; and
    
    WHEREAS, Indemnitee is a director or officer of the Company; and
    
    WHEREAS, both the Company and Indemnitee recognize the increased
    risk of litigation and other claims being asserted against directors
    and officers of public companies in today's environment; and 
    
    WHEREAS, the By-Laws of the Company provide:  "The Corporation shall
    indemnify any person to the full extent permitted, and in the manner
    provided, by the New York Business Corporation Law ["BCL"], as the
    same now exists or may hereafter be amended" and
    
    WHEREAS, this Agreement satisfies the provision of Section 721 of
    the BCL: and
    
    WHEREAS, in recognition of the fact that the Indemnitee continues to
    serve as a director or officer of the Company in part in reliance on
    the aforesaid By-Laws and Indemnitee's need for substantial
    protection against personal liability in order to enhance
    Indemnitee's continued service to the Company in an effective
    manner, and in part to provide Indemnitee with specific contractual
    assurance that the protection promised by such By-Laws will be
    available to Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any
    amendment to or revocation of such By-Laws or any change in the
    composition of the Company's Board of Directors or any acquisition
    transaction relating to the Company), and due to the potential
    inadequacy of the Company's directors' and officers' liability
    insurance coverage, the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement
    for the indemnification of, and the advancing of expenses to,
    Indemnitee to the fullest extent (whether partial or complete)
    permitted by law and as set forth in this Agreement, and, to the
    extent insurance is maintained, for the continued coverage of
    Indemnitee under the Company's directors' and officers' liability
    insurance policies;
    
    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of Indemnitee
    continuing to service the Company directly or, in its request, with
    another enterprise, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the
    parties hereto agree as follows:
    
    1.    Certain Definitions.  
     
    (a) Approved Law Firm: shall mean any law firm (i) located in New
    York City and (ii) rated "av" by Martindale-Hubbel Law Directory.
    
    (b)  Board of Directors: shall mean the Board of Directors of the
    Company.
    
    (c)  Change in Control: shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any
    "person" (as such term    is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the
    Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended),      other than any
    stockholder (and/or affiliate of such stockholder) on the date of
    this  Agreement or a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities
    under an employee benefit plan of the Company in substantially the
    same portions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or
    becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said
    Act), directly or indirectly of securities of the Company
    representing 15 percent or more of the totaling voting power
    represented by the Company's then outstanding Voting Securities
    (such person being hereinafter referred to as an "Acquiring
    Person"), or (ii) during any 24-consecutive-month period,
    individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the    
    Board of Directors of the Company and any new director whose
    election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the
    Company's shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds
    (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were
    directors at the     beginning of the period or whose election or
    nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any
    reason to constitute a majority thereof, or (iii) the shareholders
    of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with
    any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which
    would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding
    immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by
    remaining  outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities
    of the surviving entry) at least 80 percent of the total voting
    power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or      
    such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or
    consolidation, or (iv) the shareholders of the Company approve a
    plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the
    sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all the
    Company's assets.
    
    (d)  Claim: shall mean any threatened, pending or completed action,
    suit or proceeding, or any inquiry or investigation, whether
    conducted by  the company or any other party, that Indemnitee in
    good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such
    action, suite or     proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
    administrative, investigative or other.
    
    (e)  Expenses: shall include attorneys' fees and all other costs,
    expenses and obligations paid or incurred in connection with
    investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in
    (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, being a witness in or
    participate in, any Claim relating to any Indemnifiable Event,
    together with interest, computed at the Company's average cost of
    funds for short-term borrowings, accrued from the date of incurrence
    of such expense to the date Indemnitee receives reimbursement
    therefore.
    
    (f) Indemnifiable Event: shall mean any event or occurrence related
    to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee,
    agent or fiduciary of the Company, or is      or was serving at the
    request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, trustee,
    agent or fiduciary of another corporation of any type or kind,
    domestic or foreign, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee
    benefit plan or other enterprise, or by reason of anything done or
    not done by Indemnitee in such capacity.  Without limitation of any
    indemnification provided hereunder, an Indemnitee serving (i)
    another corporation, partnership, joint venture or trust of which 10
    percent or more of the voting power or residual economic interest is
    held, directly or indirectly, by the Company, or (ii) any employee
    benefit plan of the Company or an entity referred to in clause (i),
    in any capacity shall be deemed to be doing so at the request of the
    Company.
    
    (g)  Reviewing Party: shall be (i) the Board of Directors acting by
    quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to the particular
    Claim with respect to which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification,
    or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable or, even if obtainable,
    if a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, (A) the Board of
    Directors upon the opinion in writing of independent legal counsel
    that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because the
    applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 2 of this
    Agreement and in     Section 721 of the BCL has been met by the
    Indemnitee or (B) the shareholders upon a finding that the
    Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct referred to in
    clause (ii)     (A) of this definition.
    
    (h)  Voting Securities: shall mean any securities of the Company
    which vote generally in the election of the directors.
    
    2.    Basic Indemnification Arrangement.
    If Indemnitee was, is or becomes at any time a party to, or witness
    or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to, or
    witness or other participant in, a Claim by reason of (or arising in
    part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify
    Indemnitee      to the fullest extent permitted by law as soon as
    practicable but in any event no later than 30 days after written
    demand is presented to the Company, against any and all Expenses,
    judgements, fines (including excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee
    with respect to an employee benefit plan), penalties and amounts
    paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other
    charges paid or payable in connection with, or in respect of, such
    Expenses, judgements, fines, penalties or amounts paid in
    settlement) of such Claim.  If so requested by Indemnitee, the
    Company shall advance (within two business days of such request) any
    and all Expenses to Indemnitee (an "Expense Advance"). 
    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary; (i)
    Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this
    Agreement if a judgement or other final adjudication adverse      to
    the Indemnitee establishes that Indemnitee's acts were committed in
    bad faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty
    and, in either case, were material to the cause of action so
    adjudicated, or that Indemnitee personally gained in fact a
    financial profit or other advantage to which Indemnitee was not
    legally entitled and (ii) prior to a Change in Control  
    Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this
    Agreement in connection with any Claim initiated by Indemnitee
    against the Company or any director or officer of the Company unless
    the Company has jointed in or consented to the initiation of such
    Claim.
    
    3.    Payment.
    Notwithstanding the provision of Section 2, the obligations of the
    Company under Section 2 (which shall in no event be deemed to
    preclude any right to indemnification to which     Indemnitee may be
    entitled under Section 723(a) of the BCL) shall be subject to the
    condition that the Reviewing Party shall have authorized such
    indemnification in the specific case by having determined that
    Indemnitee is permitted to be indemnified under the applicable
    standard of conduct set forth in Section 2 and applicable law.  The
    Company shall promptly call a meeting of the Board of Directors with
    respect to a Claim and agrees to use its best efforts to facilitate
    a prompt determination by the Receiving Party with respect to the
    Claim.  Indemnitee shall be afforded the opportunity to make
    submissions to the Reviewing   Party with respect to the Claim.  The
    obligation of the company to make an Expense Advance pursuant to
    Section 2 shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to
    the extent that the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee would
    not be permitted to be so indemnified under Section 2 and applicable
    law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by Indemnitee
    (who hereby agrees and undertakes to the full extent required by  
    paragraph (a) of Section 725 of the BCL to reimburse the Company)
    for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided, however, that if
    Indemnitee has commenced legal proceedings in a court of competent
    jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee should be  
    indemnified under applicable law, any determination made by the
    Reviewing Party that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be
    indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding and Indemnitee
    shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any Expense
    Advance until a final judicial determination is made with respect
    thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been
    exhausted or lapsed).  If there has been no determination by the
    Reviewing Party or if the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee
    substantively would not be permitted to be indemnified in whole or
    in part under applicable law, Indemnitee shall have the right to
    commence litigation in any court in the State of New York having
    subject matter jurisdiction thereof and in which venue is proper
    seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any
    such determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof, and
    the Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear in
    any such proceeding.  Any determination by the Reviewing Party
    otherwise shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and
    Indemnitee.
    
    4.    Change in Control.
    If there is a Change in Control of the Company (other than a Change
    in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Board of
    Directors who were directors immediately prior     to such Change in
    Control) then (i) all determinations by the Company pursuant to the
    first sentence of Section 3 hereof and Section 723(b) of the BCL
    shall be made pursuant to subparagraph (1) or (2)(A) of such Section
    723(b) and (ii) with respect to all matters thereafter arising
    concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnity payments and
    Expense Advances under this Agreement or any other agreement or By-
    law of the Company now or hereinafter in effect relating to Claims
    for Indemnifiable Events (including, but not limited    to, any option
    to be rendered pursuant to subparagraph (2)(A) of Section 723(b) of
    the BCL) the Company (including the Board of Directors) shall seek
    legal advice from (and only from) special, independent counsel
    selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval
    shall not be unreasonably withheld), and who has not otherwise
    performed services for the Company (or any subsidiary of the
    Company) or the Acquiring Person (or any affiliate or associate of
    such Acquiring Person) within the last five years (other than in
    connection with such matters) or indemnitee.  Unless Indemnitee has
    theretofore selected counsel   pursuant to this Section 4 and such
    counsel has been approved by the Company, any Approved Law Firm
    shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements set forth above.  Such
    counsel, among otherthings, shall render its written opinion to the
    Company, the Board of Directors and Indemnitee as to whether and to
    what extent the Indemnitee would be permitted to be indemnified
    under applicable law.  The Company agrees to pay the    reasonable
    fees of the special, independent counsel referred to above and to
    fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses (including
    attorneys' fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising our of or
    relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.  As
    used in this Section 4, the terms "affiliate" and "associate" shall
    have the respective meanings   ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2
    of the General Rules and Regulations under the     Securities Exchange
    Act of 1934, as amended and in effect on the date of this Agreement.
    
    5.    Indemnification for Additional Expenses.
    The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all expenses
    (including attorneys' fees) and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall
    (within two business days of such request) advance such expenses to
    Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with   
    any claim asserted or action brought by Indemnitee for (i)
    indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under
    this Agreement or any other agreement or By-law of the Company now
    or hereafter in effect relating to Claims for Indemnifiable Events
    and/or (ii) recovery under any directors' and officers' liability
    insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether
    Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such
    indemnification, advance expenses payment or insurance recovery, as
    the case may be.
    
    6.    Partial Indemnity, Etc.
    If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to
    indemnification by the    Company for some or a portion of the
    Expenses, judgements, fines, penalties and amounts paid in
    settlement of a Claim but not, however, for all of the total amount
    thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the
    portion thereto to which Indemnitee is entitled.  Moreover,
    notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent
    that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in
    defense of any or all Claims relating in whole or in part to an
    Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue     or matter therein,
    including dismissal without prejudice, Indemnitee shall be
    indemnified, to the extent permitted by law, against all Expenses
    incurred in connection with such Indemnifiable Event.  In connection
    with any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to
    whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the
    burden of proof shall, to the extent permitted by law, be on the
    Company to establish that Indemnitee is not so entitled.     
    
    7.    Presumption.
    For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim,
    action, suite or proceeding, whether civil or criminal, by judgment,
    order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or
    conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent,
    shall not create     a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any
    particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that
    a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by
    applicable law.
    
    8.    Nonexclusivity, Etc.
    The rights of the Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any
    other rights Indemnitee may have under the By-laws of the Company,
    the BCL or otherwise.  To the extent that a change in the BCL
    (whether by statue or judicial decision) permits greater
    indemnification by agreement than would be afforded currently under
    the By-laws of the Company and this Agreement, it is the intent of
    the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement  
    the greater benefits so afforded by such change.
    
    9.    Liability Insurance
    To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies
    providing directors' and officers' liability insurance, Indemnitee
    shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its
    or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for
    any director or officer of the Company.
    
    10.   Period of Limitations.  No legal action shall be brought and
    no cause of action shall be asserted by or on behalf of the Company
    or any affiliate of the Company against Indemnitee, Indemnitee's
    spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after
    the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause
    of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company or its
    affiliate shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted
    by the timely filing of a legal action within such two-year period;
    provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is
    otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, such shorter    
    period shall govern.
    
    11.   Amendments, Etc.  No supplement, modification or amendment of
    this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both
    of the parties hereto.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this
    Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other
    provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver
    constitute a continuing waiver.
    
    12.   Subrogation.  In the event of payment under this Agreement,
    the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all
    of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all
    papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to
    secure such rights, including the execution of such documents
    necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce
    such rights.
    
    13.   No Duplication of Payments.  The Company shall not be liable
    under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any
    claim made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise
    actually received payment (under any insurance policy, By-law or
    otherwise) of the amounts otherwise Indemnifiable hereunder.
    
    14.   Specific Performance.  The parties recognize that if any
    provision of this Agreement is violated by the Company, Indemnitee
    may be without an adequate remedy at law.  Accordingly, in the event
    of any such violation, the Indemnitee shall be entitled, if  
    Indemnitee so elects, to institute proceedings, either at law or in
    equity, to obtain damages, to enforce specific performance, to
    enjoin such violation, or to obtain any relief or any   
    combination of the foregoing as Indemnitee may elect to pursue.
    
    15.   Binding Effect, Etc.  This Agreement shall be binding upon,
    inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the parties hereto
    and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect
    successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or
    substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company),
    assigns, spouses, heirs, and personal and legal representatives. 
    This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether
    Indemnitee      continues to serve as an officer or director of the
    Company or of any other enterprise at the Company's request.
    
    16.   Severability.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be
    severable if any of the provisions  hereof (including any provision
    within a single section, paragraph or sentence) are held by a court
    of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or other wise
    unenforceable, and the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable
    to the fullest extent permitted by law.
    
    17.   Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by, and be
    construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of
    New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such
    state without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws.
    
    Executed this 19th day of November, 1996.
    
    
    CHYRON CORPORATION
    
    /s/Michael Wellesley-Wesley 
       Michael Wellesley-Wesley
       Chief Executive Officer
    
    
    
    /s/Donald P. Greenberg        
       Donald P. Greenberg
    
    
    Indemnification Agreement:  Chyron Corporation (New York)
    
    AGREEMENT, effective as of November 19, 1996 between Chyron
    Corporation, a New York corporation (the "Company"), and Ray Hartman
    (the "Indemnitee").
    
    WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company to remain and attract as
    directors and officers the most capable persons available; and
    
    WHEREAS, Indemnitee is a director or officer of the Company; and
    
    WHEREAS, both the Company and Indemnitee recognize the increased
    risk of litigation and other claims being asserted against directors
    and officers of public companies in today's environment; and 
    
    WHEREAS, the By-Laws of the Company provide:  "The Corporation shall
    indemnify any person to the full extent permitted, and in the manner
    provided, by the New York Business Corporation Law ["BCL"], as the
    same now exists or may hereafter be amended" and
    
    WHEREAS, this Agreement satisfies the provision of Section 721 of
    the BCL: and
    
    WHEREAS, in recognition of the fact that the Indemnitee continues to
    serve as a director or officer of the Company in part in reliance on
    the aforesaid By-Laws and Indemnitee's need for substantial
    protection against personal liability in order to enhance
    Indemnitee's continued service to the Company in an effective
    manner, and in part to provide Indemnitee with specific contractual
    assurance that the protection promised by such By-Laws will be
    available to Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any
    amendment to or revocation of such By-Laws or any change in the
    composition of the Company's Board of Directors or any acquisition
    transaction relating to the Company), and due to the potential
    inadequacy of the Company's directors' and officers' liability
    insurance coverage, the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement
    for the indemnification of, and the advancing of expenses to,
    Indemnitee to the fullest extent (whether partial or complete)
    permitted by law and as set forth in this Agreement, and, to the
    extent insurance is maintained, for the continued coverage of
    Indemnitee under the Company's directors' and officers' liability
    insurance policies;
    
    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of Indemnitee
    continuing to service the Company directly or, in its request, with
    another enterprise, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the
    parties hereto agree as follows:
    
    1.    Certain Definitions.  
     
    (a) Approved Law Firm: shall mean any law firm (i) located in New
    York City and (ii) rated "av" by Martindale-Hubbel Law Directory.
    
    (b)  Board of Directors: shall mean the Board of Directors of the
    Company.
    
    (c)  Change in Control: shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any
    "person" (as such term    is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the
    Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than any
    stockholder (and/or affiliate of such stockholder) on the date of
    this  Agreement or a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities
    under an employee benefit plan of the Company in substantially the
    same portions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or
    becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said
    Act), directly or indirectly of securities of the Company
    representing 15 percent or more of the totaling voting power 
    represented by the Company's then outstanding Voting Securities   
    (such person being hereinafter referred to as an "Acquiring
    Person"), or (ii) during any 24-consecutive-month period,
    individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the    
    Board of Directors of the Company and any new director whose
    election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the
    Company's shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds
    (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were
    directors at the     beginning of the period or whose election or
    nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any
    reason to constitute a majority thereof, or (iii) the shareholders
    of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with
    any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which
    would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding
    immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by
    remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities
    of the surviving entry) at least 80 percent of the total voting
    power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or      
    such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or
    consolidation, or (iv) the shareholders of the Company approve a
    plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the
    sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all the
    Company's assets.
    
    (d)  Claim: shall mean any threatened, pending or completed action,
    suit or proceeding, or any inquiry or investigation, whether
    conducted by the company or any other party, that Indemnitee in good
    faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action,
    suite or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative,
    investigative or other.
    
    (e)  Expenses: shall include attorneys' fees and all other costs,
    expenses and obligations paid or incurred in connection with
    investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in
    (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, being a witness in or
    participate in, any Claim relating to any Indemnifiable Event,
    together with interest, computed at the Company's average cost of
    funds for short-term borrowings, accrued from the date of incurrence
    of such expense to the date Indemnitee receives reimbursement
    therefore.
    
    (f) Indemnifiable Event: shall mean any event or occurrence related
    to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee,
    agent or fiduciary of the Company, or is      or was serving at the
    request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, trustee,
    agent or fiduciary of another corporation of any type or kind,
    domestic or foreign, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee
    benefit plan or other enterprise, or by reason of anything done or
    not done by Indemnitee in such capacity.  Without limitation of any
    indemnification provided hereunder, an Indemnitee serving (i)
    another corporation, partnership, joint venture or trust of which 10
    percent or more of the voting power or residual economic interest is
    held, directly or indirectly, by the Company, or (ii) any employee
    benefit plan of the Company or an entity referred to in clause (i),
    in any capacity shall be deemed to be doing so at the request of the
    Company.
    
    (g)  Reviewing Party: shall be (i) the Board of Directors acting by
    quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to the particular
    Claim with respect to which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification,
    or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable or, even if obtainable,
    if a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, (A) the Board of
    Directors upon the opinion in writing of independent legal counsel
    that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because the
    applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 2 of this
    Agreement and in Section 721 of the BCL has been met by the
    Indemnitee or (B) the shareholders upon a finding that the
    Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct referred to in
    clause (ii) (A) of this definition.
    
    (h)  Voting Securities: shall mean any securities of the Company
    which vote generally in the election of the directors.
    
    2.    Basic Indemnification Arrangement.
    If Indemnitee was, is or becomes at any time a party to, or witness
    or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to, or
    witness or other participant in, a Claim by reason of (or arising in
    part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify
    Indemnitee      to the fullest extent permitted by law as soon as
    practicable but in any event no later than 30 days after written
    demand is presented to the Company, against any and all Expenses,
    judgements, fines (including excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee
    with respect to an employee benefit plan), penalties and amounts
    paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other
    charges paid or payable in connection with, or in respect of, such
    Expenses, judgements, fines, penalties or amounts paid in
    settlement) of such Claim.  If so requested by Indemnitee, the
    Company shall advance (within two business days of such request) any
    and all Expenses to Indemnitee (an "Expense Advance").
    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary; (i)
    Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this
    Agreement if a judgement or other final adjudication adverse to the
    Indemnitee establishes that Indemnitee's acts were committed in bad
    faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and, in
    either case, were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or
    that Indemnitee personally gained in fact a financial profit or
    other advantage to which Indemnitee was not legally entitled and
    (ii) prior to a Change in Control Indemnitee shall not be entitled
    to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement in connection  
    with any Claim initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or any
    director or officer of the Company unless the Company has jointed in
    or consented to the initiation of such Claim.
    
    3.    Payment.
    Notwithstanding the provision of Section 2, the obligations of the
    Company under Section 2 (which shall in no event be deemed to
    preclude any right to indemnification to which     Indemnitee may be
    entitled under Section 723(a) of the BCL) shall be subject to the
    condition that the Reviewing Party shall have authorized such
    indemnification in the specific case by having determined that
    Indemnitee is permitted to be indemnified under the applicable
    standard of conduct set forth in Section 2 and applicable law.  The
    Company shall promptly call a meeting of the Board of Directors with
    respect to a Claim and agrees to use its best efforts to facilitate
    a prompt determination by the Receiving Party with respect to the
    Claim.  Indemnitee shall be afforded the opportunity to make
    submissions to the Reviewing   Party with respect to the Claim.  The
    obligation of the company to make an Expense Advance pursuant to
    Section 2 shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to
    the extent that the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee would
    not be permitted to be    so indemnified under Section 2 and
    applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be     reimbursed by
    Indemnitee (who hereby agrees and undertakes to the full extent
    required by paragraph (a) of Section 725 of the BCL to reimburse the
    Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided, however,
    that if Indemnitee has commenced legal proceedings in a court of
    competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee
    should be indemnified under applicable law, any determination made
    by the Reviewing Party that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be
    indemnified under applicable law shall not be      binding and
    Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any
    Expense Advance until a final judicial determination is made with
    respect thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have
    been exhausted or lapsed).  If there has been no determination by
    the Reviewing Party or if the Reviewing Party determines that
    Indemnitee substantively would not be permitted to be indemnified in
    whole or in part under applicable law, Indemnitee shall have the
    right to commence litigation in any court in the State of New York
    having subject matter jurisdiction thereof and in which venue is
    proper seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging
    any such determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof,
    and the Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear
    in any such proceeding.  Any determination by the Reviewing Party
    otherwise shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and
    Indemnitee.
    
    4.    Change in Control.
    If there is a Change in Control of the Company (other than a Change
    in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Board of
    Directors who were directors immediately prior     to such Change in
    Control) then (i) all determinations by the Company pursuant to the
    first sentence of Section 3 hereof and Section 723(b) of the BCL
    shall be made pursuant to subparagraph (1) or (2)(A) of such Section
    723(b) and (ii) with respect to all matters thereafter arising
    concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnity payments and
    Expense Advances under this Agreement or any other agreement or By-
    law of the Company now or hereinafter in effect relating to Claims
    for Indemnifiable Events (including, but not limited    to, any option
    to be rendered pursuant to subparagraph (2)(A) of Section 723(b) of
    the BCL) the Company (including the Board of Directors) shall seek
    legal advice from (and only from) special, independent counsel
    selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval
    shall not be unreasonably withheld), and who has not otherwise
    performed services for the Company (or any subsidiary of the
    Company) or the Acquiring Person (or any affiliate or associate of
    such Acquiring Person) within the last five years (other than in
    connection      with such matters) or indemnitee.  Unless Indemnitee has
    theretofore selected counsel   pursuant to this Section 4 and such
    counsel has been approved by the Company, any      Approved Law Firm
    shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements set forth above.  Such
    counsel, among otherthings, shall render its written opinion to the
    Company, the Board of Directors and Indemnitee as to whether and to
    what extent the Indemnitee would be permitted to be indemnified
    under applicable law.  The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees
    of the special, independent counsel referred to above and to fully
    indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses (including
    attorneys' fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising our of or
    relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.  As
    used in this Section 4, the terms "affiliate" and "associate" shall
    have the respective meanings   ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2
    of the General Rules and Regulations under the     Securities Exchange
    Act of 1934, as amended and in effect on the date of this Agreement.
    
    5.    Indemnification for Additional Expenses.
    The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all expenses
    (including attorneys' fees) and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall
    (within two business days of such request) advance such expenses to
    Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with   
    any claim asserted or action brought by Indemnitee for (i)
    indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under
    this Agreement or any other agreement or By-law of the Company now
    or hereafter in effect relating to Claims for Indemnifiable Events
    and/or (ii) recovery under any directors' and officers' liability
    insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether
    Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such
    indemnification, advance expenses payment or insurance recovery, as
    the case may be.
    
    6.    Partial Indemnity, Etc.
    If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to
    indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the
    Expenses, judgements, fines, penalties and amounts paid in
    settlement of a Claim but not, however, for all of the total amount
    thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the
    portion thereto to which Indemnitee is entitled.  Moreover,
    notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent
    that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in
    defense of any or all Claims relating in whole or in part to an
    Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue     or matter therein,
    including dismissal without prejudice, Indemnitee shall be
    indemnified, to the extent permitted by law, against all Expenses
    incurred in connection with such Indemnifiable Event.  In connection
    with any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to
    whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the
    burden of proof shall, to the extent permitted by law, be on the
    Company to establish that Indemnitee is not so entitled.     
    
    7.    Presumption.
    For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim,
    action, suite or proceeding, whether civil or criminal, by judgment,
    order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or
    conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent,
    shall not create     a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any
    particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that
    a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by
    applicable law.
    
    8.    Nonexclusivity, Etc.
    The rights of the Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any
    other rights Indemnitee may have under the By-laws of the Company,
    the BCL or otherwise.  To the extent that a change in the BCL
    (whether by statue or judicial decision) permits greater
    indemnification by agreement than would be afforded currently under
    the By-laws of the Company and this Agreement, it is the intent of
    the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement  
    the greater benefits so afforded by such change.
    
    9.    Liability Insurance
    To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies
    providing directors' and officers' liability insurance, Indemnitee
    shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its
    or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for
    any director or officer of the Company.
    
    10.   Period of Limitations.  No legal action shall be brought and
    no cause of action shall be asserted by or on behalf of the Company
    or any affiliate of the Company against Indemnitee, Indemnitee's
    spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after
    the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause
    of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company or its
    affiliate shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted
    by the timely filing of a legal action within such two-year period;
    provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is
    otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, such shorter    
    period shall govern.
    
    11.   Amendments, Etc.  No supplement, modification or amendment of
    this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both
    of the parties hereto.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this
    Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other
    provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver
    constitute a continuing waiver.
    
    12.   Subrogation.  In the event of payment under this Agreement,
    the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all
    of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all
    papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to
    secure such     rights, including the execution of such documents
    necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce
    such rights.
    
    13.   No Duplication of Payments.  The Company shall not be liable
    under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any
    claim made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise
    actually received payment (under any insurance policy,  By-law or
    otherwise) of the amounts otherwise Indemnifiable hereunder.
    
    14.   Specific Performance.  The parties recognize that if any
    provision of this Agreement is violated by the Company, Indemnitee
    may be without an adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, in the event
    of any such violation, the Indemnitee shall be entitled, if  
    Indemnitee so elects, to institute proceedings, either at law or in
    equity, to obtain damages, to enforce specific performance, to
    enjoin such violation, or to obtain any relief or any   
    combination of the foregoing as Indemnitee may elect to pursue.
    
    15.   Binding Effect, Etc.  This Agreement shall be binding upon,
    inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the parties hereto
    and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect
    successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or
    substantially all    of the business and/or assets of the Company),
    assigns, spouses, heirs, and personal and legal    
    representatives.  This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless
    of whether Indemnitee continues to serve as an officer or director
    of the Company or of any other enterprise at the Company's request.
    
    16.   Severability.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be
    severable if any of the provisions  hereof (including any provision
    within a single section, paragraph or sentence) are held by  a court
    of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or other wise
    unenforceable, and the    remaining provisions shall remain
    enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.
    
    17.   Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by, and be
    construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of
    New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such
    state without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws.
    
    Executed this 19th day of November, 1996.
    
    
    CHYRON CORPORATION
    
    /s/Michael Wellesley-Wesley 
       Michael Wellesley-Wesley
       Chief Executive Officer
    
    
    
    /s/Ray Hartman              
       Ray Hartman  
    
    
    
    Indemnification Agreement:  Chyron Corporation (New York)
    
    AGREEMENT, effective as of November 19, 1996 between Chyron
    Corporation, a New York corporation (the "Company"), and Roger
    Henderson (the "Indemnitee").
    
    WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company to remain and attract as
    directors and officers the most capable persons available; and
    
    WHEREAS, Indemnitee is a director or officer of the Company; and
    
    WHEREAS, both the Company and Indemnitee recognize the increased
    risk of litigation and other claims being asserted against directors
    and officers of public companies in today's environment; and 
    
    WHEREAS, the By-Laws of the Company provide:  "The Corporation shall
    indemnify any person to the full extent permitted, and in the manner
    provided, by the New York Business Corporation Law ["BCL"], as the
    same now exists or may hereafter be amended" and
    
    WHEREAS, this Agreement satisfies the provision of Section 721 of
    the BCL: and
    
    WHEREAS, in recognition of the fact that the Indemnitee continues to
    serve as a director or officer of the Company in part in reliance on
    the aforesaid By-Laws and Indemnitee's need for substantial
    protection against personal liability in order to enhance
    Indemnitee's continued service to the Company in an effective
    manner, and in part to provide Indemnitee with specific contractual
    assurance that the protection promised by such By-Laws will be
    available to Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any
    amendment to or revocation of such By-Laws or any change in the
    composition of the Company's Board of Directors or any acquisition
    transaction relating to the Company), and due to the potential
    inadequacy of the Company's directors' and officers' liability
    insurance coverage, the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement
    for the indemnification of, and the advancing of expenses to,
    Indemnitee to the fullest extent (whether partial or complete)
    permitted by law and as set forth in this Agreement, and, to the
    extent insurance is maintained, for the continued coverage of
    Indemnitee under the Company's directors' and officers' liability
    insurance policies;
    
    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of Indemnitee
    continuing to service the Company directly or, in its request, with
    another enterprise, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the
    parties hereto agree as follows:
    
    1.    Certain Definitions.  
     
    (a) Approved Law Firm: shall mean any law firm (i) located in New
    York City and (ii) rated "av" by Martindale-Hubbel Law Directory.
    
    (b)  Board of Directors: shall mean the Board of Directors of the
    Company.
    
    (c)  Change in Control: shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any
    "person" (as such term    is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the
    Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended),      other than any
    stockholder (and/or affiliate of such stockholder) on the date of
    this  Agreement or a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities
    under an employee benefit plan of the Company in substantially the
    same portions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or
    becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said
    Act), directly or indirectly of securities of the Company
    representing 15 percent or more of the totaling voting power
    represented by the Company's then outstanding Voting Securities
    (such person being hereinafter referred to as an "Acquiring
    Person"), or (ii) during any 24-consecutive-month period,
    individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the    
    Board of Directors of the Company and any new director whose
    election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the
    Company's shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds
    (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were
    directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or
    nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any
    reason to constitute a majority thereof, or (iii) the shareholders
    of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with
    any other corporation,    other than a merger or consolidation which
    would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding
    immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by
    remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities
    of the surviving entry) at least 80 percent of the total voting
    power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or      
    such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or
    consolidation, or (iv) the shareholders of the Company approve a
    plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the
    sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all the
    Company's assets.
    
    (d)  Claim: shall mean any threatened, pending or completed action,
    suit or proceeding, or    any inquiry or investigation, whether
    conducted by  the company or any other party, that Indemnitee in
    good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such
    action, suite or     proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
    administrative, investigative or other.
    
    (e)  Expenses: shall include attorneys' fees and all other costs,
    expenses and obligations paid or incurred in connection with
    investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in
    (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, being a witness in or
    participate in, any Claim relating to any Indemnifiable Event,
    together with interest, computed at the Company's average cost of
    funds for short-term borrowings, accrued from the date of incurrence
    of such expense to the date Indemnitee receives reimbursement
    therefore.
    
    (f) Indemnifiable Event: shall mean any event or occurrence related
    to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee,
    agent or fiduciary of the Company, or is      or was serving at the
    request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, trustee,
    agent or fiduciary of another corporation of any type or kind,
    domestic or foreign, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee
    benefit plan or other enterprise, or by reason of anything done or
    not done by Indemnitee in such capacity.  Without limitation of any
    indemnification provided hereunder, an Indemnitee serving (i)
    another corporation, partnership, joint venture or trust of which 10
    percent or more of the voting power or residual economic interest is
    held, directly or indirectly, by the Company, or (ii) any employee
    benefit plan of the Company or an entity referred to in clause (i),
    in any capacity shall be deemed to be doing so at the request of the
    Company.
    
    (g)  Reviewing Party: shall be (i) the Board of Directors acting by
    quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to the particular
    Claim with respect to which Indemnitee is     seeking indemnification,
    or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable or, even if obtainable,
    if a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, (A) the Board of
    Directors upon the opinion in writing of independent legal counsel
    that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because the
    applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 2 of this
    Agreement and in     Section 721 of the BCL has been met by the
    Indemnitee or (B) the shareholders upon a finding that the
    Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct referred to in
    clause (ii) (A) of this definition.
    
    (h)  Voting Securities: shall mean any securities of the Company
    which vote generally in the election of the directors.
    
    2.    Basic Indemnification Arrangement.
    If Indemnitee was, is or becomes at any time a party to, or witness
    or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to, or
    witness or other participant in, a Claim by reason of (or arising in
    part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify
    Indemnitee      to the fullest extent permitted by law as soon as
    practicable but in any event no later than 30 days after written
    demand is presented to the Company, against any and all Expenses,
    judgements, fines (including excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee
    with respect to an employee benefit plan), penalties and amounts
    paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other
    charges paid or payable in connection with, or in respect of, such
    Expenses, judgements, fines, penalties or amounts paid in
    settlement) of such Claim.  If so requested by Indemnitee, the
    Company shall advance (within two business days of such request) any
    and all Expenses to Indemnitee (an "Expense Advance"). 
    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary; (i)
    Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this
    Agreement if a judgement or other final adjudication adverse to the
    Indemnitee establishes that Indemnitee's acts were committed in bad
    faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and, in
    either case, were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or
    that Indemnitee personally gained in fact a financial profit or
    other advantage to which Indemnitee was not legally entitled and
    (ii) prior to a Change in Control Indemnitee shall not be entitled
    to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement in connection  
    with any Claim initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or any
    director or officer of the Company unless the Company has jointed in
    or consented to the initiation of such Claim.
    
    3.    Payment.
    Notwithstanding the provision of Section 2, the obligations of the
    Company under Section 2 (which shall in no event be deemed to
    preclude any right to indemnification to which Indemnitee may be
    entitled under Section 723(a) of the BCL) shall be subject to the
    condition that the Reviewing Party shall have authorized such
    indemnification in the specific case by having determined that
    Indemnitee is permitted to be indemnified under the applicable
    standard of conduct set forth in Section 2 and applicable law.  The
    Company shall promptly call a meeting of the Board of Directors with
    respect to a Claim and agrees to use its best efforts to facilitate
    a prompt determination by the Receiving Party with respect to the
    Claim.  Indemnitee shall be afforded the opportunity to make
    submissions to the Reviewing   Party with respect to the Claim.  The
    obligation of the company to make an Expense Advance pursuant to
    Section 2 shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to
    the extent that the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee would
    not be permitted to be so indemnified under Section 2 and applicable
    law, the Company shall be entitled to be      reimbursed by Indemnitee
    (who hereby agrees and undertakes to the full extent required by  
    paragraph (a) of Section 725 of the BCL to reimburse the Company)
    for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided, however, that if
    Indemnitee has commenced legal proceedings in a court of competent
    jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee should be  
    indemnified under applicable law, any determination made by the
    Reviewing Party that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be
    indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding and Indemnitee
    shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any Expense    
    Advance until a final judicial determination is made with respect
    thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been
    exhausted or lapsed).  If there has been no determination    by the
    Reviewing Party or if the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee
    substantively would not be permitted to be indemnified in whole or
    in part under applicable law, Indemnitee shall have the right to
    commence litigation in any court in the State of New York having
    subject matter jurisdiction thereof and in which venue is proper
    seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any
    such determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof, and
    the Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear in
    any such proceeding.  Any determination by the Reviewing Party
    otherwise shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and
    Indemnitee.
    
    4.    Change in Control.
    If there is a Change in Control of the Company (other than a Change
    in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Board of
    Directors who were directors immediately prior     to such Change in
    Control) then (i) all determinations by the Company pursuant to the
    first sentence of Section 3 hereof and Section 723(b) of the BCL
    shall be made pursuant to subparagraph (1) or (2)(A) of such Section
    723(b) and (ii) with respect to all matters thereafter arising
    concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnity payments and
    Expense Advances under this Agreement or any other agreement or By-
    law of the Company now or hereinafter in effect relating to Claims
    for Indemnifiable Events (including, but not limited    to, any option
    to be rendered pursuant to subparagraph (2)(A) of Section 723(b) of
    the BCL) the Company (including the Board of Directors) shall seek
    legal advice from (and only from) special, independent counsel
    selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval
    shall not be unreasonably withheld), and who has not otherwise
    performed services for the Company (or any subsidiary of the
    Company) or the Acquiring Person (or any affiliate or associate of
    such Acquiring Person) within the last five years (other than in
    connection      with such matters) or indemnitee.  Unless Indemnitee has
    theretofore selected counsel   pursuant to this Section 4 and such
    counsel has been approved by the Company, any Approved Law Firm
    shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements set forth above.  Such
    counsel, among otherthings, shall render its written opinion to the
    Company, the Board of Directors and Indemnitee as to whether and to
    what extent the Indemnitee would be permitted to be indemnified
    under applicable law.  The Company agrees to pay the    reasonable
    fees of the     special, independent counsel referred to above and to
    fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses (including
    attorneys' fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising our of or
    relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.  As
    used in this Section 4, the terms "affiliate" and "associate" shall
    have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of
    the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act
    of 1934, as amended and in effect on the date of this Agreement.
    
    5.    Indemnification for Additional Expenses.
    The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all expenses
    (including attorneys' fees) and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall
    (within two business days of such request) advance such expenses to
    Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with   
    any claim asserted or action brought by Indemnitee for (i)
    indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under
    this Agreement or any other agreement or By-law of the Company now
    or hereafter in effect relating to Claims for Indemnifiable Events
    and/or (ii) recovery under any directors' and officers' liability
    insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether
    Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such
    indemnification, advance expenses payment or insurance recovery, as
    the case may be.
    
    6.    Partial Indemnity, Etc.
    If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to
    indemnification by the    Company for some or a portion of the
    Expenses, judgements, fines, penalties and amounts paid in
    settlement of a Claim but not, however, for all of the total amount
    thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the
    portion thereto to which Indemnitee is entitled.  Moreover,
    notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent
    that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in
    defense of any or all Claims relating in whole or in part to an
    Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue or matter therein,
    including dismissal without prejudice, Indemnitee shall be
    indemnified, to the extent permitted by law, against all Expenses
    incurred in connection with such Indemnifiable Event.  In connection
    with any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to
    whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the
    burden of proof shall, to the extent permitted by law, be on the
    Company to establish that Indemnitee is not so entitled.     
    
    7.    Presumption.
    For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim,
    action, suite or proceeding, whether civil or criminal, by judgment,
    order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or
    conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent,
    shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any
    particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that
    a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by
    applicable law.
    
    8.    Nonexclusivity, Etc.
    The rights of the Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any
    other rights Indemnitee may have under the By-laws of the Company,
    the BCL or otherwise.  To the extent that a change in the BCL
    (whether by statue or judicial decision) permits greater
    indemnification by agreement than would be afforded currently under
    the By-laws of the Company and this Agreement, it is the intent of
    the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement  
    the greater benefits so afforded by such change.
    
    9.    Liability Insurance
    To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies
    providing directors' and officers' liability insurance, Indemnitee
    shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its
    or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for
    any director or officer of the Company.
    
    10.   Period of Limitations.  No legal action shall be brought and
    no cause of action shall be asserted by or on behalf of the Company
    or any affiliate of the Company against Indemnitee, Indemnitee's
    spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after
    the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause
    of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company or its
    affiliate shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted
    by the timely filing of a legal action within such two-year period;
    provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is
    otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, such shorter
    period shall govern.
    
    11.   Amendments, Etc.  No supplement, modification or amendment of
    this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both
    of the parties hereto.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this
    Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other
    provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver
    constitute a continuing waiver.
    
    12.   Subrogation.  In the event of payment under this Agreement,
    the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all
    of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all
    papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to
    secure such rights, including the execution of such documents
    necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce
    such rights.
    
    13.   No Duplication of Payments.  The Company shall not be liable
    under this Agreement to   make any payment in connection with any
    claim made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise
    actually received payment (under any insurance policy, By-law or
    otherwise) of the amounts otherwise Indemnifiable hereunder.
    
    
    14.   Specific Performance.  The parties recognize that if any
    provision of this Agreement is violated by the Company, Indemnitee
    may be without an adequate remedy at law.  Accordingly, in the event
    of any such violation, the Indemnitee shall be entitled, if  
    Indemnitee so elects, to institute proceedings, either at law or in
    equity, to obtain damages, to enforce specific performance, to
    enjoin such violation, or to obtain any relief or any   
    combination of the foregoing as Indemnitee may elect to pursue.
    
    15.   Binding Effect, Etc.  This Agreement shall be binding upon,
    inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the parties hereto
    and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect
    successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or
    substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company),
    assigns, spouses, heirs, and personal and legal    
    representatives.  This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless
    of whether Indemnitee continues to serve as an officer or director
    of the Company or of any other enterprise at the Company's request.
    
    16.   Severability.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be
    severable if any of the provisions  hereof (including any provision
    within a single section, paragraph or sentence) are held by  a court
    of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or other wise
    unenforceable, and the    remaining provisions shall remain
    enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.
    
    17.   Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by, and be
    construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of
    New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such
    state without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws.
    
    Executed this 19th day of November, 1996.
    
    
    CHYRON CORPORATION
    
    /s/Michael Wellesley-Wesley 
       Michael Wellesley-Wesley
       Chief Executive Officer
    
    
    
    /s/Roger Henderson              
       Roger Henderson    
    
    
    
    Indemnification Agreement:  Chyron Corporation (New York)
    
    AGREEMENT, effective as of November 19, 1996 between Chyron
    Corporation, a New York corporation (the "Company"), and Isaac
    Hersly (the "Indemnitee").
    
    WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company to remain and attract as
    directors and officers the most capable persons available; and
    
    WHEREAS, Indemnitee is a director or officer of the Company; and
    
    WHEREAS, both the Company and Indemnitee recognize the increased
    risk of litigation and other claims being asserted against directors
    and officers of public companies in today's environment; and 
    
    WHEREAS, the By-Laws of the Company provide:  "The Corporation shall
    indemnify any person to the full extent permitted, and in the manner
    provided, by the New York Business Corporation Law ["BCL"], as the
    same now exists or may hereafter be amended" and
    
    WHEREAS, this Agreement satisfies the provision of Section 721 of
    the BCL: and
    
    WHEREAS, in recognition of the fact that the Indemnitee continues to
    serve as a director or officer of the Company in part in reliance on
    the aforesaid By-Laws and Indemnitee's need for substantial
    protection against personal liability in order to enhance
    Indemnitee's continued service to the Company in an effective
    manner, and in part to provide Indemnitee with specific contractual
    assurance that the protection promised by such By-Laws will be
    available to Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any
    amendment to or revocation of such By-Laws or any change in the
    composition of the Company's Board of Directors or any acquisition
    transaction relating to the Company), and due to the potential
    inadequacy of the Company's directors' and officers' liability
    insurance coverage, the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement
    for the indemnification of, and the advancing of expenses to,
    Indemnitee to the fullest extent (whether partial or complete)
    permitted by law and as set forth in this Agreement, and, to the
    extent insurance is maintained, for the continued coverage of
    Indemnitee under the Company's directors' and officers' liability
    insurance policies;
    
    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of Indemnitee
    continuing to service the Company directly or, in its request, with
    another enterprise, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the
    parties hereto agree as follows:
    
    1.    Certain Definitions.  
     
    (a) Approved Law Firm: shall mean any law firm (i) located in New
    York City and (ii) rated "av" by Martindale-Hubbel Law Directory.
    
    (b)  Board of Directors: shall mean the Board of Directors of the
    Company.
    
    (c)  Change in Control: shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any
    "person" (as such term    is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the
    Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than any
    stockholder (and/or affiliate of such stockholder) on the date of
    this  Agreement or a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities
    under an employee benefit plan of the Company in substantially the
    same portions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or
    becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said
    Act), directly or indirectly of securities of the Company
    representing 15 percent or more of the totaling voting power
    represented by the Company's then outstanding Voting Securities
    (such person being hereinafter referred to as an "Acquiring
    Person"), or (ii) during any 24-consecutive-month period,
    individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the    
    Board of Directors of the Company and any new director whose
    election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the
    Company's shareholders was approved by a vote      of at least two-
    thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were
    directors at the     beginning of the period or whose election or
    nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any
    reason to constitute a majority thereof, or (iii) the shareholders
    of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with
    any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which
    would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding
    immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by
    remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities
    of the surviving entry) at least 80 percent of the total voting
    power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or      
    such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or
    consolidation, or (iv) the shareholders of the Company approve a
    plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the
    sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all the
    Company's assets.
    
    (d)  Claim: shall mean any threatened, pending or completed action,
    suit or proceeding, or    any inquiry or investigation, whether
    conducted by  the company or any other party, that Indemnitee in
    good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such
    action, suite or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
    administrative, investigative or other.
    
    (e)  Expenses: shall include attorneys' fees and all other costs,
    expenses and obligations paid or incurred in connection with
    investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating     in
    (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, being a witness in or
    participate in, any Claim relating to any Indemnifiable Event,
    together with interest, computed at the Company's average cost of
    funds for short-term borrowings, accrued from the date of incurrence
    of such expense to the date Indemnitee receives reimbursement
    therefore.
    
    (f) Indemnifiable Event: shall mean any event or occurrence related
    to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee,
    agent or fiduciary of the Company, or is      or was serving at the
    request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, trustee,
    agent or fiduciary of another corporation of any type or kind,
    domestic or foreign, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee
    benefit plan or other enterprise, or by reason of anything done or
    not   done by Indemnitee in such capacity.  Without limitation of
    any indemnification provided   hereunder, an Indemnitee serving (i)
    another corporation, partnership, joint venture or trust of which 10
    percent or more of the voting power or residual economic interest is
    held, directly or indirectly, by the Company, or (ii) any employee
    benefit plan of the Company or an entity referred to in clause (i),
    in any capacity shall be deemed to be doing so at the request of the
    Company.
    
    (g)  Reviewing Party: shall be (i) the Board of Directors acting by
    quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to the particular
    Claim with respect to which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification,
    or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable or, even if obtainable,
    if a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, (A) the Board of
    Directors upon the opinion in writing of independent legal counsel
    that indemnification is proper in the circumstances     because the
    applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 2 of this
    Agreement and in     Section 721 of the BCL has been met by the
    Indemnitee or (B) the shareholders upon a finding that the
    Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct referred to in
    clause (ii) (A) of this definition.
    
    (h)  Voting Securities: shall mean any securities of the Company
    which vote generally in the election of the directors.
    
    2.    Basic Indemnification Arrangement.
    If Indemnitee was, is or becomes at any time a party to, or witness
    or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to, or
    witness or other participant in, a Claim by reason of (or arising in
    part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify
    Indemnitee      to the fullest extent permitted by law as soon as
    practicable but in any event no later than 30 days after written
    demand is presented to the Company, against any and all Expenses,
    judgements, fines (including excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee
    with respect to an employee benefit plan), penalties and amounts
    paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other
    charges paid or payable in connection with, or in respect of, such
    Expenses, judgements, fines, penalties or amounts paid in
    settlement) of such Claim.  If so requested by Indemnitee, the
    Company shall advance (within two business days of such request) any
    and all Expenses to Indemnitee (an "Expense Advance"). 
    Notwithstanding      anything in this Agreement to the contrary; (i)
    Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this
    Agreement if a judgement or other final adjudication adverse to the
    Indemnitee establishes that Indemnitee's acts were committed in bad
    faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and, in
    either case, were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or
    that Indemnitee personally gained in fact a financial profit or
    other advantage to which Indemnitee was not legally entitled and
    (ii) prior to a Change in Control Indemnitee shall not be entitled
    to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement in connection  
    with any Claim initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or any
    director or officer of the Company unless the Company has jointed in
    or consented to the initiation of such Claim.
    
    3.    Payment.
    Notwithstanding the provision of Section 2, the obligations of the
    Company under Section 2 (which shall in no event be deemed to
    preclude any right to indemnification to which     Indemnitee may be
    entitled under Section 723(a) of the BCL) shall be subject to the
    condition that the Reviewing Party shall have authorized such
    indemnification in the specific case by having determined that
    Indemnitee is permitted to be indemnified under the     applicable
    standard of conduct set forth in Section 2 and applicable law.  The
    Company shall promptly call a meeting of the Board of Directors with
    respect to a Claim and agrees to use its best efforts to facilitate
    a prompt determination by the Receiving Party with respect to the
    Claim.  Indemnitee shall be afforded the opportunity to make
    submissions to the Reviewing   Party with respect to the Claim.  The
    obligation of the company to make an Expense Advance pursuant to
    Section 2 shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to
    the extent that the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee would
    not be permitted to be    so indemnified under Section 2 and
    applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by
    Indemnitee (who hereby agrees and undertakes to the full extent
    required by paragraph (a) of Section 725 of the BCL to reimburse the
    Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided, however,
    that if Indemnitee has commenced legal proceedings in a court of
    competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee
    should be indemnified under applicable law, any determination made
    by the Reviewing Party that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be
    indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding and Indemnitee
    shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any Expense
    Advance until a final judicial determination is made with respect
    thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been
    exhausted or lapsed).  If there has been no determination    by the
    Reviewing Party or if the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee
    substantively would not be permitted to be indemnified in whole or
    in part under applicable law, Indemnitee shall have the right to
    commence litigation in any court in the State of New York having
    subject matter jurisdiction thereof and in which venue is proper
    seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any
    such determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof, and
    the Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear in
    any such proceeding.  Any determination by the Reviewing Party
    otherwise shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and
    Indemnitee.
    
    4.    Change in Control.
    If there is a Change in Control of the Company (other than a Change
    in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Board of
    Directors who were directors immediately prior     to such Change in
    Control) then (i) all determinations by the Company pursuant to the
    first sentence of Section 3 hereof and Section 723(b) of the BCL
    shall be made pursuant to subparagraph (1) or (2)(A) of such Section
    723(b) and (ii) with respect to all matters thereafter arising
    concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnity payments and
    Expense Advances under this Agreement or any other agreement or By-
    law of the Company now or hereinafter in effect relating to Claims
    for Indemnifiable Events (including, but not limited    to, any option
    to be rendered pursuant to subparagraph (2)(A) of Section 723(b) of
    the BCL) the Company (including the Board of Directors) shall seek
    legal advice from (and only from) special, independent counsel
    selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval
    shall not be unreasonably withheld), and who has not otherwise
    performed services for the Company (or any subsidiary of the
    Company) or the Acquiring Person (or any affiliate or associate of
    such Acquiring Person) within the last five years (other than in
    connection      with such matters) or indemnitee.  Unless Indemnitee has
    theretofore selected counsel   pursuant to this Section 4 and such
    counsel has been approved by the Company, any Approved Law Firm
    shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements set forth above.  Such
    counsel, among otherthings, shall render its written opinion to the
    Company, the Board of Directors and Indemnitee as to whether and to
    what extent the Indemnitee would be permitted to be indemnified
    under applicable law.  The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees
    of the special, independent counsel referred to above and to fully
    indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses (including
    attorneys' fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising our of or
    relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.  As
    used in this Section 4, the terms "affiliate" and "associate" shall
    have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of
    the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act
    of 1934, as amended and in effect on the date of this Agreement.
    
    5.    Indemnification for Additional Expenses.
    The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all expenses
    (including attorneys' fees) and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall
    (within two business days of such request) advance such expenses to
    Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with   
    any claim asserted or action brought by Indemnitee for (i)
    indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under
    this Agreement or any other agreement or By-law of the Company now
    or hereafter in effect relating to Claims for Indemnifiable Events
    and/or (ii) recovery under any directors' and officers' liability
    insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether
    Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such
    indemnification, advance expenses payment or insurance recovery, as
    the case may be.
    
    6.    Partial Indemnity, Etc.
    If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to
    indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the
    Expenses, judgements, fines, penalties and amounts paid in
    settlement of a Claim but not, however, for all of the total amount
    thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the
    portion thereto to which Indemnitee is entitled.  Moreover,
    notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent
    that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in
    defense of any or all Claims relating in whole or in part to an
    Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue or matter therein,
    including dismissal without prejudice, Indemnitee shall be
    indemnified, to the extent permitted by law, against all Expenses
    incurred in connection with such Indemnifiable Event.  In connection
    with any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to
    whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the
    burden of proof shall, to the extent permitted by law, be on the
    Company to establish that Indemnitee is not so entitled.     
    
    7.    Presumption.
    For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim,
    action, suite or proceeding, whether civil or criminal, by judgment,
    order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or
    conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent,
    shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any
    particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that
    a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by
    applicable law.
    
    8.    Nonexclusivity, Etc.
    The rights of the Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any
    other rights Indemnitee may have under the By-laws of the Company,
    the BCL or otherwise.  To the extent that a change in the BCL
    (whether by statue or judicial decision) permits greater
    indemnification by agreement than would be afforded currently under
    the By-laws of the Company and this Agreement, it is the intent of
    the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement  
    the greater benefits so afforded by such change.
    
    9.    Liability Insurance
    To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies
    providing directors' and officers' liability insurance, Indemnitee
    shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its
    or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for
    any director or officer of the Company.
    
    10.   Period of Limitations.  No legal action shall be brought and
    no cause of action shall be asserted by or on behalf of the Company
    or any affiliate of the Company against Indemnitee, Indemnitee's
    spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after
    the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause
    of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company or its
    affiliate shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted
    by the timely filing of a legal action within such two-year period;
    provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is
    otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, such shorter    
    period shall govern.
    
    11.   Amendments, Etc.  No supplement, modification or amendment of
    this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both
    of the parties hereto.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this
    Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other
    provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver
    constitute a continuing waiver.
    
    12.   Subrogation.  In the event of payment under this Agreement,
    the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all
    of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all
    papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to
    secure such     rights, including the execution of such documents
    necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce
    such rights.
    
    13.   No Duplication of Payments.  The Company shall not be liable
    under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any
    claim made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise
    actually received payment (under any insurance policy,  By-law or
    otherwise) of the amounts otherwise Indemnifiable hereunder.
    
    14.   Specific Performance.  The parties recognize that if any
    provision of this Agreement is violated by the Company, Indemnitee
    may be without an adequate remedy at law.  Accordingly, in the event
    of any such violation, the Indemnitee shall be entitled, if  
    Indemnitee so elects, to institute proceedings, either at law or in
    equity, to obtain damages, to enforce specific performance, to
    enjoin such violation, or to obtain any relief or any   
    combination of the foregoing as Indemnitee may elect to pursue.
    
    15.   Binding Effect, Etc.  This Agreement shall be binding upon,
    inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the parties hereto
    and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect
    successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or
    substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company),
    assigns, spouses, heirs, and personal and legal representatives. 
    This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether
    Indemnitee continues to serve as an officer or director of the
    Company or of any other enterprise at the Company's request.
    
    16.   Severability.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be
    severable if any of the provisions  hereof (including any provision
    within a single section, paragraph or sentence) are held by a court
    of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or other wise
    unenforceable, and the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable
    to the fullest extent permitted by law.
    
    17.   Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by, and be
    construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of
    New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such
    state without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws.
    
    Executed this 19th day of November, 1996.
    
    
    CHYRON CORPORATION
    
    
    /s/Michael Wellesley-Wesley 
       Michael Wellesley-Wesley
       Chief Executive Officer
    
    
    
    /s/Isaac Hersly                       
       Isaac Hersly       
    


    Indemnification Agreement:  Chyron Corporation (New York)
    
    AGREEMENT, effective as of November 19, 1996 between Chyron
    Corporation, a New York corporation (the "Company"), and Alan J.
    Hirschfield (the "Indemnitee").
    
    WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company to remain and attract as
    directors and officers the most capable persons available; and
    
    WHEREAS, Indemnitee is a director or officer of the Company; and
    
    WHEREAS, both the Company and Indemnitee recognize the increased
    risk of litigation and other claims being asserted against directors
    and officers of public companies in today's environment; and 
    
    WHEREAS, the By-Laws of the Company provide:  "The Corporation shall
    indemnify any person to the full extent permitted, and in the manner
    provided, by the New York Business Corporation Law ["BCL"], as the
    same now exists or may hereafter be amended" and
    
    WHEREAS, this Agreement satisfies the provision of Section 721 of
    the BCL: and
    
    WHEREAS, in recognition of the fact that the Indemnitee continues to
    serve as a director or officer of the Company in part in reliance on
    the aforesaid By-Laws and Indemnitee's need for substantial
    protection against personal liability in order to enhance
    Indemnitee's continued service to the Company in an effective
    manner, and in part to provide Indemnitee with specific contractual
    assurance that the protection promised by such By-Laws will be
    available to Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any
    amendment to or revocation of such By-Laws or any change in the
    composition of the Company's Board of Directors or any acquisition
    transaction relating to the Company), and due to the potential
    inadequacy of the Company's directors' and officers' liability
    insurance coverage, the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement
    for the indemnification of, and the advancing of expenses to,
    Indemnitee to the fullest extent (whether partial or complete)
    permitted by law and as set forth in this Agreement, and, to the
    extent insurance is maintained, for the continued coverage of
    Indemnitee under the Company's directors' and officers' liability
    insurance policies;
    
    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of Indemnitee
    continuing to service the Company directly or, in its request, with
    another enterprise, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the
    parties hereto agree as follows:
    
    1.    Certain Definitions.  
     
    (a) Approved Law Firm: shall mean any law firm (i) located in New
    York City and (ii) rated "av" by Martindale-Hubbel Law Directory.
    
    (b)  Board of Directors: shall mean the Board of Directors of the
    Company.
    
    (c)  Change in Control: shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any
    "person" (as such term    is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the
    Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended),      other than any
    stockholder (and/or affiliate of such stockholder) on the date of
    this  Agreement or a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities
    under an employee benefit plan of the Company in substantially the
    same portions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or
    becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said
    Act), directly or indirectly of securities of the Company
    representing 15 percent or more of the totaling voting power
    represented by the Company's then outstanding Voting Securities
    (such person being hereinafter referred to as an "Acquiring
    Person"), or (ii) during any 24-consecutive-month period,
    individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the    
    Board of Directors of the Company and any new director whose
    election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the
    Company's shareholders was approved by a vote      of at least two-
    thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were
    directors at the     beginning of the period or whose election or
    nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any
    reason to constitute a majority thereof, or (iii) the shareholders
    of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with
    any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which
    would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding
    immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by
    remaining  outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities
    of the surviving entry) at least 80 percent of the total voting
    power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or      
    such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or
    consolidation, or (iv) the shareholders of the Company approve a
    plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the
    sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all the
    Company's assets.
    
    (d)  Claim: shall mean any threatened, pending or completed action,
    suit or proceeding, or any inquiry or investigation, whether
    conducted by the company or any other party, that Indemnitee in good
    faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action,
    suite or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative,
    investigative or other.
    
    (e)  Expenses: shall include attorneys' fees and all other costs,
    expenses and obligations paid or incurred in connection with
    investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in
    (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, being a witness in or
    participate in, any Claim relating to any Indemnifiable Event,
    together with interest, computed at the Company's average cost of
    funds for short-term borrowings, accrued from the date of incurrence
    of such expense to the date Indemnitee receives reimbursement
    therefore.
    
    (f) Indemnifiable Event: shall mean any event or occurrence related
    to the fact that     Indemnitee is or was a director, officer,
    employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company, or is or was serving at
    the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee,
    trustee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation of any type or
    kind, domestic or foreign, partnership, joint venture, trust,
    employee benefit plan or other enterprise, or by reason of anything
    done or not done by Indemnitee in such capacity.  Without limitation
    of any indemnification provided hereunder, an Indemnitee serving (i)
    another corporation, partnership, joint venture or trust of which 10
    percent or more of the voting power or residual economic interest is
    held, directly or indirectly, by the Company, or (ii) any employee
    benefit plan of the Company or an entity referred to in clause (i),
    in any capacity shall be deemed to be doing so at the request of the
    Company.
    
    (g)  Reviewing Party: shall be (i) the Board of Directors acting by
    quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to the particular
    Claim with respect to which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification,
    or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable or, even if obtainable,
    if a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, (A) the Board of
    Directors upon the opinion in writing of independent legal counsel
    that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because the
    applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 2 of this
    Agreement and in     Section 721 of the BCL has been met by the
    Indemnitee or (B) the shareholders upon a finding that the
    Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct referred to in
    clause (ii) (A) of this definition.
    
    (h)  Voting Securities: shall mean any securities of the Company
    which vote generally in the election of the directors.
    
    2.    Basic Indemnification Arrangement.
    If Indemnitee was, is or becomes at any time a party to, or witness
    or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to, or
    witness or other participant in, a Claim by reason of (or arising in
    part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify
    Indemnitee      to the fullest extent permitted by law as soon as
    practicable but in any event no later than 30 days after written
    demand is presented to the Company, against any and all Expenses,
    judgements, fines (including excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee
    with respect to an employee benefit plan), penalties and amounts
    paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other
    charges paid or payable in connection with, or in respect of, such
    Expenses, judgements, fines, penalties or amounts paid in
    settlement) of such Claim.  If so requested by Indemnitee, the
    Company shall advance (within two business days of such request) any
    and all Expenses to Indemnitee (an "Expense Advance"). 
    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary; (i)
    Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this
    Agreement if a judgement or other final adjudication adverse to the
    Indemnitee establishes that Indemnitee's acts were committed in bad
    faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and, in
    either case, were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or
    that Indemnitee personally gained in fact a financial profit or
    other advantage to which Indemnitee was not legally entitled and
    (ii) prior to a Change in Control Indemnitee shall not be entitled
    to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement in connection  
    with any Claim initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or any
    director or officer of the Company unless the Company has jointed in
    or consented to the initiation of such Claim.
    
    3.    Payment.
    Notwithstanding the provision of Section 2, the obligations of the
    Company under Section 2 (which shall in no event be deemed to
    preclude any right to indemnification to which Indemnitee may be
    entitled under Section 723(a) of the BCL) shall be subject to the
    condition that the Reviewing Party shall have authorized such
    indemnification in the specific case by having determined that
    Indemnitee is permitted to be indemnified under the applicable
    standard of conduct set forth in Section 2 and applicable law.  The
    Company shall promptly call a meeting of the Board of Directors with
    respect to a Claim and agrees to use its best efforts to facilitate
    a prompt determination by the Receiving Party with respect to the
    Claim.  Indemnitee shall be afforded the opportunity to make
    submissions to the Reviewing   Party with respect to the Claim.  The
    obligation of the company to make an Expense Advance pursuant to
    Section 2 shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to
    the extent that the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee would
    not be permitted to be    so indemnified under Section 2 and
    applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by
    Indemnitee (who hereby agrees and undertakes to the full extent
    required by paragraph (a) of Section 725 of the BCL to reimburse the
    Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided, however,
    that if Indemnitee has commenced legal proceedings in a court of
    competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee
    should be indemnified under applicable law, any determination made
    by the Reviewing Party that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be
    indemnified under applicable law shall not be      binding and
    Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any
    Expense Advance until a final judicial determination is made with
    respect thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have
    been exhausted or lapsed).  If there has been no determination by
    the Reviewing Party or if the Reviewing Party determines that
    Indemnitee substantively would not be permitted to be indemnified in
    whole or in part under applicable law, Indemnitee shall have the
    right to commence litigation in any court in the State of New York
    having subject matter jurisdiction thereof and in which venue is
    proper seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging
    any such determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof,
    and the Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear
    in any such proceeding.  Any determination by the Reviewing Party
    otherwise shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and
    Indemnitee.
    
    4.    Change in Control.
    If there is a Change in Control of the Company (other than a Change
    in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Board of
    Directors who were directors immediately prior     to such Change in
    Control) then (i) all determinations by the Company pursuant to the
    first sentence of Section 3 hereof and Section 723(b) of the BCL
    shall be made pursuant to subparagraph (1) or (2)(A) of such Section
    723(b) and (ii) with respect to all matters thereafter arising
    concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnity payments and
    Expense Advances under this Agreement or any other agreement or By-
    law of the Company now or hereinafter in effect relating to Claims
    for Indemnifiable Events (including, but not limited    to, any option
    to be rendered pursuant to subparagraph (2)(A) of Section 723(b) of
    the BCL) the Company (including the Board of Directors) shall seek
    legal advice from (and only from) special, independent counsel
    selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which    approval
    shall not be unreasonably withheld), and who has not otherwise
    performed services for the Company (or any subsidiary of the
    Company) or the Acquiring Person (or any affiliate or associate of
    such Acquiring Person) within the last five years (other than in
    connection      with such matters) or indemnitee.  Unless Indemnitee has
    theretofore selected counsel   pursuant to this Section 4 and such
    counsel has been approved by the Company, any Approved Law Firm
    shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements set forth above.  Such
    counsel, among otherthings, shall render its written opinion to the
    Company, the Board of Directors and Indemnitee as to whether and to
    what extent the Indemnitee would be permitted to be indemnified
    under applicable law.  The Company agrees to pay the    reasonable
    fees of the special, independent counsel referred to above and to
    fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses (including
    attorneys' fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising our of or
    relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.  As
    used in this Section 4, the terms "affiliate" and "associate" shall
    have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of
    the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act
    of 1934, as amended and in effect on the date of this Agreement.
    
    5.    Indemnification for Additional Expenses.
    The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all expenses
    (including attorneys' fees) and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall
    (within two business days of such request) advance such expenses to
    Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with   
    any claim asserted or action brought by Indemnitee for (i)
    indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under
    this Agreement or any other agreement or By-law of the Company now
    or hereafter in effect relating to Claims for Indemnifiable Events
    and/or (ii) recovery under any directors' and officers' liability
    insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether
    Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such
    indemnification, advance expenses payment or insurance recovery, as
    the case may be.
    
    6.    Partial Indemnity, Etc.
    If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to
    indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the
    Expenses, judgements, fines, penalties and amounts paid in
    settlement of a Claim but not, however, for all of the total amount
    thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the
    portion thereto to which Indemnitee is entitled.  Moreover,
    notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent
    that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in
    defense of any or all Claims relating in whole or in part to an
    Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue     or matter therein,
    including dismissal without prejudice, Indemnitee shall be
    indemnified, to the extent permitted by law, against all Expenses
    incurred in connection with such Indemnifiable Event.  In connection
    with any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to
    whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the
    burden of proof shall, to the extent permitted by law, be on the
    Company to establish that Indemnitee is not so entitled.     
    
    7.    Presumption.
    For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim,
    action, suite or proceeding, whether civil or criminal, by judgment,
    order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or
    conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent,
    shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any
    particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that
    a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by
    applicable law.
    
    8.    Nonexclusivity, Etc.
    The rights of the Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any
    other rights Indemnitee may have under the By-laws of the Company,
    the BCL or otherwise.  To the extent that a change in the BCL
    (whether by statue or judicial decision) permits greater
    indemnification by agreement than would be afforded currently under
    the By-laws of the Company and this Agreement, it is the intent of
    the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement  
    the greater benefits so afforded by such change.
    
    9.    Liability Insurance
    To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or olicies
    providing directors' and officers' liability insurance, Indemnitee
    shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its
    or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for
    any director or officer of the Company.
    
    10.   Period of Limitations.  No legal action shall be brought and
    no cause of action shall be asserted by or on behalf of the Company
    or any affiliate of the Company against Indemnitee, Indemnitee's
    spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after
    the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause
    of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company or its
    affiliate shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted
    by the timely filing of a legal action within such two-year period;
    provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is
    otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, such shorter
    period shall govern.
    
    11.   Amendments, Etc.  No supplement, modification or amendment of
    this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both
    of the parties hereto.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this
    Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other
    provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver
    constitute a continuing waiver.
    
    12.   Subrogation.  In the event of payment under this Agreement,
    the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all
    of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all
    papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to
    secure such  rights, including the execution of such documents
    necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce
    such rights.
    
    13.   No Duplication of Payments.  The Company shall not be liable
    under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any
    claim made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise
    actually received payment (under any insurance policy, By-law or
    otherwise) of the amounts otherwise Indemnifiable hereunder.
    
    14.   Specific Performance.  The parties recognize that if any
    provision of this Agreement is violated by the Company, Indemnitee
    may be without an adequate remedy at law.  Accordingly, in the event
    of any such violation, the Indemnitee shall be entitled, if  
    Indemnitee so elects, to institute proceedings, either at law or in
    equity, to obtain damages, to enforce specific performance, to
    enjoin such violation, or to obtain any relief or any   
    combination of the foregoing as Indemnitee may elect to pursue.
    
    15.   Binding Effect, Etc.  This Agreement shall be binding upon,
    inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the parties hereto
    and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect
    successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or
    substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company),
    assigns, spouses, heirs, and personal and legal    representatives. 
    This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether
    Indemnitee continues to serve as an officer or director of the
    Company or of any other enterprise at the Company's request.
    
    16.   Severability.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be
    severable if any of the provisions  hereof (including any provision
    within a single section, paragraph or sentence) are held by a court
    of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or other wise
    unenforceable, and the    remaining provisions shall remain
    enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.
    
    17.   Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by, and be
    construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of
    New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such
    state without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws.
    
    Executed this 19th day of November, 1996.
    
    
    CHYRON CORPORATION
    
    /s/Michael Wellesley-Wesley 
       Michael Wellesley-Wesley
       Chief Executive Officer
    
    
    
    /s/Alan J. Hirschfield            
       Alan J. Hirschfield
    
    
    Indemnification Agreement:  Chyron Corporation (New York)
    
    AGREEMENT, effective as of November 19, 1996 between Chyron
    Corporation, a New York corporation (the "Company"), and Patricia
    Lampe (the "Indemnitee").
    
    WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company to remain and attract as
    directors and officers the most capable persons available; and
    
    WHEREAS, Indemnitee is a director or officer of the Company; and
    
    WHEREAS, both the Company and Indemnitee recognize the increased
    risk of litigation and other claims being asserted against directors
    and officers of public companies in today's environment; and 
    
    WHEREAS, the By-Laws of the Company provide:  "The Corporation shall
    indemnify any person to the full extent permitted, and in the manner
    provided, by the New York Business Corporation Law ["BCL"], as the
    same now exists or may hereafter be amended" and
    
    WHEREAS, this Agreement satisfies the provision of Section 721 of
    the BCL: and
    
    WHEREAS, in recognition of the fact that the Indemnitee continues to
    serve as a director or officer of the Company in part in reliance on
    the aforesaid By-Laws and Indemnitee's need for substantial
    protection against personal liability in order to enhance
    Indemnitee's continued service to the Company in an effective
    manner, and in part to provide Indemnitee with specific contractual
    assurance that the protection promised by such By-Laws will be
    available to Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any
    amendment to or revocation of such By-Laws or any change in the
    composition of the Company's Board of Directors or any acquisition
    transaction relating to the Company), and due to the potential
    inadequacy of the Company's directors' and officers' liability
    insurance coverage, the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement
    for the indemnification of, and the advancing of expenses to,
    Indemnitee to the fullest extent (whether partial or complete)
    permitted by law and as set forth in this Agreement, and, to the
    extent insurance is maintained, for the continued coverage of
    Indemnitee under the Company's directors' and officers' liability
    insurance policies;
    
    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of Indemnitee
    continuing to service the Company directly or, in its request, with
    another enterprise, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the
    parties hereto agree as follows:
    
    1.    Certain Definitions.  
     
    (a) Approved Law Firm: shall mean any law firm (i) located in New
    York City and (ii) rated "av" by Martindale-Hubbel Law Directory.
    
    (b)  Board of Directors: shall mean the Board of Directors of the
    Company.
    
    (c)  Change in Control: shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any
    "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the
    Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than any
    stockholder (and/or affiliate of such stockholder) on the date of
    this  Agreement or a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities
    under an employee benefit plan of the Company in substantially the
    same portions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or
    becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said
    Act), directly or indirectly of securities of the Company
    representing 15 percent or more of the totaling voting power
    represented by the Company's then outstanding Voting Securities
    (such person being hereinafter referred to as an "Acquiring
    Person"), or (ii) during any 24-consecutive-month period,
    individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the    
    Board of Directors of the Company and any new director whose
    election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the
    Company's shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds
    (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were
    directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or
    nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any
    reason to constitute a majority thereof, or (iii) the shareholders
    of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with
    any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which
    would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding
    immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by
    remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities
    of the surviving entry) at least 80 percent of the total voting
    power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or      
    such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or
    consolidation, or (iv) the shareholders of the Company approve a
    plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the
    sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all the
    Company's assets.
    
    (d)  Claim: shall mean any threatened, pending or completed action,
    suit or proceeding, or any inquiry or investigation, whether
    conducted by  the company or any other party, that Indemnitee in
    good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such
    action, suite or     proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
    administrative, investigative or other.
    
    (e)  Expenses: shall include attorneys' fees and all other costs,
    expenses and obligations paid or incurred in connection with
    investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in
    (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, being a witness in or
    participate in, any Claim relating to any Indemnifiable Event,
    together with interest, computed at the Company's average cost of
    funds for short-term borrowings, accrued from the date of incurrence
    of such expense to the date Indemnitee receives reimbursement
    therefore.
    
    (f) Indemnifiable Event: shall mean any event or occurrence related
    to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee,
    agent or fiduciary of the Company, or is      or was serving at the
    request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, trustee,
    agent or fiduciary of another corporation of any type or kind,
    domestic or foreign, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee
    benefit plan or other enterprise, or by reason of anything done or
    not done by Indemnitee in such capacity.  Without limitation of any
    indemnification provided hereunder, an Indemnitee serving (i)
    another corporation, partnership, joint venture or trust of which 10
    percent or more of the voting power or residual economic interest is
    held, directly or indirectly, by the Company, or (ii) any employee
    benefit plan of the Company or an entity referred to in clause (i),
    in any capacity shall be deemed to be doing so at the request of the
    Company.
    
    (g)  Reviewing Party: shall be (i) the Board of Directors acting by
    quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to the particular
    Claim with respect to which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification,
    or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable or, even if obtainable,
    if a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, (A) the Board of
    Directors upon the opinion in writing of independent legal counsel
    that indemnification is proper in the circumstances     because the
    applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 2 of this
    Agreement and in Section 721 of the BCL has been met by the
    Indemnitee or (B) the shareholders upon a finding that the
    Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct referred to in
    clause (ii)(A) of this definition.
    
    (h)  Voting Securities: shall mean any securities of the Company
    which vote generally in the    election of the directors.
    
    2.    Basic Indemnification Arrangement.
    If Indemnitee was, is or becomes at any time a party to, or witness
    or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to, or
    witness or other participant in, a Claim by reason of (or arising in
    part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify
    Indemnitee      to the fullest extent permitted by law as soon as
    practicable but in any event no later than 30 days after written
    demand is presented to the Company, against any and all Expenses,
    judgements, fines (including excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee
    with respect to an employee benefit plan), penalties and amounts
    paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other
    charges paid or payable in connection with, or in respect of, such
    Expenses, judgements, fines, penalties or amounts paid in
    settlement) of such Claim.  If so requested by Indemnitee, the
    Company shall advance (within two business days of such request) any
    and all Expenses to Indemnitee (an "Expense Advance"). 
    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary; (i)
    Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this
    Agreement if a judgement or other final adjudication adverse to the
    Indemnitee establishes that Indemnitee's acts were committed in bad
    faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and, in
    either case, were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or
    that Indemnitee personally gained in fact a financial profit or
    other advantage to which Indemnitee was not legally entitled and
    (ii) prior to a Change in Control Indemnitee shall not be entitled
    to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement in connection  
    with any Claim initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or any
    director or officer of the Company unless the Company has jointed in
    or consented to the initiation of such Claim.
    
    3.    Payment.
    Notwithstanding the provision of Section 2, the obligations of the
    Company under Section 2 (which shall in no event be deemed to
    preclude any right to indemnification to which     Indemnitee may be
    entitled under Section 723(a) of the BCL) shall be subject to the
    condition that the Reviewing Party shall have authorized such
    indemnification in the specific case by having determined that
    Indemnitee is permitted to be indemnified under the applicable
    standard of conduct set forth in Section 2 and applicable law.  The
    Company shall promptly call a meeting of the Board of Directors with
    respect to a Claim and agrees to use its best efforts to facilitate
    a prompt determination by the Receiving Party with respect to the
    Claim.  Indemnitee shall be afforded the opportunity to make
    submissions to the Reviewing   Party with respect to the Claim.  The
    obligation of the company to make an Expense Advance pursuant to
    Section 2 shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to
    the extent that the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee would
    not be permitted to be so indemnified under Section 2 and applicable
    law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by Indemnitee
    (who hereby agrees and undertakes to the full extent required by  
    paragraph (a) of Section 725 of the BCL to reimburse the Company)
    for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided, however, that if
    Indemnitee has commenced legal proceedings in a court of competent
    jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee should be  
    indemnified under applicable law, any determination made by the
    Reviewing Party that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be
    indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding and Indemnitee
    shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any Expense    
    Advance until a final judicial determination is made with respect
    thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been
    exhausted or lapsed).  If there has been no determination    by the
    Reviewing Party or if the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee
    substantively would not be permitted to be indemnified in whole or
    in part under applicable law, Indemnitee shall have the right to
    commence litigation in any court in the State of New York    having
    subject matter jurisdiction thereof and in which venue is proper
    seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any
    such determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof, and
    the Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear in
    any such proceeding.  Any determination by the Reviewing Party
    otherwise shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and
    Indemnitee.
    
    4.    Change in Control.
    If there is a Change in Control of the Company (other than a Change
    in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Board of
    Directors who were directors immediately prior to such Change in
    Control) then (i) all determinations by the Company pursuant to the
    first sentence of Section 3 hereof and Section 723(b) of the BCL
    shall be made pursuant to subparagraph (1) or (2)(A) of such Section
    723(b) and (ii) with respect to all matters thereafter arising
    concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnity payments and
    Expense Advances under this Agreement or any other agreement or By-
    law of the Company now or hereinafter in effect relating to Claims
    for Indemnifiable Events (including, but not limited    to, any option
    to be rendered pursuant to subparagraph (2)(A) of Section 723(b) of
    the BCL) the Company (including the Board of Directors) shall seek
    legal advice from (and only from) special, independent counsel
    selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval
    shall not be unreasonably withheld), and who has not otherwise
    performed services for the Company (or any subsidiary of the
    Company) or the Acquiring Person (or any affiliate or associate of
    such Acquiring Person) within the last five years (other than in
    connection      with such matters) or indemnitee.  Unless Indemnitee has
    theretofore selected counsel   pursuant to this Section 4 and such
    counsel has been approved by the Company, any Approved Law Firm
    shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements set forth above.  Such
    counsel, among otherthings, shall render its written opinion to the
    Company, the Board of Directors and Indemnitee as to whether and to
    what extent the Indemnitee would be permitted to be indemnified
    under applicable law.  The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees
    of the special, independent counsel referred to above and to fully
    indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses (including
    attorneys' fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising our of or
    relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.  As
    used in this Section 4, the terms "affiliate" and "associate" shall
    have the respective meanings   ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2
    of the General Rules and Regulations under the     Securities Exchange
    Act of 1934, as amended and in effect on the date of this Agreement.
    
    5.    Indemnification for Additional Expenses.
    The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all expenses
    (including attorneys' fees) and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall
    (within two business days of such request) advance such expenses to
    Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with   
    any claim asserted or action brought by Indemnitee for (i)
    indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under
    this Agreement or any other agreement or By-law of the Company now
    or hereafter in effect relating to Claims for Indemnifiable Events
    and/or (ii) recovery under any directors' and officers' liability
    insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether
    Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such
    indemnification, advance expenses payment or insurance recovery, as
    the case may be.
    
    6.    Partial Indemnity, Etc.
    If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to
    indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the
    Expenses, judgements, fines, penalties and amounts paid in
    settlement of a Claim but not, however, for all of the total amount
    thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the
    portion thereto to which Indemnitee is entitled.  Moreover,
    notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent
    that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in
    defense of any or all Claims relating in whole or in part to an
    Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue     or matter therein,
    including dismissal without prejudice, Indemnitee shall be
    indemnified, to the extent permitted by law, against all Expenses
    incurred in connection with such Indemnifiable Event.  In connection
    with any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to
    whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the
    burden of  proof shall, to the extent permitted by law, be on the
    Company to establish that Indemnitee is not so entitled.     
    
    7.    Presumption.
    For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim,
    action, suite or proceeding, whether civil or criminal, by judgment,
    order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or
    conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent,
    shall not create     a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any
    particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that
    a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by
    applicable law.
    
    8.    Nonexclusivity, Etc.
    The rights of the Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any
    other rights Indemnitee may have under the By-laws of the Company,
    the BCL or otherwise.  To the extent that a change in the BCL
    (whether by statue or judicial decision) permits greater
    indemnification by agreement than would be afforded currently under
    the By-laws of the Company and this Agreement, it is the intent of
    the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement  
    the greater benefits so afforded by such change.
    
    9.    Liability Insurance
    To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies
    providing directors' and officers' liability insurance, Indemnitee
    shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its
    or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for
    any director or officer of the Company.
    
    10.   Period of Limitations.  No legal action shall be brought and
    no cause of action shall be asserted by or on behalf of the Company
    or any affiliate of the Company against Indemnitee, Indemnitee's
    spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after
    the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause
    of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company or its
    affiliate shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted
    by the timely filing of a legal action within such two-year period;
    provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is
    otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, such shorter    
    period shall govern.
    
    11.   Amendments, Etc.  No supplement, modification or amendment of
    this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both
    of the parties hereto.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this
    Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other
    provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver
    constitute a continuing waiver.
    
    12.   Subrogation.  In the event of payment under this Agreement,
    the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all
    of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all
    papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to
    secure such rights, including the execution of such documents
    necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce
    such rights.
    
    13.   No Duplication of Payments.  The Company shall not be liable
    under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any
    claim made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise
    actually received payment (under any insurance policy, By-law  or
    otherwise) of the amounts otherwise Indemnifiable hereunder.
    
    14.   Specific Performance.  The parties recognize that if any
    provision of this Agreement is violated by the Company, Indemnitee
    may be without an adequate remedy at law.  Accordingly, in the event
    of any such violation, the Indemnitee shall be entitled, if  
    Indemnitee so elects, to institute proceedings, either at law or in
    equity, to obtain damages, to enforce specific performance, to
    enjoin such violation, or to obtain any relief or any   
    combination of the foregoing as Indemnitee may elect to pursue.
    
    15.   Binding Effect, Etc.  This Agreement shall be binding upon,
    inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the parties hereto
    and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect
    successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or
    substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company),
    assigns, spouses, heirs, and personal and legal representatives. 
    This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether
    Indemnitee continues to serve as an officer or director of the
    Company or of any other enterprise at the Company's request.
    
    16.   Severability.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be
    severable if any of the provisions  hereof (including any provision
    within a single section, paragraph or sentence) are held by a court
    of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or other wise
    unenforceable, and the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable
    to the fullest extent permitted by law.
    
    17.   Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by, and be
    construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of
    New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such
    state without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws.
    
    Executed this 19th day of November, 1996.
    
    
    CHYRON CORPORATION
    
    
    /s/Michael Wellesley-Wesley 
       Michael Wellesley-Wesley
       Chief Executive Officer
    
    
    
    /s/Patricia Lampe                  
       Patricia Lampe 
    
    
    Indemnification Agreement:  Chyron Corporation (New York)
    
    AGREEMENT, effective as of November 19, 1996 between Chyron
    Corporation, a New York corporation (the "Company"), and Wesley W.
    Lang Jr. (the "Indemnitee").
    
    WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company to remain and attract as
    directors and officers the most capable persons available; and
    
    WHEREAS, Indemnitee is a director or officer of the Company; and
    
    WHEREAS, both the Company and Indemnitee recognize the increased
    risk of litigation and other claims being asserted against directors
    and officers of public companies in today's environment; and 
    
    WHEREAS, the By-Laws of the Company provide:  "The Corporation shall
    indemnify any person to the full extent permitted, and in the manner
    provided, by the New York Business Corporation Law ["BCL"], as the
    same now exists or may hereafter be amended" and
    
    WHEREAS, this Agreement satisfies the provision of Section 721 of
    the BCL: and
    
    WHEREAS, in recognition of the fact that the Indemnitee continues to
    serve as a director or officer of the Company in part in reliance on
    the aforesaid By-Laws and Indemnitee's need for substantial
    protection against personal liability in order to enhance
    Indemnitee's continued service to the Company in an effective
    manner, and in part to provide Indemnitee with specific contractual
    assurance that the protection promised by such By-Laws will be
    available to Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any
    amendment to or revocation of such By-Laws or any change in the
    composition of the Company's Board of Directors or any acquisition
    transaction relating to the Company), and due to the potential
    inadequacy of the Company's directors' and officers' liability
    insurance coverage, the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement
    for the indemnification of, and the advancing of expenses to,
    Indemnitee to the fullest extent (whether partial or complete)
    permitted by law and as set forth in this Agreement, and, to the
    extent insurance is maintained, for the continued coverage of
    Indemnitee under the Company's directors' and officers' liability
    insurance policies;
    
    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of Indemnitee
    continuing to service the Company directly or, in its request, with
    another enterprise, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the
    parties hereto agree as follows:
    
    1.    Certain Definitions.  
     
    (a) Approved Law Firm: shall mean any law firm (i) located in New
    York City and (ii) rated "av" by Martindale-Hubbel Law Directory.
    
    (b)  Board of Directors: shall mean the Board of Directors of the
    Company.
    
    (c)  Change in Control: shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any
    "person" (as such term    is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the
    Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended),      other than any
    stockholder (and/or affiliate of such stockholder) on the date of
    this Agreement or    a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities
    under an employee benefit plan of the Company in substantially the
    same portions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or
    becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said
    Act), directly or indirectly of securities of the Company
    representing 15 percent or more of the totaling voting power
    represented by the Company's then outstanding Voting Securities
    (such person being hereinafter referred to as an "Acquiring
    Person"), or (ii) during any 24-consecutive-month period,
    individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the    
    Board of Directors of the Company and any new director whose
    election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the
    Company's shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds
    (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were
    directors at the     beginning of the period or whose election or
    nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any
    reason to constitute a majority thereof, or (iii) the shareholders
    of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with
    any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which
    would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding
    immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by
    remaining  outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities
    of the surviving entry) at least 80 percent of the total voting
    power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or      
    such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or
    consolidation, or (iv) the shareholders of the Company approve a
    plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the
    sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all the
    Company's assets.
    
    (d)  Claim: shall mean any threatened, pending or completed action,
    suit or proceeding, or    any inquiry or investigation, whether
    conducted by  the company or any other party, that Indemnitee in
    good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such
    action, suite or     proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
    administrative, investigative or other.
    
    (e)  Expenses: shall include attorneys' fees and all other costs,
    expenses and obligations paid or incurred in connection with
    investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in
    (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, being a witness in or
    participate in, any Claim relating to any Indemnifiable Event,
    together with interest, computed at the Company's average cost of
    funds for short-term borrowings, accrued from the date of incurrence
    of such expense to the date Indemnitee receives reimbursement
    therefore.
    
    (f) Indemnifiable Event: shall mean any event or occurrence related
    to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee,
    agent or fiduciary of the Company, or is      or was serving at the
    request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, trustee,
    agent or fiduciary of another corporation of any type or kind,
    domestic or foreign, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee
    benefit plan or other enterprise, or by reason of anything done or
    not done by Indemnitee in such capacity.  Without limitation of any
    indemnification provided hereunder, an Indemnitee serving (i)
    another corporation, partnership, joint venture or trust of which 10
    percent or more of the voting power or residual economic interest is
    held, directly or indirectly, by the Company, or (ii) any employee
    benefit plan of the Company or      an entity referred to in clause
    (i), in any capacity shall be deemed to be doing so at the   request
    of the Company.
    
    (g)  Reviewing Party: shall be (i) the Board of Directors acting by
    quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to the particular
    Claim with respect to which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification,
    or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable or, even if obtainable,
    if a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, (A) the Board of
    Directors upon the opinion in writing of independent legal counsel
    that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because the
    applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 2 of this
    Agreement and in     Section 721 of the BCL has been met by the
    Indemnitee or (B) the shareholders upon a finding that the
    Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct referred to in
    clause (ii)     (A) of this definition.
    
    (h)  Voting Securities: shall mean any securities of the Company
    which vote generally in the election of the directors.
    
    2.    Basic Indemnification Arrangement.
    If Indemnitee was, is or becomes at any time a party to, or witness
    or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to, or
    witness or other participant in, a Claim by reason of (or arising in
    part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify
    Indemnitee      to the fullest extent permitted by law as soon as
    practicable but in any event no later than 30 days after written
    demand is presented to the Company, against any and all Expenses,
    judgements, fines (including excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee
    with respect to an employee benefit plan), penalties and amounts
    paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other
    charges paid or payable in connection with, or in respect of, such
    Expenses, judgements, fines, penalties or amounts paid in
    settlement) of such Claim.  If so requested by Indemnitee, the
    Company shall advance (within two business days of such request) any
    and all Expenses to Indemnitee (an "Expense Advance"). 
    Notwithstanding      anything in this Agreement to the contrary; (i)
    Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this
    Agreement if a judgement or other final adjudication adverse to the
    Indemnitee establishes that Indemnitee's acts were committed in bad
    faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and, in
    either case, were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or
    that Indemnitee personally gained in fact a financial profit or
    other advantage to which Indemnitee was not legally entitled and
    (ii) prior to a Change in Control Indemnitee shall not be entitled
    to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement in connection  
    with any Claim initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or any
    director or officer of the Company unless the Company has jointed in
    or consented to the initiation of such Claim.
    
    3.    Payment.
    Notwithstanding the provision of Section 2, the obligations of the
    Company under Section 2 (which shall in no event be deemed to
    preclude any right to indemnification to which     Indemnitee may be
    entitled under Section 723(a) of the BCL) shall be subject to the
    condition that the Reviewing Party shall have authorized such
    indemnification in the specific case by having determined that
    Indemnitee is permitted to be indemnified under the applicable
    standard of conduct set forth in Section 2 and applicable law.  The
    Company shall promptly call a meeting of the Board of Directors with
    respect to a Claim and agrees to use its best efforts to facilitate
    a prompt determination by the Receiving Party with respect to the
    Claim.  Indemnitee shall be afforded the opportunity to make
    submissions to the Reviewing   Party with respect to the Claim.  The
    obligation of the company to make an Expense Advance pursuant to
    Section 2 shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to
    the extent that the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee would
    not be permitted to be so indemnified under Section 2 and applicable
    law, the Company shall be entitled to be      reimbursed by Indemnitee
    (who hereby agrees and undertakes to the full extent required by  
    paragraph (a) of Section 725 of the BCL to reimburse the Company)
    for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided, however, that if
    Indemnitee has commenced legal proceedings in a court of competent
    jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee should be  
    indemnified under applicable law, any determination made by the
    Reviewing Party that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be
    indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding and Indemnitee
    shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any Expense    
    Advance until a final judicial determination is made with respect
    thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been
    exhausted or lapsed).  If there has been no determination    by the
    Reviewing Party or if the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee
    substantively would not be permitted to be indemnified in whole or
    in part under applicable law,  Indemnitee shall have the right to
    commence litigation in any court in the State of New York    having
    subject matter jurisdiction thereof and in which venue is proper
    seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any
    such determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof, and
    the Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear in
    any such proceeding.  Any determination by the Reviewing Party
    otherwise shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and
    Indemnitee.
    
    4.    Change in Control.
    If there is a Change in Control of the Company (other than a Change
    in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Board of
    Directors who were directors immediately prior to such Change in
    Control) then (i) all determinations by the Company pursuant to the
    first sentence of Section 3 hereof and Section 723(b) of the BCL
    shall be made pursuant to subparagraph (1) or (2)(A) of such Section
    723(b) and (ii) with respect to all matters thereafter arising
    concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnity payments and
    Expense Advances under this Agreement or any other agreement or By-
    law of the Company now or hereinafter in effect relating to Claims
    for Indemnifiable Events (including, but not limited    to, any option
    to be rendered pursuant to subparagraph (2)(A) of Section 723(b) of
    the BCL) the Company (including the Board of Directors) shall seek
    legal advice from (and only from) special, independent counsel
    selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which    approval
    shall not be unreasonably withheld), and who has not otherwise
    performed services for the Company (or any subsidiary of the
    Company) or the Acquiring Person (or any affiliate or associate of
    such Acquiring Person) within the last five years (other than in
    connection with such matters) or indemnitee.  Unless Indemnitee has
    theretofore selected counsel   pursuant to this Section 4 and such
    counsel has been approved by the Company, any Approved Law Firm
    shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements set forth above.  Such
    counsel, among otherthings, shall render its written opinion to the
    Company, the Board of Directors and Indemnitee as to whether and to
    what extent the Indemnitee would be permitted to be indemnified
    under applicable law.  The Company agrees to pay the    reasonable
    fees of the     special, independent counsel referred to above and to
    fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses (including
    attorneys' fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising our of or
    relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.  As
    used in this Section 4, the terms "affiliate" and "associate" shall
    have the respective meanings   ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2
    of the General Rules and Regulations under the     Securities Exchange
    Act of 1934, as amended and in effect on the date of this Agreement.
    
    5.    Indemnification for Additional Expenses.
    The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all expenses
    (including attorneys' fees) and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall
    (within two business days of such request) advance such expenses to
    Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with   
    any claim asserted or action brought by Indemnitee for (i)
    indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under
    this Agreement or any other agreement or By-law of the Company now
    or hereafter in effect relating to Claims for Indemnifiable Events
    and/or (ii) recovery under any directors' and officers' liability
    insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether
    Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such
    indemnification, advance expenses payment or insurance recovery, as
    the case may be.
    
    6.    Partial Indemnity, Etc.
    If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to
    indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the
    Expenses, judgements, fines, penalties and amounts paid in
    settlement of a Claim but not, however, for all of the total amount
    thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the
    portion thereto to which Indemnitee is entitled.  Moreover,
    notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent
    that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in
    defense of any or all Claims relating in whole or in part to an
    Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue     or matter therein,
    including dismissal without prejudice, Indemnitee shall be
    indemnified, to the extent permitted by law, against all Expenses
    incurred in connection with such Indemnifiable Event.  In connection
    with any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to
    whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the
    burden of proof shall, to the extent permitted by law, be on the
    Company to establish that Indemnitee is not so entitled.     
    
    7.    Presumption.
    For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim,
    action, suite or proceeding, whether civil or criminal, by judgment,
    order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or
    conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent,
    shall not create     a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any
    particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that
    a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by
    applicable law.
    
    8.    Nonexclusivity, Etc.
    The rights of the Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any
    other rights Indemnitee may have under the By-laws of the Company,
    the BCL or otherwise.  To the extent that a change in the BCL
    (whether by statue or judicial decision) permits greater
    indemnification by agreement than would be afforded currently under
    the By-laws of the Company and this Agreement, it is the intent of
    the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement  
    the greater benefits so afforded by such change.
    
    9.    Liability Insurance
    To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies
    providing directors' and officers' liability insurance, Indemnitee
    shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its
    or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for
    any director or officer of the Company.
    
    10.   Period of Limitations.  No legal action shall be brought and
    no cause of action shall be asserted by or on behalf of the Company
    or any affiliate of the Company against Indemnitee, Indemnitee's
    spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after
    the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause
    of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company or its
    affiliate shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted
    by the timely filing of a legal action within such two-year period;
    provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is
    otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, such shorter    
    period shall govern.
    
    11.   Amendments, Etc.  No supplement, modification or amendment of
    this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both
    of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this
    Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other
    provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver
    constitute a continuing waiver.
    
    12.   Subrogation.  In the event of payment under this Agreement,
    the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all
    of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all
    papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to
    secure such rights, including the execution of such documents
    necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce
    such rights.
    
    13.   No Duplication of Payments.  The Company shall not be liable
    under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any
    claim made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise
    actually received payment (under any insurance policy, By-law or
    otherwise) of the amounts otherwise Indemnifiable hereunder.
    
    14.   Specific Performance.  The parties recognize that if any
    provision of this Agreement is violated by the Company, Indemnitee
    may be without an adequate remedy at law.  Accordingly, in the event
    of any such violation, the Indemnitee shall be entitled, if  
    Indemnitee so elects, to institute proceedings, either at law or in
    equity, to obtain damages, to enforce specific performance, to
    enjoin such violation, or to obtain any relief or any   
    combination of the foregoing as Indemnitee may elect to pursue.
    
    15.   Binding Effect, Etc.  This Agreement shall be binding upon,
    inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the parties hereto
    and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect
    successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or
    substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company),
    assigns, spouses, heirs, and personal and legal    representatives. 
    This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether
    Indemnitee      continues to serve as an officer or director of the
    Company or of any other enterprise at the Company's request.
    
    16.   Severability.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be
    severable if any of the provisions  hereof (including any provision
    within a single section, paragraph or sentence) are held by a court
    of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or other wise
    unenforceable, and the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable
    to the fullest extent permitted by law.
    
    17.   Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by, and be
    construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of
    New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such
    state without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws.
    
    Executed this 19th day of November, 1996.
    
    
    CHYRON CORPORATION
    
    
    /s/Michael Wellesley-Wesley 
       Michael Wellesley-Wesley
       Chief Executive Officer
    
    
    
    /s/Wesley W. Lang, Jr.          
       Wesley W. Lang, Jr.
    
       

    Indemnification Agreement:  Chyron Corporation (New York)
    
    AGREEMENT, effective as of November 19, 1996 between Chyron
    Corporation, a New York corporation (the "Company"), and Eugene Mr.
    Weber (the "Indemnitee").
    
    WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company to remain and attract as
    directors and officers the most capable persons available; and
    
    WHEREAS, Indemnitee is a director or officer of the Company; and
    
    WHEREAS, both the Company and Indemnitee recognize the increased
    risk of litigation and other claims being asserted against directors
    and officers of public companies in today's environment; and 
    
    WHEREAS, the By-Laws of the Company provide:  "The Corporation shall
    indemnify any person to the full extent permitted, and in the manner
    provided, by the New York Business Corporation Law ["BCL"], as the
    same now exists or may hereafter be amended" and
    
    WHEREAS, this Agreement satisfies the provision of Section 721 of
    the BCL: and
    
    WHEREAS, in recognition of the fact that the Indemnitee continues to
    serve as a director or officer of the Company in part in reliance on
    the aforesaid By-Laws and Indemnitee's need for substantial
    protection against personal liability in order to enhance
    Indemnitee's continued service to the Company in an effective
    manner, and in part to provide Indemnitee with specific contractual
    assurance that the protection promised by such By-Laws will be
    available to Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any
    amendment to or revocation of such By-Laws or any change in the
    composition of the Company's Board of Directors or any acquisition
    transaction relating to the Company), and due to the potential
    inadequacy of the Company's directors' and officers' liability
    insurance coverage, the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement
    for the indemnification of, and the advancing of expenses to,
    Indemnitee to the fullest extent (whether partial or complete)
    permitted by law and as set forth in this Agreement, and, to the
    extent insurance is maintained, for the continued coverage of
    Indemnitee under the Company's directors' and officers' liability
    insurance policies;
    
    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of Indemnitee
    continuing to service the Company directly or, in its request, with
    another enterprise, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the
    parties hereto agree as follows:
    
    1.    Certain Definitions.  
     
    (a) Approved Law Firm: shall mean any law firm (i) located in New
    York City and (ii) rated "av" by Martindale-Hubbel Law Directory.
    
    (b)  Board of Directors: shall mean the Board of Directors of the
    Company.
    
    (c)  Change in Control: shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any
    "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the
    Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than any
    stockholder (and/or affiliate of such stockholder) on the date of
    this  Agreement or a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities
    under an employee benefit plan of the Company in substantially the
    same portions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or
    becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said
    Act), directly or indirectly of securities of the Company
    representing 15 percent or more of the totaling voting power
    represented by the Company's then outstanding Voting Securities
    (such person being hereinafter referred to as an "Acquiring
    Person"), or (ii) during any 24-consecutive-month period,
    individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the    
    Board of Directors of the Company and any new director whose
    election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the
    Company's shareholders was approved by a vote      of at least two-
    thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were
    directors at the     beginning of the period or whose election or
    nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any
    reason to constitute a majority thereof, or (iii) the shareholders
    of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with
    any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which
    would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding
    immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by
    remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities
    of the surviving entry) at least 80 percent of the total voting
    power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or      
    such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or
    consolidation, or (iv) the shareholders of the Company approve a
    plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the
    sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all the
    Company's assets.
    
    (d)  Claim: shall mean any threatened, pending or completed action,
    suit or proceeding, or any inquiry or investigation, whether
    conducted by  the company or any other party, that Indemnitee in
    good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such
    action, suite or     proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
    administrative, investigative or other.
    
    (e)  Expenses: shall include attorneys' fees and all other costs,
    expenses and obligations paid or incurred in connection with
    investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in
    (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, being a witness in or
    participate in, any Claim relating to any Indemnifiable Event,
    together with interest, computed at the Company's average cost of
    funds for short-term borrowings, accrued from the date of incurrence
    of such expense to the date Indemnitee receives reimbursement
    therefore.
    
    (f) Indemnifiable Event: shall mean any event or occurrence related
    to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee,
    agent or fiduciary of the Company, or is      or was serving at the
    request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, trustee,
    agent or fiduciary of another corporation of any type or kind,
    domestic or foreign, partnership, joint  venture, trust, employee
    benefit plan or other enterprise, or by reason of anything done or
    not done by Indemnitee in such capacity.  Without limitation of any
    indemnification provided hereunder, an Indemnitee serving (i)
    another corporation, partnership, joint venture or trust of which 10
    percent or more of the voting power or residual economic interest is
    held, directly or indirectly, by the Company, or (ii) any employee
    benefit plan of the Company or an entity referred to in clause (i),
    in any capacity shall be deemed to be doing so at the request of the
    Company.
    
    (g)  Reviewing Party: shall be (i) the Board of Directors acting by
    quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to the particular
    Claim with respect to which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification,
    or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable or, even if obtainable,
    if a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, (A) the Board of
    Directors upon the opinion in writing of independent legal counsel
    that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because the
    applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 2 of this
    Agreement and in     Section 721 of the BCL has been met by the
    Indemnitee or (B) the shareholders upon a finding that the
    Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct referred to in
    clause (ii)     (A) of this definition.
    
    (h)  Voting Securities: shall mean any securities of the Company
    which vote generally in the election of the directors.
    
    2.    Basic Indemnification Arrangement.
    If Indemnitee was, is or becomes at any time a party to, or witness
    or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to, or
    witness or other participant in, a Claim by reason of (or arising in
    part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify
    Indemnitee      to the fullest extent permitted by law as soon as
    practicable but in any event no later than 30 days after written
    demand is presented to the Company, against any and all Expenses,
    judgements, fines (including excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee
    with respect to an employee benefit plan), penalties and amounts
    paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other
    charges paid or payable in connection with, or in respect of, such
    Expenses, judgements, fines, penalties or amounts paid in
    settlement) of such Claim.  If so requested by Indemnitee, the
    Company shall advance (within two business days of such request) any
    and all Expenses to Indemnitee (an "Expense Advance"). 
    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary; (i)
    Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this
    Agreement if a judgement or other final adjudication adverse to the
    Indemnitee establishes that Indemnitee's acts were committed in bad
    faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and, in
    either case, were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or
    that Indemnitee personally gained in fact a financial profit or
    other advantage to which Indemnitee was not legally entitled and
    (ii) prior to a Change in Control Indemnitee shall not be entitled
    to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement in connection  
    with any Claim initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or any
    director or officer of the Company unless the Company has jointed in
    or consented to the initiation of such Claim.
    
    3.    Payment.
    Notwithstanding the provision of Section 2, the obligations of the
    Company under Section 2 (which shall in no event be deemed to
    preclude any right to indemnification to which     Indemnitee may be
    entitled under Section 723(a) of the BCL) shall be subject to the
    condition that the Reviewing Party shall have authorized such
    indemnification in the specific case by having determined that
    Indemnitee is permitted to be indemnified under the applicable
    standard of conduct set forth in Section 2 and applicable law.  The
    Company shall promptly call a meeting of the Board of Directors with
    respect to a Claim and agrees to use its best efforts to facilitate
    a prompt determination by the Receiving Party with respect to the
    Claim.  Indemnitee shall be afforded the opportunity to make
    submissions to the Reviewing   Party with respect to the Claim.  The
    obligation of the company to make an Expense Advance pursuant to
    Section 2 shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to
    the extent that the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee would
    not be permitted to be so indemnified under Section 2 and applicable
    law, the Company shall be entitled to be      reimbursed by Indemnitee
    (who hereby agrees and undertakes to the full extent required by  
    paragraph (a) of Section 725 of the BCL to reimburse the Company)
    for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided, however, that if
    Indemnitee has commenced legal proceedings in a court of competent
    jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee should be  
    indemnified under applicable law, any determination made by the
    Reviewing Party that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be
    indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding and Indemnitee
    shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any Expense    
    Advance until a final judicial determination is made with respect
    thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been
    exhausted or lapsed).  If there has been no determination    by the
    Reviewing Party or if the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee
    substantively would not be permitted to be indemnified in whole or
    in part under applicable law, Indemnitee shall have the right to
    commence litigation in any court in the State of New York having
    subject matter jurisdiction thereof and in which venue is proper
    seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any
    such determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof, and
    the Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear in
    any such proceeding.  Any determination by the Reviewing Party
    otherwise shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and
    Indemnitee.
    
    4.    Change in Control.
    If there is a Change in Control of the Company (other than a Change
    in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Board of
    Directors who were directors immediately prior     to such Change in
    Control) then (i) all determinations by the Company pursuant to the
    first sentence of Section 3 hereof and Section 723(b) of the BCL
    shall be made pursuant to subparagraph (1) or (2)(A) of such Section
    723(b) and (ii) with respect to all matters thereafter arising
    concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnity payments and
    Expense Advances under this Agreement or any other agreement or By-
    law of the Company now or hereinafter in effect relating to Claims
    for Indemnifiable Events (including, but not limited    to, any option
    to be rendered pursuant to subparagraph (2)(A) of Section 723(b) of
    the BCL) the Company (including the Board of Directors) shall seek
    legal advice from (and only from) special, independent counsel
    selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval
    shall not be unreasonably withheld), and who has not otherwise
    performed services for the Company (or any subsidiary of the
    Company) or the Acquiring Person (or any affiliate or associate of
    such Acquiring Person) within the last five years (other than in
    connection      with such matters) or indemnitee.  Unless Indemnitee has
    theretofore selected counsel   pursuant to this Section 4 and such
    counsel has been approved by the Company, any Approved Law Firm
    shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements set forth above.  Such
    counsel, among otherthings, shall render its written opinion to the
    Company, the Board of Directors and Indemnitee as to whether and to
    what extent the Indemnitee would be permitted to be indemnified
    under applicable law.  The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees
    of the special, independent counsel referred to above and to fully
    indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses (including
    attorneys' fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising our of or
    relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.  As
    used in this Section 4, the terms "affiliate" and "associate" shall
    have the respective meanings   ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2
    of the General Rules and Regulations under the     Securities Exchange
    Act of 1934, as amended and in effect on the date of this Agreement.
    
    5.    Indemnification for Additional Expenses.
    The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all expenses
    (including attorneys' fees) and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall
    (within two business days of such request) advance such expenses to
    Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with   
    any claim asserted or action brought by Indemnitee for (i)
    indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under
    this Agreement or any other agreement or By-law of the Company now
    or hereafter in effect relating to Claims for Indemnifiable Events
    and/or (ii) recovery under any directors' and officers' liability
    insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether
    Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such
    indemnification, advance expenses payment or insurance recovery, as
    the case may be.
    
    6.    Partial Indemnity, Etc.
    If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to
    indemnification by the    Company for some or a portion of the
    Expenses, judgements, fines, penalties and amounts paid in
    settlement of a Claim but not, however, for all of the total amount
    thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the
    portion thereto to which Indemnitee is entitled.  Moreover,
    notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent
    that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in
    defense of any or all Claims relating in whole or in part to an
    Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue or matter therein,
    including dismissal without prejudice, Indemnitee shall be
    indemnified, to the extent permitted by law, against all Expenses
    incurred in connection with such Indemnifiable Event.  In connection
    with any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to
    whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the
    burden of proof shall, to the extent permitted by law, be on the
    Company to establish that Indemnitee is not so entitled.     
    
    7.    Presumption.
    For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim,
    action, suite or proceeding, whether civil or criminal, by judgment,
    order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or
    conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent,
    shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any
    particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that
    a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by
    applicable law.
    
    8.    Nonexclusivity, Etc.
    The rights of the Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any
    other rights Indemnitee may have under the By-laws of the Company,
    the BCL or otherwise.  To the extent that a change in the BCL
    (whether by statue or judicial decision) permits greater
    indemnification by agreement than would be afforded currently under
    the By-laws of the Company and this Agreement, it is the intent of
    the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement  
    the greater benefits so afforded by such change.
    
    9.    Liability Insurance
    To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies
    providing directors' and officers' liability insurance, Indemnitee
    shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its
    or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for
    any director or officer of the Company.
    
    10.   Period of Limitations.  No legal action shall be brought and
    no cause of action shall be asserted by or on behalf of the Company
    or any affiliate of the Company against Indemnitee, Indemnitee's
    spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after
    the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause
    of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company or its
    affiliate shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted
    by the timely filing of a legal action within such two-year period;
    provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is
    otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, such shorter
    period shall govern.
    
    11.   Amendments, Etc.  No supplement, modification or amendment of
    this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both
    of the parties hereto.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this
    Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other
    provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver
    constitute a continuing waiver.
    
    12.   Subrogation.  In the event of payment under this Agreement,
    the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all
    of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all
    papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to
    secure such rights, including the execution of such documents
    necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce
    such rights.
    
    13.   No Duplication of Payments.  The Company shall not be liable
    under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any
    claim made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise
    actually received payment (under any insurance policy, By-law or
    otherwise) of the amounts otherwise Indemnifiable hereunder.
    
    14.   Specific Performance.  The parties recognize that if any
    provision of this Agreement is violated by the Company, Indemnitee
    may be without an adequate remedy at law.  Accordingly, in the event
    of any such violation, the Indemnitee shall be entitled, if  
    Indemnitee so elects, to institute proceedings, either at law or in
    equity, to obtain damages, to enforce specific performance, to
    enjoin such violation, or to obtain any relief or any   
    combination of the foregoing as Indemnitee may elect to pursue.
    
    15.   Binding Effect, Etc.  This Agreement shall be binding upon,
    inure to the benefit of, and be hereto and their respective
    successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase,
    merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of
    the business and/or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs,
    and personal and legal representatives.  This Agreement shall
    continue in effect regardless of whether Indemnitee continues to
    serve as an officer or director of the Company or of any other
    enterprise at the Company's request.
    
    16.   Severability.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be
    severable if any of the provisions  hereof (including any provision
    within a single section, paragraph or sentence) are held by a court
    of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or other wise
    unenforceable, and the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable
    to the fullest extent permitted by law.
    
    17.   Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by, and be
    construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of
    New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such
    state without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws.
    
    Executed this 19th day of November, 1996.
    
    
    CHYRON CORPORATION
    
    /s/Michael Wellesley-Wesley 
       Michael Wellesley-Wesley
       Chief Executive Officer
    
    
    
    /s/Eugene M. Weber              
       Eugene M. Weber    
    
    
    
    Indemnification Agreement:  Chyron Corporation (New York)
    
    AGREEMENT, effective as of November 19, 1996 between Chyron
    Corporation, a New York corporation (the "Company"), and Michael
    Wellesley-Wesley (the "Indemnitee").
    
    WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company to remain and attract as
    directors and officers the most capable persons available; and
    
    WHEREAS, Indemnitee is a director or officer of the Company; and
    
    WHEREAS, both the Company and Indemnitee recognize the increased
    risk of litigation and other claims being asserted against directors
    and officers of public companies in today's environment; and 
    
    WHEREAS, the By-Laws of the Company provide:  "The Corporation shall
    indemnify any person to the full extent permitted, and in the manner
    provided, by the New York Business Corporation Law ["BCL"], as the
    same now exists or may hereafter be amended" and
    
    WHEREAS, this Agreement satisfies the provision of Section 721 of
    the BCL: and
    
    WHEREAS, in recognition of the fact that the Indemnitee continues to
    serve as a director or officer of the Company in part in reliance on
    the aforesaid By-Laws and Indemnitee's need for substantial
    protection against personal liability in order to enhance
    Indemnitee's continued service to the Company in an effective
    manner, and in part to provide Indemnitee with specific contractual
    assurance that the protection promised by such By-Laws will be
    available to Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any
    amendment to or revocation of such By-Laws or any change in the
    composition of the Company's Board of Directors or any acquisition
    transaction relating to the Company), and due to the potential
    inadequacy of the Company's directors' and officers' liability
    insurance coverage, the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement
    for the indemnification of, and the advancing of expenses to,
    Indemnitee to the fullest extent (whether partial or complete)
    permitted by law and as set forth in this Agreement, and, to the
    extent insurance is maintained, for the continued coverage of
    Indemnitee under the Company's directors' and officers' liability
    insurance policies;
    
    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of Indemnitee
    continuing to service the Company directly or, in its request, with
    another enterprise, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the
    parties hereto agree as follows:
    
    1.    Certain Definitions.  
     
    (a) Approved Law Firm: shall mean any law firm (i) located in New
    York City and (ii) rated "av" by Martindale-Hubbel Law Directory.
    
    (b)  Board of Directors: shall mean the Board of Directors of the
    Company.
    
    (c)  Change in Control: shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any
    "person" (as such term    is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the
    Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended),      other than any
    stockholder (and/or affiliate of such stockholder) on the date of
    this  Agreement or a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities
    under an employee benefit plan of the Company in substantially the
    same portions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or
    becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said
    Act), directly or indirectly of securities of the Company
    representing 15 percent or more of the totaling voting power 
    represented by the Company's then outstanding Voting Securities   
    (such person being hereinafter referred to as an "Acquiring
    Person"), or (ii) during any 24-consecutive-month period,
    individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the    
    Board of Directors of the Company and any new director whose
    election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the
    Company's shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds
    (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were
    directors at the     beginning of the period or whose election or
    nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any
    reason to constitute a majority thereof, or (iii) the shareholders
    of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with
    any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which
    would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding
    immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by
    remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities
    of the surviving entry) at least 80 percent of the total voting
    power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or      
    such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or
    consolidation, or (iv) the  shareholders of the Company approve a
    plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the
    sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all the
    Company's assets.
    
    (d)  Claim: shall mean any threatened, pending or completed action,
    suit or proceeding, or    any inquiry or investigation, whether
    conducted by  the company or any other party, that Indemnitee in
    good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such
    action, suite or     proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
    administrative, investigative or other.
    
    (e)  Expenses: shall include attorneys' fees and all other costs,
    expenses and obligations paid or incurred in connection with
    investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating     in
    (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, being a witness in or
    participate in, any Claim relating to any Indemnifiable Event,
    together with interest, computed at the Company's average cost of
    funds for short-term borrowings, accrued from the date of incurrence
    of such expense to the date Indemnitee receives reimbursement
    therefore.
    
    (f) Indemnifiable Event: shall mean any event or occurrence related
    to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee,
    agent or fiduciary of the Company, or is      or was serving at the
    request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, trustee,
    agent or fiduciary of another corporation of any type or kind,
    domestic or foreign, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee
    benefit plan or other enterprise, or by reason of anything done or
    not done by Indemnitee in such capacity.  Without limitation of any
    indemnification provided hereunder, an Indemnitee serving (i)
    another corporation, partnership, joint venture or trust of which 10
    percent or more of the voting power or residual economic interest is
    held, directly or indirectly, by the Company, or (ii) any employee
    benefit plan of the Company or an entity referred to in clause (i),
    in any capacity shall be deemed to be doing so at the request of the
    Company.
    
    (g)  Reviewing Party: shall be (i) the Board of Directors acting by
    quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to the particular
    Claim with respect to which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification,
    or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable or, even if obtainable,
    if a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, (A) the Board of
    Directors upon the opinion in writing of independent legal counsel
    that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because the
    applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 2 of this
    Agreement and in     Section 721 of the BCL has been met by the
    Indemnitee or (B) the shareholders upon a finding that the
    Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct referred to in
    clause (ii)     (A) of this definition.
    
    (h)  Voting Securities: shall mean any securities of the Company
    which vote generally in the election of the directors.
    
    2.    Basic Indemnification Arrangement.
    If Indemnitee was, is or becomes at any time a party to, or witness
    or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to, or
    witness or other participant in, a Claim by reason of (or arising in
    part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify
    Indemnitee      to the fullest extent permitted by law as soon as
    practicable but in any event no later than 30 days after written
    demand is presented to the Company, against any and all Expenses,
    judgements, fines (including excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee
    with respect to an employee benefit plan), penalties and amounts
    paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other
    charges paid or payable in connection with, or in respect of, such
    Expenses, judgements, fines, penalties or amounts paid in
    settlement) of such Claim.  If so requested by Indemnitee, the
    Company shall advance (within two business days of such request) any
    and all Expenses to Indemnitee (an "Expense Advance"). 
    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary; (i)
    Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this
    Agreement if a judgement or other final adjudication adverse to the
    Indemnitee establishes that Indemnitee's acts were committed in bad
    faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and, in
    either case, were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or
    that Indemnitee personally gained in fact a financial profit or
    other advantage to which Indemnitee was not legally entitled and
    (ii) prior to a Change in Control Indemnitee shall not be entitled
    to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement in connection  
    with any Claim initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or any
    director or officer of the Company unless the Company has jointed in
    or consented to the initiation of such Claim.
    
    3.    Payment.
    Notwithstanding the provision of Section 2, the obligations of the
    Company under Section 2 (which shall in no event be deemed to
    preclude any right to indemnification to which     Indemnitee may be
    entitled under Section 723(a) of the BCL) shall be subject to the
    condition that the Reviewing Party shall have authorized such
    indemnification in the specific case by having determined that
    Indemnitee is permitted to be indemnified under the applicable
    standard of conduct set forth in Section 2 and applicable law.  The
    Company shall promptly call a meeting of the Board of Directors with
    respect to a Claim and agrees to use its best efforts to facilitate
    a prompt determination by the Receiving Party with respect to the
    Claim.  Indemnitee shall be afforded the opportunity to make
    submissions to the Reviewing   Party with respect to the Claim.  The
    obligation of the company to make an Expense Advance pursuant to
    Section 2 shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to
    the extent that the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee would
    not be permitted to be    so indemnified under Section 2 and
    applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by
    Indemnitee (who hereby agrees and undertakes to the full extent
    required by paragraph (a) of Section 725 of the BCL to reimburse the
    Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided, however,
    that if Indemnitee has commenced legal proceedings in a court of
    competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee
    should be indemnified under applicable law, any determination made
    by the Reviewing Party that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be
    indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding and Indemnitee
    shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any Expense    
    Advance until a final judicial determination is made with respect
    thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been
    exhausted or lapsed).  If there has been no determination by the
    Reviewing Party or if the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee
    substantively would not be permitted to be indemnified in whole or
    in part under applicable law, Indemnitee shall have the right to
    commence litigation in any court in the State of New York having
    subject matter jurisdiction thereof and in which venue is proper
    seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any
    such determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof, and
    the Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear in
    any such proceeding.  Any determination by the Reviewing Party
    otherwise shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and
    Indemnitee.
    
    4.    Change in Control.
    If there is a Change in Control of the Company (other than a Change
    in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Board of
    Directors who were directors immediately prior     to such Change in
    Control) then (i) all determinations by the Company pursuant to the
    first sentence of Section 3 hereof and Section 723(b) of the BCL
    shall be made pursuant to subparagraph (1) or (2)(A) of such Section
    723(b) and (ii) with respect to all matters thereafter arising
    concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnity payments and
    Expense Advances under this Agreement or any other agreement or By-
    law of the Company now or hereinafter in effect relating to Claims
    for Indemnifiable Events (including, but not limited    to, any option
    to be rendered pursuant to subparagraph (2)(A) of Section 723(b) of
    the BCL) the Company (including the Board of Directors) shall seek
    legal advice from (and only from) special, independent counsel
    selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval
    shall not be unreasonably withheld), and who has not otherwise
    performed services for the Company (or any subsidiary of the
    Company) or the Acquiring Person (or any affiliate or associate of
    such Acquiring Person) within the last five years (other than in
    connection      with such matters) or indemnitee.  Unless Indemnitee has
    theretofore selected counsel   pursuant to this Section 4 and such
    counsel has been approved by the Company, any Approved Law Firm
    shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements set forth above.  Such
    counsel, among otherthings, shall render its written opinion to the
    Company, the Board of Directors and Indemnitee as to whether and to
    what extent the Indemnitee would be permitted to be indemnified
    under applicable law.  The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees
    of the special, independent counsel referred to above and to fully
    indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses (including
    attorneys' fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising our of or
    relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.  As
    used in this Section 4, the terms "affiliate" and "associate" shall
    have the respective meanings   ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2
    of the General Rules and Regulations under the     Securities Exchange
    Act of 1934, as amended and in effect on the date of this Agreement.
    
    5.    Indemnification for Additional Expenses.
    The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all expenses
    (including attorneys' fees) and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall
    (within two business days of such request) advance such expenses to
    Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with   
    any claim asserted or action brought by Indemnitee for (i)
    indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under
    this Agreement or any other agreement or By-law of the Company now
    or hereafter in effect relating to Claims for Indemnifiable Events
    and/or (ii) recovery under any directors' and officers' liability
    insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether
    Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such
    indemnification, advance expenses payment or insurance recovery, as
    the case may be.
    
    6.    Partial Indemnity, Etc.
    If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to
    indemnification by the    Company for some or a portion of the
    Expenses, judgements, fines, penalties and amounts paid in
    settlement of a Claim but not, however, for all of the total amount
    thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the
    portion thereto to which Indemnitee is entitled.  Moreover,
    notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent
    that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in
    defense of any or all Claims relating in whole or in part to an
    Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue     or matter therein,
    including dismissal without prejudice, Indemnitee shall be
    indemnified, to the extent permitted by law, against all Expenses
    incurred in connection with such Indemnifiable Event.  In connection
    with any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to
    whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the
    burden of proof shall, to the extent permitted by law, be on the
    Company to establish that Indemnitee is not so entitled.     
    
    7.    Presumption.
    For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim,
    action, suite or proceeding, whether civil or criminal, by judgment,
    order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or
    conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent,
    shall not create     a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any
    particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that
    a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by
    applicable law.
    
    8.    Nonexclusivity, Etc.
    The rights of the Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any
    other rights Indemnitee may have under the By-laws of the Company,
    the BCL or otherwise.  To the extent that a change in the BCL
    (whether by statue or judicial decision) permits greater
    indemnification by agreement than would be afforded currently under
    the By-laws of the Company and this Agreement, it is the intent of
    the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement  
    the greater benefits so afforded by such change.
    
    9.    Liability Insurance
    To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies
    providing directors' and officers' liability insurance, Indemnitee
    shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its
    or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for
    any director or officer of the Company.
    
    10.   Period of Limitations.  No legal action shall be brought and
    no cause of action shall be asserted by or on behalf of the Company
    or any affiliate of the Company against Indemnitee, Indemnitee's
    spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after
    the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause
    of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company or its
    affiliate shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted
    by the timely filing of a legal action within such two-year period;
    provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is
    otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, such shorter
    period shall govern.
    
    11.   Amendments, Etc.  No supplement, modification or amendment of
    this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both
    of the parties hereto.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this
    Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other
    provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver
    constitute a continuing waiver.
    
    12.   Subrogation.  In the event of payment under this Agreement,
    the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all
    of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all
    papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to
    secure such rights, including the execution of such documents
    necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce
    such rights.
    
    13.   No Duplication of Payments.  The Company shall not be liable
    under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any
    claim made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise
    actually received payment (under any insurance policy, By-law or
    otherwise) of the amounts otherwise Indemnifiable hereunder.
    
    14.   Specific Performance.  The parties recognize that if any
    provision of this Agreement is violated by the Company, Indemnitee
    may be without an adequate remedy at law.  Accordingly, in the event
    of any such violation, the Indemnitee shall be entitled, if  
    Indemnitee so elects, to institute proceedings, either at law or in
    equity, to obtain damages, to enforce specific performance, to
    enjoin such violation, or to obtain any relief or any   
    combination of the foregoing as Indemnitee may elect to pursue.
    
    15.   Binding Effect, Etc.  This Agreement shall be binding upon,
    inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the parties hereto
    and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect
    successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or
    substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company),
    assigns, spouses, heirs, and personal and legal    
    representatives.  This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless
    of whether Indemnitee continues to serve as an officer or director
    of the Company or of any other enterprise at the Company's request.
    
    16.   Severability.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be
    severable if any of the provisions  hereof (including any provision
    within a single section, paragraph or sentence) are held by a court
    of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or other wise
    unenforceable, and the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable
    to the fullest extent permitted by law.
    
    17.   Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by, and be
    construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of
    New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such
    state without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws.
    
    Executed this 19th day of November, 1996.
    
    
    CHYRON CORPORATION
    
    
    /s/Daniel DeWolf               
       Daniel DeWolf
       Secretary
    
    
    
    /s/Michael Wellesley-Wesley    
       Michael Wellesely-Wesley   
    
    
    
    CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
    OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
    OF CHYRON CORPORATION
    
    
    
    UNDER SECTION 805 OF THE BUSINESS CORPORATION LAW
    
    
    THE UNDERSIGNED, being the President and the Secretary of Chyron
    Corporation ("the Corporation") do hereby certify as follows:
    
    1. The name of the Corporation is Chyron Corporation.  The name under
    which the Corporation was formed is The Computer Exchange, Inc.
    
    2. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed by the
    Department of State on April 8, 1966.
    
    3. (a) The Certificate of Incorporation is amended to effect a reverse
    stock split (the "Slit") of shares of common stock of the Corporation,
    par value $.01 per share, (the "Common Stock") on the basis of issuing
    one (1) share of Common Stock in exchange for each three (3) shares of
    Common Stock.
    
    (b) To effect the foregoing, Paragraph FOURTH (a) of the Certificate
    of Incorporation is hereby amended to read as follows:
    
    "(a)  The aggregate number of shares which the Corporation
    shall have authority to issue is 151,000,000 of which 1,000,000
    shares shall be Preferred Stock issuable in series, of par value 
    of $1.00 per share, and 150,000,000 shares shall be Common
    Stock of the par value of $.01 per share.
    
    (b)   Except as hereinafter set forth and subject to 
    limitations prescribed by law, including the provisions of
    Section 1123(a)(6) of the United States Bankruptcy Code,
    11 U.S.C. Section 101 et seq. the Board of Directors of the
    Corporation is authorized to provide for the issuance of shares 
    of Preferred Stock in one or more series, to establish the 
    number of shares in each series, to fix the designation, 
    relative rights, preferences and limitations of the shares of
    such series and to cause to be filed in the Department of
    State of New York, such certificates as may be required in
    connection therewith by the Business Corporation Law of 
    New York.
        <PAGE>
4. Prior to the Split, there are 97,147,241 shares of Common Stock
    issued and 52,852,759 of unissued shares of Common Stock.  Pursuant to
    the Split, each three (3) previously outstanding issued shares of
    Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Corporation shall
    thereby and thereupon be reclassified into one (1) validly issued,
    fully paid, and nonassessable share of Common Stock, par value $.01 per
    share, of the Corporation.  In lieu of receiving fractional shares, a
    shareholder shall receive cash.  As result of the Split, there will be
    33,382,413 shares of Common Stock issued and 116,617,587 unissued
    shares of Common Stock.
    
    5. This Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the
    Corporation was authorized by vote of the Board of Directors followed
    by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of all outstanding
    shares entitled to vote thereon at a special meeting of the
    shareholders of the Corporation duly called and held on the 24th day
    of January, 1997, a quorum being present.
    
    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have signed this Certificate on the 7th day of
    February, 1997 and we affirm the statements contained therein as true
    under penalties of perjury.
    
    
    
    /s/ Isaac Hersly      /s/ Daniel I. DeWolf   
        Isaac Hersly          Daniel I. DeWolf
        President             Secretary
    
    
    
    
    

</TABLE>

[ARTICLE] 5
<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>
[PERIOD-TYPE]                   YEAR
[FISCAL-YEAR-END]                          DEC-31-1996
[PERIOD-END]                               DEC-31-1996
[CASH]                                           4,555
[SECURITIES]                                         0
[RECEIVABLES]                                   25,237
[ALLOWANCES]                                         0
[INVENTORY]                                     23,502
[CURRENT-ASSETS]                                63,000
[PP&E]                                          12,701
[DEPRECIATION]                                       0
[TOTAL-ASSETS]                                  91,403
[CURRENT-LIABILITIES]                           21,133
[BONDS]                                              0
[PREFERRED-MANDATORY]                                0
[PREFERRED]                                          0
[COMMON]                                           324
[OTHER-SE]                                           0
[TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY]                    91,403
[SALES]                                         82,608
[TOTAL-REVENUES]                                     0
[CGS]                                           39,941
[TOTAL-COSTS]                                   27,602
[OTHER-EXPENSES]                                     0
[LOSS-PROVISION]                                     0
[INTEREST-EXPENSE]                               1,666
[INCOME-PRETAX]                                 13,399
[INCOME-TAX]                                     4,745
[INCOME-CONTINUING]                                  0
[DISCONTINUED]                                       0
[EXTRAORDINARY]                                      0
[CHANGES]                                            0
[NET-INCOME]                                     8,654
[EPS-PRIMARY]                                     0.27
[EPS-DILUTED]                                        0
</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission